Edition October 2001

The LISEGA product program embraces all elements

that are required to create the latest, state of the art
pipe support concepts.
These components correspond to the LISEGA standardization
philosophy and are organized in a modular system
with load and attachment compatibility.
Containing the complete product program, this catalog is in full
compliance with LICAD (Rev. 8), the LISEGA pipe support design program.
The catalog is available, identical in all details, as a pdf-file:
either as a CD-Rom or directly from our homepage.
LISEGA reserves the right to introduce revisions in
the interests of further technical development.

Zeven, Germany
Headquarters

Bondoufle, France

Newport, TN, USA

Wittenburg, Germany
(LISEGA facility for fasteners)

STANDARD SUPPORTS 2010

LISEGA is different
As far as the mutual success of customers and suppliers is concerned, one cant
do without the other! Accordingly we act as partners for our clients and undertake every effort to make them aware of that. We know this can only be reached
by optimum performance. Not only that - we have to be the best. This way, we
can convince customers or perhaps even rouse their enthusiasm - and we are
only satisfied when thats achieved!
The constant challenge excites us, for we love success. There is no greater motivation than success.
In order to be the best, we have specialized.
Our whole concentration is centered on pipe
supports, and has been for more than 35 years.
Regarding our particular sphere, we have a comprehensive understanding of it. Not only quality
and price determine the customer benefits of the
product; low application costs are equally important. Often, these alone can prove decisive for the
success or failure of a project.
Customer benefit demands the highest efficiency
from us. This is why performance with system has
become the foundation of the organization and an
essential factor in our strategy. On this keynote
we also support product application: standardization, the modular system, series production and user software (LICAD) are the
most important elements to this end. Just for this, our customers have made us
international leaders!
With the catalog in hand, Standard Supports 2010, we wish to present our latest
technology, and via comprehensive and clearly structured information, make a
further contribution to efficient product application.
This is quite in the spirit of our objectives - superior product quality at the keenest costs for the customer! Even if these aims do seemingly compete, we stick
to them, because this is the most effective way to recommend ourselves as
partners - and above all, we have already proved it.
Thats why LISEGA is different through performance with system!

Hans-Herlof Hardtke

Rolf Mnnich

(from left to right)

Harald Lange, director international sales
Hans-Herlof Hardtke, president, CEO
Wolfgang Tetzlaff, head of German sales
Rolf Mnnich, exec. VP, marketing & sales

CONTENT

LICAD

EASYSTEEL

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PRODUCT GROUP 1
Constant Hangers, Constant Supports

PRODUCT GROUP 2
Spring Hangers, Spring Supports

PRODUCT GROUP 3
Shock Absorbers, Energy Absorbers, Rigid Struts

PRODUCT GROUP 4
Pipe Clamps, Clamp Bases, Pipe Connecting Parts

PRODUCT GROUP 5
Pipe Bearing and Saddle Components

PRODUCT GROUP 6
Threaded Connecting Elements

PRODUCT GROUP 7
Structural Attachment Elements

PRODUCT GROUP 8
Design Development Tools

SERVICE
Extra Services

Seite 2

LISEGA AG
Germany
Industriegebiet Hochkamp
27404 Zeven
Postfach 1357
27393 Zeven
Tel.: (0 42 81) 713-0
Fax: (0 42 81) 713-214
E-Mail: info@lisega.de
Internet: www.lisega.de

LISEGA S..r.l.
France
Z.I. La Marinire
21, rue Gutenberg
91919 Bondoufle Cedex
Tel.: (0)1 60 86 40 21
Fax: (0)1 60 86 48 28
E-Mail: info@lisega.fr
Internet: www.lisega.fr

LISEGA Inc.
USA
375, Lisega Boulevard
Newport, Tennessee 37821
Tel.: (0) 423 625-2000
Fax: (0) 423 625-9009
E-Mail: info@lisega.com
Internet: www.lisega.com

LISEGA Ltd.
Great Britain
Midsummer House
415 a, Midsummer Boulevard
Buckinghamshire, MK9 3BN
Central Milton Keynes
Tel.: (0 19 08) 231 282
Fax: (0 19 08) 231 325
E-Mail: sales@lisega.co.uk
Internet: www.lisega.co.uk

LISEGA
China
Beijing Office
Rm. 510, Hua Ying Plaza
14 A, Fu Xing Road
Post Code 100036
Tel.: (010) 63 951 205
Fax: (010) 63 955 466
E-Mail: lisegaco@public.bta.net.cn

US

29.07.2002 10:47 Uhr

US

Umschlag US.qx

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PRODUCT
GROUP

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTENTS

1.
1.1
1.2
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
9.
9.1
9.2
10.
10.1
10.2
11.
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
12.
13.
14.

PAGE

Standard supports ________________________________________________ 0.1

Requirements ____________________________________________________ 0.1
Definition________________________________________________________ 0.1
LISEGA standard supports _________________________________________ 0.1
Scope___________________________________________________________ 0.1
Design features __________________________________________________ 0.1
Principle of the optimum design type________________________________ 0.2
LISEGA modular system ___________________________________________ 0.2
Fundamentals ____________________________________________________ 0.2
Scope___________________________________________________________ 0.2
Product groups___________________________________________________ 0.2
Load groups _____________________________________________________ 0.2
Permissible loads_________________________________________________ 0.3
Travel ranges ____________________________________________________ 0.6
Type designations ________________________________________________ 0.6
Type designation system __________________________________________ 0.7
Standards and calculations_________________________________________ 0.9
Materials ________________________________________________________ 0.9
Qualification levels for standard and nuclear application________________ 0.9
Welding ________________________________________________________ 0.10
Surface treatment _______________________________________________ 0.10
Standard coating systems_________________________________________ 0.10
Standard surface protection acc. to products ________________________ 0.11
Extended surface protection_______________________________________ 0.11
Extended surface protection acc. to products ________________________ 0.12
Surface protection in extremely aggressive atmospheres _________________ 0.12
Connection dimensions ___________________________________________ 0.12
Installation dimension E __________________________________________ 0.12
Regulation of the total installation length ___________________________ 0.13
Operational behavior_____________________________________________ 0.13
Function _______________________________________________________ 0.13
Spring relaxation ________________________________________________ 0.14
Quality assurance________________________________________________ 0.14
Fundamentals ___________________________________________________ 0.14
Quality management _____________________________________________ 0.14
International qualifications ________________________________________ 0.14
Tests and qualifications __________________________________________ 0.15
Suitability tests acc. to KTA 3205.3 and VGB R 510 L _________________ 0.15
Shipment_______________________________________________________ 0.16
Warranty _______________________________________________________ 0.16
Technical modifications ___________________________________________ 0.16

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.0

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
The products outlined in
this catalog - STANDARD
SUPPORTS 2010 - are fully
in line with the latest developments in support technology and satisfy general
requirements for plant
installation at the highest
level. For the general
design of LISEGA standard
supports, uniform criteria
are applied. They are
described in the following
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
and are binding for the
contents of this catalog.
Componentrelated features
are outlined in the corresponding sections of the
product groups and in the
type data sheets
Unless expressly agreed
otherwise, the stipulations
in the catalog STANDARD
SUPPORTS 2010 apply to
all our shipments.

1. STANDARD SUPPORTS
1.1 Requirements
For the support of industrial piping systems,
the use of standard supports is regarded as
well proven, up-to-date technology.
Only a correspondingly high level of standardization in support components can adequately
satisfy the justifiable demand for products
that are technically top-class and economically attractive at the same time. The complex
requirements for modern pipe supports are:

reliable functioning
maintenance-free operation
low unit prices
simple planning with DP systems
instant availability
economical installation strategy
easy to install designs
supplementary service benefits

1.2 Definition
Standard supports must fulfill the following
criteria:
component shapes are uniform and
designed for optimum exploitation
of material
units are compatible regarding connecting
dimensions and loading capacity
units are cataloged and clearly identifiable
by a designation system
components are manufactured in
series production
components comply with the relevant
standards and international regulations
functional capacity, suitability and
durability of the units is well proven
components are certified and
approved for use
The relevant codes for pipe supports in
German plant construction (power plants),
VGB guideline R 510 L, require the preferential use of standard supports and define the
criteria as follows:

0.1

Standard supports are pipe support components, the construction of which, in form
and dimensions as well as in the design
data relating to loading capacity, is certificated
and cataloged, and which are manufactured
according to firmly established, reproducible
procedures, e.g. series production.
2. LISEGA STANDARD SUPPORTS
2.1 Scope
At LISEGA, standard supports form the basis
of a comprehensive performance package.
A complete program from more than 8000
standardized components thereby covers all
operational loads, temperatures and travel
ranges normally met in piping systems in
industrial plant construction:
 1200F operating temperature for
pipe clamps and clamp bases
90 kips nominal load for all mainly
statically determined components
224 kips nominal load for rigid struts
and standard shock absorbers
1124 kips design load for large bore
shock absorbers
36 inch travel range for constant hangers
16 inch travel range for spring hangers
2.2 Design features
Specially developed components are available
for the various support functions. In the
design and construction of the units, fundamental design principles have been taken
into consideration:

symmetrical design shapes

compact installation dimensions
especially reliable function principles
extra wide adjustment ranges
fully compatible load ranges and
connection dimensions
favorable performance/weight ratios
integrated installation aids

0
In addition, LISEGA hangers feature only one
upper attachment point. As a result, and due
also to the compact and symmetrical design
shape, the load transfer free of moments to
the connecting elements is ensured and
simple installation enabled. The operational
position of the moving parts (hangers,
supports and shock absorbers) can be read
directly off a travel scale. Load adjustment
of the constant hangers and supports can be
modified at all times, also in the installed
condition under load. Hangers and supports
can be blocked in any travel position.
2.3 Principle of the optimum design type
For the design of support components, optimum coverage of the specific support function is the decisive factor. For each function
only one component is therefore required,
namely, the optimum one for the purpose.
The project engineer is spared costly selection
from a series of alternative solutions. This
not only facilitates application but also
increases safety. Above and beyond this, it
is a prerequisite for the rational application
of standardized construction on the principle
of the modular system.
Theres only ONE best solution!
3. LISEGA MODULAR SYSTEM
3.1 Fundamentals
The cost of pipe supports is a major element
in the total cost of a piping system.
The cost of the supports is the accumulated
total cost arising from:

project management (processing)

design and engineering work
use of materials (components) as well as
installation work

The pipe supports are almost always critical

for the commissioning deadline and can,
through delayed delivery, cause incalculable
extra costs. The aim of LISEGA product strategy is to forge, out of all the cost factors involved, the common cost minimum for the
user in the sense of the economic principle.

The LISEGA modular system is specially targeted towards this efficiency. The standardization of components forms the foundation and
is the precondition for rational series production, dependable quality, systematic warehousing and computer assisted application. With
the LICAD design system and corresponding
logistics, significant rationalization effects
can be achieved in engineering, design and
installation.

The economic principle:

= from the least possible
effort the maximum
possible profit

= Total Cost Minimum/TCM

=====================

3.2 Scope
The standardization at LISEGA extends beyond the components to their systematic interaction. To this end, load and travel distribution as well as function and connections
are meaningfully coordinated.
In this way the LISEGA standard support
program has been developed as a functional
modular system with logical linking. The individual units form modules therein and are
compatible regarding loads and connections.
This enables the formation of meaningful combinations to produce support configurations
fulfilling all requirements. The large selection
of components makes adaptation possible to
widely differing support and application
situations.
Product groups
3.3 Product groups
The standardized units are divided into 7
product groups according to their basic modes
of function (see diagram, page 0.3, and table,
Standardized Components, page 0.4).
3.4 Load groups
To guarantee compatible loads in unit combinations, the load spectrum is split into
fixed load groups.
Within a load group (nominal load), all components feature uniform load limits and stress
safety characteristics. The connection shapes
of the units (threads - either metric or UNC
according to market area - or pin diameters)
are uniform within a group and thus compatible. Components of different product groups
can therefore be connected only within a uniform load group to safe load chains and the
faulty combination of different load groups
is precluded. As all units in a load group are
designed uniformly regarding strength, the
stresses on a complete chain of components

+ load groups
+ travel ranges
+ connection compatibility

= Modular System
===================

Modular System
+ CAD design
+ DP logitic systems

= High tech application

===================

0.2

are uniformly determined.

For permissible stresses, a difference is made
between statically and dynamically determined
components. The units in product groups 1,
2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are stressed in only one
load direction (statically or quasistatically)
and are considered to be statically determined
components. The components in Product
Group 3, as well as their accessories, are
loaded in alternating directions and are therefore regarded as dynamically determined
components.

groups and load cases, are set out in the

LISEGA load tables (see page 0.5). The definition of load cases is regulated according to
ASME III, Div. 1 Subsection NF, ASME B
31.1/MSS SP58 and DIN 18800, VGB-R 510
L, KTA 3205.
The load table applies uniformly to all components in the LISEGA modular system and
to other LISEGA units systematically connected
to it, e.g. integral special designs (see load
table, page 0.5).

3.5 Permissible loads

The permissible loads for components,
arranged in matrix form according to load

constant
hangers

dynamically
loaded components

spring
hangers

pipe surrounding
components

pipe bearing and

saddle components

structural
attachment elements

threaded connecting
components

design development
tools

0.3

LOAD GROUPS
NOMINAL LOADS (lbs)

CONNECTING THREADS
CONNECTING BOLTS

load & connection

compatibility

0
Standardized components
Product
Group
group designation

Constant
hangers

Spring
hangers

Dynamically
loaded
components

Pipe
surrounding
components

Pipe
bearings
and saddle
components

Threaded
connecting
elements

Structural
attachment
elements

Unit
type
11
12-14
16
16
17
71
79
20
21
22
25
26
27
28
29
72
79
30
31
32
33
35
36-37
39
40
41
42-44
45-48
49
51
52
53
54
54
54
55
56
57
58
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Unit
designation
constant hanger
multi-cell constant hanger
constant support
angulating const. support
servo hanger
support
const. hanger, trapeze
articulated spring support
spring hanger
heavy duty spring hanger
spring hanger, seated
heavy d. spr. hang., seated
sway brace
heavy duty spring support
variable spring support
base plate
spring hanger trapeze
shock absorber
large bore shock absorber
energy absorber
installation extension
weld-on bracket
dynamic pipe clamp
rigid strut
U-bolt
weld-on lug
horizontal clamp
riser clamp
clamp base, lift-off restraints
cylinder roller bearing
double taper roller bearing
double cylinder roller bear.
weld-on pipe saddle
pipe saddle w. pipe clamp
support tray
lift-off restraint
insulated pipe bearing
weld-on pipe shoe
stanchion
elbow pad
eye nut
clevis
turnbuckle
hexagon nut
rod coupling
tie rod L/R
tie rod
threaded rod / stud bolt
weld-on clevis
weld-on pl. w. spher. wash.
weld-on eye nut
beam adapter
connecting plate
beam clamp
trapeze

Statically defined components

Product group 1, 2, 4, 6, 7
Load
group
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Nominal Connection
load [lbs]
thread
3/
70
8
3/
141
8
1/
281
2
1/
562
2
5/
1125
8
3/
2250
4
4495
1
8990
11/4
13490
11/2
17985
13/4
22480
2
35970
21/4
44960
21/2
53955
23/4
67400
3
90000
31/4

Wrench
size
11/
16
11/
16
7/
8
7/
8
11/16
11/4
15/8
2
23/8
23/4
31/8
31/2
37/8
41/4
45/8
5

Dyn. defined components

Product group 3

Pin
3/
8
3/
8
1/
2
1/
2
5/
8
13/
16
1
15/16
19/16
13/4
2
23/8
23/4
23/4
31/8
31/2

3.5.1 Static components

The nominal load is used for the determination of load groups. For the statically determined components in Product Groups 1, 2,
4, 6, 7, the nominal load corresponds to
the max. adjustment load of the spring elements, such as spring hangers and constant
hangers. The maximum permissible hot load
(load case H) lies considerably higher than
the nominal load when components are
used as rigid supports, and is tied to the
load capacity of the connection threads.
LISEGA threaded rods should therefore only
be replaced in kind (see page 6.5, 6.6).
Spring and constant hangers in the blocked
position also count as rigid supports, whereby for cold loads in hydrostatic tests (short
duration) the emergency loads (level C) can
be exploited.

Load
group

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Nominal
load [lbs]

675
900
1800
4000
10350
22450
44900
78600
123500
224000
448000
670000
900000
1124000

Pin

0.39
0.39
0.47
0.59
0.78
1.18
1.96
2.36
2.75
3.93
4.72
5.51
6.29
7.08

3.5.2 Dynamic components

For dynamically determined
units, the stipulation of the
nominal loads follows from
the meaningful division of
the standardizable load
spectrum. Here, the nominal
load corresponds at the
same time to the operating
load for load event level
A/B (ASME).
As these components are
generally used to guard
against emergencies, the
load event level C (ASME),
possibly even level D, is
usually adopted as the max.
expected operating load.
In each case the project
engineers instructions
apply.

For Product Group 4 (pipe connections) a limited area of overlapping in the load groups
is foreseen, due to the temperature-related,
variable spectrum of loading capacities. Data
on the permissible loads relating to the respective operating temperature are set out for
pipe connection components in the individual type data sheets.
For Product Group 5 see 3.5.5, page 0.5.

0.4

3.5.3 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for statically determined components

 Max. operating load for spring
and constant hangers corresponding to max. load on load springs.

 Permissible loads according to

the design criteria for US code
MSS SP 58 (ASME B 31.1).
 All loads are to be included
hereunder that can possibly result
from the normal operation of the
plant, including start-up and shutdown, load tolerances and hydrostatic tests.
 Loads outside normal operation
are grouped hereunder, possibly
also hydrostatic tests. In each case
a final inspection of the whole
support arrangement is recommended.
 For the given loads, the yield
stress of components can be
reached. In each case replacement
is recommended.

Load
group
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Normal operation 
Nominal
Level A/B
Upset

176F
302F
load 
70
157
179
157
141
494
562
382
281
831
944
629
562
1350
1505
990
1125 1910
2270
2540
2250 3150
4700
5240
4495 6070
6745
7645
8990 9665 12590
11240
13490 14160 18660
16635
17985 19110 25620
22925
22480 25180 33935
30340
35970 40015 49895
44725
44960 48330 66750
59780
53955 60700 76410
68545
67400 71940 85400
76400
90000 90000 110100
98900

Emergency 
Level C
176F
302F
224
247
651
741
1124
1258
1800
2025
3010
3370
6250
6970
9215
10340
14835
16635
21800
24275
30340
33715
39555
44050
59555
66300
79780
88700
91245
101580
113500 101200
146100 131500

Faulted condition 
Level D
176F
302F
292
314
854
966
1438
1618
2700
2990
4495
4990
8320
9215
13710 12365
21575 19330
31465 28320
43825 39330
57310 51690
85625 77085
115065 103605
131470 118210
146100 131500
188800 169700

3.5.4 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for dynamically determined components, Product Group 3
 Hereunder all dynamic loads
are to be included that can possibly result from plant operation,
including pressure shock forces
from valve operation, and perhaps
operating basis earthquakes (OBE).

 Hereunder all the dynamic

loads are grouped which lie outside normal operation, as for
example safe shutdown earthquakes
(SSE). In each case a final inspection of the whole support arrangement is recommended.

 Dynamic loads from faulted

conditions. For the given loads,
the yield stress of components
can be reached. Replacement is
recommended in each case.
 Load groups 1 and 2 are load
and connection compatible, whereby load group 1 applies to the
smallest shock absorber and load
group 2 to the corresponding
rigid struts and weld-on brackets.

0.5

Load
group
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20
30
40
50

Normal (Fn)/Upset 
Level A/B
176F
302F
675
650
900
875
1800
1680
4000
3710
10350
9900
22450
21200
44900
39300
78600
76100
123500
120000
224000
210000
448000
426000
670000
640000
900000
854000
1124000
1067000

Emergency 
Level C
176F
302F
900
850
1190
1150
2380
2180
5380
4950
13700
13150
31000
28000
60000
53500
106000
95000
165000
160000
300000
277000
597000
566000
898000
853000
1195000
1135000
1495000
1420000

3.5.5 Product Group 5

The units in Product Group 5, pipe clamp
bases for cold piping systems, cryogenic
systems, as well as roller bearings and pipe
saddles, are regarded as statically determined,
but are not directly connected with the hanger
supports. As they are comparable with secondary steel components, they constitute a special group. The nominal load corresponds
here to the max. operational load according
to level A.

Faulted condition 
Level D
176F
302F
1160
1120
1550
1500
3070
2800
6960
6400
17300
16700
40400
36400
75500
67500
147000
132000
210000
205000
391000
362000
773000
734000
1159000
1101000
1545000
1465000
1930000
1830000

3.5.6 Max. permissible loads (lbs) for

Product Group 5
permissible loads (lbs)
Normal load H 900 1800 3600 7870 13500 27000
Emerg. load HZ 1235 2470 4945 10560 18000 36000

0
3.6. Travel ranges

3.7 Type designation

3.6.1 Travel ranges of static components

Moving parts such as spring and constant
hangers are divided into travel ranges corresponding to the usable spring travel of the
standard springs employed.
The appropriate travel range in each case is
marked by the 4th digit of the type designation according to the following table.

All components can be clearly identified via

coded type designations. Six digits contain
all the necessary information required.
The type designation system facilitates the
use of modern information technology and
enables the unrestricted application of the
modular system in current CAD programs.

Complete integrated
application of 8000
components possible
through clearcut type
designation key!

3.7.1 Example of constant hanger, type 11

0
0
0
0
0
0

Constant hanger
Travel range
Designation No.
-6
inch [150mm]
1. .2 . .
- 12
1. .3 . .
inch [300mm]
1. .4 . .
- 18
inch [450mm]
1. .5 . .
- 24
inch [600mm]
1. .6 . .
- 291/2 inch [750mm]
1. .7 . .
- 351/2 inch [900mm]

0
0
0
0
0

Spring hanger
Travel range
Designation No.
-2
inch [50mm]
2. .1 . .
-4
2. .2 . .
inch [100mm]
2. .3 . .
-8
inch [200mm]
2. .4 . .
- 12
inch [300mm]
2. .5 . .
- 16
inch [400mm]

1 1 5 3 2 5
1985
standard
travel range 3/0-12 inch
load group 5/FN 4495 lbs
single cell
constant hanger
3.7.2 Example of clamp base, type 49

4 9 5 1 8 5
high design, welded
13CrMo4-5, Nuclear spec.

For spring hangers and supports (Product

Group 2) the springs are already installed
preset to approx. 1/3 of their nominal load.
The initial load follows from this and the
spring travel is correspondingly reduced.
3.6.2 Shock absorber travel ranges
The maximum strokes of LISEGA shock absorbers are divided into economical stroke
ranges as standard, and are so designated
in the 4th digit of the type designation according to the following table.

5 7/8
11 3/4
15 3/4
19 3/4
23 5/8
29 1/2
4
8

Shock absorber
Type
Stroke
inch [150mm]
30
inch [300mm]
30
inch [400mm]
30
inch [500mm]
30
inch [600mm]
30
inch [750mm]
30
inch [100mm]
30/31
inch [200mm]
30/31

pipe diameter 20 inch

clamp base
pipe conn. part
3.7.3 Example of rigid strut, type 39

3 9 6 2 5 4
standard spec.
length 981/4 inch

Design. No.
. . .2 . .
. . .3 . .
. . .4 . .
. . .5 . .
. . .6 . .
. . .7 . .
. . .8 . .
. . .9 . .

load group 6 / FN 22480 lbs

rigid strut

0.6

3.8 Type designation system

The LISEGA type designations can be decoded using the
following tables.

3.8.1 Constant hangers and constant supports

3.8.3 Dynamic components (cont.)

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Product
group

Model

Load group

Travel
range
2=6inch
3=12inch
4=18inch
5=24inch
6=30inch
7=36inch

Field of
application
2=standard
6=nuclear
application
STANDARD
1=std. design
2=angulated
design
NUCLEAR
APPLICATION
5=std. design
6=ang. design
3=standard
7=nuclear
application

Prod.
series
5=1985
9=1999

Product
group

Model

Load group

Travel
range

1= constant C=3/8UNC-70lbs
hanger
D=3/8UNC-141lbs

1=1/2UNC-281lbs
2=1/2UNC-562lbs
3=5/8UNC-1125lbs
4=3/4UNC-2250lbs
5=1UNC-4495lbs
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs
7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
9=2UNC-22480lbs
2= CH
8=21/4UNC-35970lbs
2-cell coupl. 9=21/2UNC-44960lbs
3= CH
8=23/4UNC-53955lbs
3-cell coupl. 9=3UNC-67400lbs
4= CH
8=3UNC-71940lbs
4-cell coupl. 9=31/4UNC-90000lbs
7= servo
5=1UNC-4495lbs
2=6inch
hanger
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs 3=12inch
7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
9=2UNC-22480lbs

6= constant
support/
angulating
constant
support

Digit
2

Digit
3

Product
group

Model

Load group

0= angul.
C=3/8UNC-56lbs
spring supp. D=3/8UNC-120lbs
0= extens. f. 1=1/2UNC-281lbs
type 20
2=1/2UNC-562lbs
1= spring h. 3=5/8UNC-1125lbs
suspended 4=3/4UNC-2250lbs
5= spring h. 5=1UNC-4495lbs
seated
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs
7= sway brace 7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
7= extens. f. 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
type 27
9=2UNC-22480lbs
9= spring sup.
2= SH,
1=21/4UNC-35970lbs
suspended 2=21/2UNC-44960lbs
6= SH,
3=23/4UNC-53955lbs
seated
4=3UNC-67400lbs
8= spring sup. 5=31/4UNC-90000lbs

Digit
4

Digit
2

Digit
3

9= rigid
struts
2=standard
6=nuclear
application

Product
group

Model

Load group

3= 670000lbs
4= 900000lbs
5= 1124000lbs

STANDARD
1= up to 660F
2= up to 930F
3= up to 1040F

NUCLEAR
APPLICATION
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0

=
900lbs
= 1800lbs
= 4000lbs
= 10350lbs
= 22450lbs
= 44900lbs
= 78600lbs
= 123500lbs
= 224000lbs

Digit
6
Prod.
series
4=1994
8=1978
9=1999

Digit
6
Prod.
series
2=2002
3=1993
6=1986
8=1988
at Type 32
6=1996

Digit
1

Digit
2

6= up to 660F
7= up to 930F
8= up to 1040F

Prod.
series
1=1991
3=1993
6=1986
9=1989

1-6=
U-bolts

1-9=
flat steel
strap

3-4=
standard
8-9=
nuclear
application

middle
installation
dimension
in inch/4

Product
group

Model

1= weld-on
lug

horiz. clamp
2=clevis clamp
2=2 bolt clamp
3=3 bolt clamp
4= with Ubolt or strap
riser clamps
5=formed
riser clamp
6=riser cl., lugs
8=riser clamp,
trunnions
9= clamp
bases

Digit
3+4

Digit
5

Field of
application
D9 = 141lbs 59 = 4495lbs 1= standard
29 = 562lbs 69 = 8990lbs
39 = 1125lbs 79 = 13490lbs
49 = 2250lbs
01 = 0.84
1= standard
24 = 9.63
02 = 1.06
26 = 10.50
03 = 1.33
27 = 10.75
04 = 1.67
32 = 12.75
05 = 1.90
36 = 14.00
06 = 2.37
STANDARD
37 = 14.50
07 = 2.87
1= up to 660F
41 = 16.00
08 = 3.00
2= up to 930F
42 = 16.50
09 = 3.50
3= up to 1040F
46 = 18.00
10 = 4.25
4= up to 1110F
51 = 20.00
11 = 4.50
5= up to 1200F
56 = 22.00
13 = 5.25
61 = 24.00
14 = 5.50
NUCLEAR
66 = 26.00
16 = 6.25
APPLICATION
71 = 28.00
17 = 6.63
6= up to 660F
76 = 30.00
19 = 7.63
7= up to 930F
81 = 32.00
22 = 8.63
8= up to 1040F
91 = 36.00
Pipe diameter in inch

0= U-bolts

0= 224000lbs

0.7

Digit
5

Travel
Field of
range
application
0= hydraulic 1= 675lbs 4= 4000lbs 2=57/8inch 1= standard
shock absor. 2= 900lbs 5=10350lbs 3=113/4inch 5= nuclear
stand. design 3= 1800lbs 6=22450lbs 4=153/4inch application
2= energy 7= 44900lbs
5=193/4inch
absorber
8= 78600lbs
8=4inch
3= extension 9= 123500lbs
9=8inch
1= hydraulic 9= 123500lbs
shock absor. 0= 224000lbs
large bore
2= 448000lbs

39=
49= 4000lbs 09= 224000lbs
59= 10350lbs 20= 448000lbs
69= 22450lbs
pipe diameter
in inch2.54 [mm/10]

Digit
6

3.8.4 Pipe clamps and clamp bases

Digit
5

Travel
Field of
range
application
1=2inch
1,2=standard
2=4inch
5,6=nuclear
3=8inch
application
4=12inch
5=16inch
9=extens.
f. type 20
&. type 27

Digit
4

Field of
application
675lbs 79= 44900lbs 1= standard
900lbs 89= 78600lbs 5= nuclear
1800lbs 99= 123500lbs application

7=dynamic
pipe clamp
with strap

3.8.3 Dynamic components

Digit
1

5= weld-on 19=
29=
bracket

6= dynamic
pipe clamp
with U-bolt

3.8.2 Spring hangers and spring supports

Digit
1

Digit
5

8=4inch
9=8inch
00=Lift-off
9=Lift-off
restraints for restraints
clamp bases

2= carbon
steel
4= stainless
steel
0=Lift-off
restraints

Digit
6
Prod.
series
f. straight pipes,
max. insul. thickn.
1=3/8inch
2=4inch
for pipe elbows
R1.5OD
max. insul. thickn.
3,4=3/8inch
5,6=4inch
depends
on load
range and
design

1=low
2=medium
3=low,
welded
4=medium,
welded
5=high,
welded
8=standard

1-4=size

0
3.8.5 Roller bearings, cryogenic clamp bases

3.8.6 Connecting elements, connecting rods (cont.)

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3+4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Product
group

Model

Load group
Pipe diameter
04= 900lbs
08= 1800lbs
12= 27000lbs
16= 3600lbs
35= 7870lbs
60= 13500lbs

Field of
application
1=standard
2=movable
laterally

Prod.series
9=1989

Product
group

Model

Load group

Length

Prod.series
3=1993
8=1978
9=1999

01 =
02 =
03 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
08 =
09 =
10 =
11 =
13 =
14 =
16 =
17 =
19 =
22 =
24 =
26 =
27 =
32 =
36 =
37 =
41 =
42 =
46 =
51 =
56 =
61 =
66 =
71 =
76 =
81 =
91 =

1=weldable
2=with pipe
clamp
3=support
plate
1=
12inch long
2,4,6=
20inch long

Field of
application
1=standard
6=nuclear
application
2=standard
6=nuclear
application
4=hot dip
galvanized

1=cylinder
roller bearings
2=double taper
roller bearings
3=double cylinder
roller bearings
5=lift-off restr.
f. roller bear.
4=pipe saddle/
support tray

6= preinsulated pipes

7= weld-on
pipe bases

8=
stanchions

8=elbow
pads

0.84
1.06
1.33
1.90
2.37
2.87
3.00
3.50
4.25
4.50
5.25
5.50
6.25
6.63
7.63
8.63
9.63
10.50
10.75
12.75
14.00
14.50
16.00
16.50
18.00
20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
36.00

Insul. thickn.
0=1inch
1=11/2inch
2=2inch
3=3inch
4=4inch
5=5inch
6=6inch
7=7inch
8=8inch
9=10inch
9=cold block 1= Cold
Block
1=standard 1=from
T-sections
2=from
C-sections
1=
1,2= for
stanchions
streight
2=telescopic
pipes
stanchions
3,4= for
elbow
R OD
5,6= for
elbow
R1,5OD
3=standard 1=carbon steel
2=stainless steel

3.8.6 Connecting elements, connecting rods

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3+4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Product
group

Model

Load group

Field of
application
2=standard
6=nuclear
4=hot dip
galvanized

Prod.series
2=1982
5=1995
8=1978
9=1999

0=eye nut
1=clevis
2=turnbuckle
4=rod
coupling

D9 = 3/8UNC-141lbs
29 = 1/2UNC-562lbs
39 = 5/8UNC-1125lbs
49 = 3/4UNC-2250lbs
59 = 1UNC-4495lbs
69 = 11/4UNC-8990lbs
79 = 11/2UNC-13490lbs
89 = 13/4UNC-17985lbs
99 = 2UNC-22480lbs
10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs
20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs
30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs
40 = 3UNC-67400lbs
50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

3=hexag.
nut

D=3/8UNC-141lbs
2=1/2UNC-562lbs
3=5/8UNC-1125lbs
5=tie rod
4=3/4UNC-2250lbs
left/right
5=1UNC-4495lbs
6=tie rod
6=11/4UNC-8990lbs
right/right
7=11/2UNC-13490lbs
7=stud bolt/ 8=13/4UNC-17985lbs
threaded rod 9=2UNC-22480lbs

length
not
standardized

9 (Model 3)

1=not standardized
2=24inch
3=48inch
4=72inch
5=96inch
6=120inch
7=144inch
10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs
20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs
30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs
40 = 3UNC-67400lbs
50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

3.8.7 Structural attachments and trapezes

Digit
1

Digit
2

Digit
3

Digit
4

Digit
5

Digit
6

Product
group

Model

Load group

Function

Field of
application
STANDARD
6= bolted
7= loose
NUCLEAR
8= bolted
9= loose

Prod.series
5,9 =
bracket 1x
6=
bracket 2x
7=
bracket 3x
8=
bracket 4x
1=1991/
2001
2=1982
3=1993
4=1994
5=1985
6=1996
8=1978
9=1989

1= support C = 3/8UNC-70lbs
for constant D = 3/8UNC-141lbs
hanger
1 = 1/2UNC-281lbs
2 = 1/2UNC-562lbs
3 = 5/8UNC-1125lbs
4 = 3/4UNC-2250lbs
5 = 1UNC-4495lbs
6 = 11/4UNC-8990lbs
2=base plate f. 7 = 11/2UNC-13490lbs
spring hanger 8 = 13/4UNC-17985lbs
3=weld-on clevis 9 = 2UNC-22480lbs
4=weld-on plate
5=weld-on eye 10 = 21/4UNC-35970lbs
nut
20 = 21/2UNC-44960lbs
6=beam adapter 30 = 23/4UNC-53955lbs
and bolts
40 = 3UNC-67400lbs
8=beam clamp 50 = 31/4UNC-90000lbs

2...7=
travel
range of
constant
hanger
6-36inch

9=trapeze
0=PTFE slide
plate

2=2 connections
3=3 connections
1...3= travel
range of
spring hanger 2-8 inch

7=connecting plate

1, 2, 3, 9= 1=standard
depends
5=nuclear
on design application

2=const.hang. 4, 6 and 9=
trapeze
U-sections
1 and 2=
7=
spring hanger L-sections
trapeze
3=rigid trapeze

3rd to 6th digits correspond to clamps to be coupled

0.8

Worldwide coverage
of recognized codes
and standards!

4. STANDARDS AND CALCULATIONS

In design, stress and load calculations, as
well as in manufacturing, the relevant German
and international standards, technical regulations and codes are taken into account.

The characteristic values of materials that all

design calculations are based on are taken
from the relevant standards and recognized
technical codes.

The following codes apply:

MSS SP 58
MSS SP 69
ANSI ASME B31.1
ASME III Div.I - NF
VGB-R 510 L
DIN 18800
KTA 3205.1/2/3
AD-Merkbltter
TRD-Regel
BS 3974
RCC-M
MITI 501
JEAG 4601

Standardized selection
of high temperature
materials!

Pipe supports - material and design

Pipe supports - applications
Pressure piping systems
Supports for nuclear components
Standard supports
Steelwork
Nuclear regulations
Working group for pressure vessels
Techn. regulations, steam boilers
Pipe supports
Specifications for pipe supports
Technical regulations
Nuclear design regulations

5. MATERIALS
Materials are exclusively used which correspond to ASTM material requirements and
DIN or DIN-EN norms.

USA
USA
USA
USA
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
UK
France
Japan
Japan

As a matter of principle, only materials of

guaranteed strength properties are used for
supporting components.

5.1 Preferred materials for pipe connection parts

Material
EN

Material-No. EN 10027-2

S235JRG2
S235JRG2
S235JRG2
S355J2G3
S355J2G3
S355J2G3
P235T1
P235G11TH
16Mo 3
13CrMo 4-5
10CrMo 9-10
X10CrMoVNb9-1
X5CrNi 18-10

1.0038
1.0038
1.0038
1.0570
1.0570
1.0570
1.0254
1.0305
1.5415
1.7335
1.7380
1.4903
1.4301

42CrMoV 4

1.7225

X10CrMoVNb9-1
21 CrMoV 5-7
X22CrMoV12-1
24CrMo 5

1.4903
1.7709
1.4923
1.7258

Temperature of medium in F
660 840 930 985 1040 1110 1200
COMPONENTS
x
A 36
x
A 515 Gr. 60
x
A 675 Gr. 55
x
A 675 Gr. 70
x
A 299
x
A 516 Gr. 70
x
A 53 S Gr. A
x
A 53 S Gr. A
x
x
x
A 204
x
x
x
x
x
A 387 Gr. 12
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 387 Gr. 22
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 387 Gr. 91 Cl.II
x
x
x
x
A 312 TP 304
MEANS OF CONNECTION
x
A 193 B7
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 193 B8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 182 F91
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
A 194 Gr. 2H
ASTM

6. QUALIFICATION LEVELS FOR STANDARD AND

NUCLEAR APPLICATION
Standard supports have the same function
both in the conventional and in the nuclear
field of application, and therefore do not

0.9

differ in design. Due to additional qualityassuring measures and materials with special certification, separate manufacture is however necessary.

0
In the field of nuclear application, all materials are traceable right through to the finished
product via heat number restamping, and the
components themselves are marked according to ASME and KTA regulations. In the
type designation, the nuclear design is noted
in the 5th digit (for struts, the 6th digit). The
relevant component documentation relates
to this and to the fabrication order number.
In this catalog, the standard design, i.e. nonnuclear applications, provides the basis for
the type designations. As the given functional data and unit dimensions are the same for
nuclear applications, selection can also be
made here with the help of the catalog.
On planning or ordering, attention must however be paid to corresponding conformity of
the type designations. The table showing the
type designation system (3.8, page 0.7) can be
consulted in this respect.
7. WELDING
All welding is carried out as gas metal arc
welding - in special cases by stick welding.
LISEGA holds certifications according to:
ASME III Div I NCA NPT stamp
DIN EN 729-2 by the German TV
AD-HPO, production and testing of
pressure vessels, by the TV
DIN 18800 T7 Extended suitability
certification for steelwork and bridge
construction by the SLV, the training
and testing institute for welding
technology
LISEGA welding inspection personnel are qualified according to ASME III NCA 4000 NF,
DIN EN 719, AD HP3 and HP4. Nondestructive tests are carried out by testing
staff qualified acc. to ASME IX and DIN EN
473, level 2, and SNT-TC-1A, level II.
Supporting connections are produced corresponding to the material group by qualified
welders according to ASME IX or DIN EN
287, part 1. The welding procedure is qualified according to ASME IX and DIN EN 288.

8. SURFACE TREATMENT
8.1 Standard coating systems
The surfaces of LISEGA products are protected
as standard from corrosive influences by high
quality protection systems that are also suitable for external use in aggressive conditions
(coastal, industrial and chemical areas).
The following coating systems are applied
to the different products:

Separate manufacture
of products for nuclear
applications for the
traceability of
qualified materials!

8.1.1 Primer coating

Components that are either to be welded
to existing structure in the plant or simply
require higher quality transport protection are
coated on a bright metal surface with weldable primer (thickness app. 1.18 mil [30m],
color reddish brown).
8.1.2 Electrogalvanizing
Spring hangers and supports up to load size
9, as well as all threaded parts and special
function parts, are electrogalvanized (zinc
thickness app. 0.59 mil [15m], yellow chromatized).
UNC threaded parts are white chromatized.
8.1.3 Paint coatings
Constant hangers and supports and other
products according to table 8.2 receive the
following surface treatment:
1. Steel grit blasting according to SP-6 or
SP-10 for the U.S. and EN ISO 12944-4
grade SA 2 1/2 for Europe.
2. Undercoat of 1-component polyurethane
zinc dust primer, dry film thickness 2.36 mil
[60m], approx. 62% zinc in solid state
volume, color grey.
3. Final coating of 2-component acrylic polyurethane paint, dry film thickness 2.36 mil
[60m], color RAL 5012, light blue.
The total dry film thickness of the system
amounts to approx. 4.72 mil [120m].
8.1.4 Hot dip galvanization
Roller bearings, pipe saddles and cryogenic
pipe clamp bases are hot dip galvanized as
standard, zinc thickness approx. 2.36 mil
[60m].

0.10

8.1.5 Stainless steel designs

Shock absorbers and energy absorbers
(E-Bars) are made entirely of non-corroding
materials. Connecting parts are electrogalvanized according to 8.1.2.
8.1.6 Cathodic immersion process (CIP)
All LISEGA springs are given special treatment because of their distinctive functional

significance. The peeled surface of the springs

is steel ball blasted and zinc-phosphated; subsequently a 2-component epoxy resin coating
is applied via electroimmersion and then
burnt in at approx. 392F [200C] (CIP).
This highly sophisticated process has been
adopted from the automobile industry.

8.2 Standard surface protection in order of products (corresp. to 8.1)

Standardized procedures
for surface protection for
constant quality!

Primer

Product

Type

11 - 17
Constant hangers, constant supports
71
Support for constant hangers
21, 25, 27
Spring hangers, sway braces
20, 29
Spring supports (incl. load group 9)
22, 26
Spring hangers
28
Spring supports (from load group 10)
35
Weld-on brackets
36, 37
Dynamic pipe clamps
39
Rigid struts
33
Shock absorber extensions
40
U-bolts
41, 42, 43, 44,
Weld-on lugs, pipe clamps
45, 46, 48, 49
Riser clamps, pipe clamp bases
51, 53
Cylinder roller bearings
52
Taper roller bearings
54
Pipe saddles/support tray
55
Lift-off restraints
56
Pipe clamp bases f. cryogenic appl.
57
Weld-on pipe shoe
58
Elbow pads
58
Stanchions
60, 61
Eye nuts, clevises
62, 64
Turnbuckles, rod couplings
63, 65
Hexagonal nuts, tie rods
66, 67
Threaded rods, stud bolts
72, 73
Base plates, weld-on clevises
74, 75
Spherical washers, weld-on eye nuts
76
Beam adapters
77
Connection plates
78
Beam clamps
79
Trapezes

8.3 Extended surface protection

For applications in the open involving highly
corrosive conditions, such as coastal sites or
chemical plants, extra protection can be supplied, insofar as this has not already been
provided as standard by hot dip galvanizing
or special steel versions. The following coating systems are thereby applied:

0.11

Electrogalvanized

Standard
Hot dip
paint
galvanized
coating
acc. to 8.1.1 acc. to 8.1.2 acc. to 8.1.3 acc. to 8.1.4
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

8.3.1 Electrogalvanization with additional

coats of paint
1. A barrier layer (dry film thickness 18 mil
[30m]) is applied to the galvanized surface
acc. to 8.1.2.
2. As a final layer, a 2-component acrylic
polyurethane finish (dry film thickness 2.36
mil [60m], color RAL 5012 - light blue) is
applied.

0
8.3.3 Hot dip galvanizing
Hot dip galvanized surface, layer thickness
approx. 2.36 mil [60m], bolts approx.
1.57 mil [40m].

8.3.2 Extra paint layer

Over the standard paint coating according to
8.1.3, a third protective layer consisting of a
2-component acrylic polyurethane coating is
applied. Dry film thickness 2.36 mil [60m],
color RAL 5012 - light blue, total dry film
thickness app. 7.085 mil [180m].

8.3.4 Stainless steel

For the connecting parts of shock absorbers,
energy absorbers (E-Bars) and rigid struts,
stainless steel designs can be supplied.

8.4 Extended surface protection in order of products acc. to 8.3

Product

Type

Electrogalvanization with Extra paint coating

add. coating acc. to 8.3.1
acc. to 8.3.2

11 - 17
Constant hangers, constant supports
71
Supports for constant hangers
21, 25, 27
Spring hangers, sway braces
20, 29
Spring supp. (incl. load group 9)
22, 26
Spring hangers
28
Spring supp. (from load group 10)
39
Rigid struts
33
Shock absorber extensions
60, 61,
Eye nuts, clevises
62, 64
Turnbuckles, rod couplings
63, 65,
Hexagon nuts, tie rods
66, 67
Threaded rods, stud bolts
79
Trapezes

Hot dip galvanizing

acc. to 8.3.3

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

8.5 Surface protection in extremely

aggressive atmospheres
For applications in specially aggressive atmospheres, e.g. coastal areas, certain industrial
gases or offshore, special measures are to be
agreed on.
9. CONNECTION DIMENSIONS
9.1 Installation dimension E
For the simple determination of minimum
installation lengths, the installation dimension E is given for all components except the
connecting rods (Product Group 6). This
dimension comprises the installation length
minus the engaging length of the connecting
part. For load chains, the E therefore designates the complete rod section.

To determine the total length of the rods in

a load chain, all the E dimensions are to be
added together. The sum of these is then to
be compared with the total installation length.
If the resulting difference is greater than the
sum of the engagement depths (X dimensions),
the chain selected is appropriate for the total
installation height.

Special product-related features are to be

taken into account as follows:

For load chains consisting solely of pin connections, the minimum installation dimension
follows from the sum of all E dimensions.

Simple checks for

installation possibilities
through dimension E !

0.12

Sensible devices on hand

for readjusting installation
lengths!

9.2 Regulation of the total installation

length
9.2.1 Turnbuckle function of the connecting
threads
For length adjustment in installation condition
(adjustment of pipe installation position, actuation of loading), the lower connections in
constant and spring hangers provide a turnbuckle function. This way, subsequent adjustment of the installation lengths (attachment
rods) within a sufficient range is possible:
for constant hangers type 11,
by 113/4 inch [300mm]
for spring hangers type 21, by the
adjustment possibility of a turnbuckle,
type 62

9.2.4 Rigid struts, type 39

The connections in rigid struts type 39 are
supplied as left/right, with fine threading for
length adjustment in the installation condition
as standard.
Flat faces on the body of the rigid struts enable simple adjustment with a wrench.
10. OPERATIONAL BEHAVIOR
10.1 Function
Constant hangers type 1 are designed so that
in theory no load deviation occurs over the
whole range of action. The total deviation
resulting from springs, bearing friction, and
fabrication tolerances is held to within  5%
in series production.
The load adjustment follows with a level of
accuracy of 2%.

All connection threads are supplied as right

hand threads.
9.2.2 Spring supports
For spring supports types 28 and 29, the
installation height can be regulated by the
support tube, functioning as a spindle independently of the presetting.
The necessary load is actuated on installation
by screwing the support tube upwards.
9.2.3 Turnbuckle, type 62, tie rod, left
hand/right hand thread, type 65
For rigid hanging support arrangements with
short installation lengths, a defined reserve
length in the connection parts type 60 and
61 usually enables sufficient length adjustment. For longer installation lengths, the use
of a turnbuckle L/R, type 62, in conjunction
with a tie rod L/R, type 65, is appropriate.
For easy access, this combination should be
arranged at the lower end of the load chain.

travel s
FN
F min
F max
SN

nominal load
min. load (upwards)
max. load (downwards)
nominal travel (incl. reserve)

For spring hangers and supports, the load

alters linearly corresponding to the spring
travel. The deviation of the spring force from
theoretical values, resulting from spring hysteresis and fabrication tolerances, amounts to
less than  5% within the ordered travel.

operating load

travel s
FN
SN
S

0.13

=
=
=
=

load F

for spring hangers types 25 and 26,

the load bearing rod is fed through the
weld-on support tube and fixed with
an adjustment nut. The adjustment can
be made within the scope of the available threaded length of the rod.

load F

for spring hangers type 22,

by min. 51/2 inch [140mm]

= nominal load
= nominal travel (incl. reserve)
= operating travel

0
10.2 Spring relaxation
Conventional helical coil springs under load,
depending on time and temperature factors,
lose part of their tension by relaxation (settling loss), a loss that is not inconsiderable.
If no appropriate measures are taken, for
constant and spring hangers this can in the
long run lead to a reduction in adjusted ultimate load of more than 10%.
In contrast to common practice, LISEGA only
uses springs that, through special treatment,
permit no settling loss of any significance.
In these springs the settling loss normally to
be expected is anticipated via the process of
hot setting from a longer coil length, producing corresponding prerelaxation.

measures are prescribed. They are an integral

part of order processing and embrace the
whole LISEGA group.

QMP and Processing

constitute a single entity!

11.2 Quality management program, QMP

The QMP is clearly laid out in a quality management manual, QMM, and regulates all the
quality-assuring activities in the company.
The QMM covers the organization as a whole,
whereby the observance of rules is monitored
by the independent quality management department QM. The QMM has been compiled
according to international quality norms and
standards and specifically takes into account
the regulations according to ASME III - NCA
3800 and NCA 4000 incl. NF as well as DIN
EN ISO 9001 and KTA 1401.

Relaxation

The QMM applies in principle to both the conventional and nuclear fields. The extent of
monitoring of materials and tests, as well as
the documentation, can in each case be
exactly adapted to special requirements by the
use of extended QA levels. All international
requirements concerning nuclear applications
can be covered. Corresponding qualifications
are available and are regularly renewed.
11.3 International qualifications

Shear stress
Relaxation behavior of helical coil springs
Cold set helical coil springs
(values loosely based on DIN 2089)
LISEGA hot set helical coil springs
qualified by TV and VGB suitability tests
(independent German authorities)

11. QUALITY ASSURANCE

11.1 Fundamentals
Superior product quality has an important place
among the fundamental company goals at
LISEGA and also involves the activities of
and relationships with our business partners.
The organization and attitudes of those working in the company are correspondingly attuned to this aim. In a quality management
program (QMP), special quality-assuring

Certification code

Certification No.

Certifying body

DIN/EN/ISO 9001
DIN/EN/ISO 9001
ASME-III NCA 4000/NF
(NPT-Stamp)
ASME-III NCA 3800/NF

Reg.Nr. 200550
1996/5030
N-2951

Stamping agreement
AD-Merkblatt HP 0; HP 3; HP 4
Welding certification according to EN 729-2
DIN 18800T7
Major qualification certificate
ASME III - NCA/NF; ASME IX
SKIFS 1994:1
ASME-III NF/NCA 3800;
10CFR50 App. B; 10CFR21;
N45.2; NQA1

0121WO29784
07-702-0194
07-703-0080
60317/62/9804

Lloyds Register QA
LAFAQ
ASME Accreditation and
Certification
ASME Accreditation and
Certification
TV Nord e.V.
(independent German
authority)
SLV-Hannover

No. 1606
No. DNV 5477
CEXO-99/00210

TRACTEBEL (Vincotte)
DET NORSKE VERITAS
NUPIC

QSC 552

0.14

11.4 Tests and qualifications

11.4.1 Raw material and material reception
All materials used undergo receiving control
by the quality management department. The
materials used are qualified, corresponding
to requirements by material tests according
to ASME and DIN EN 10204.
Proven operational safety
and long life through type
and suitability tests!

11.4.2 Monitoring of manufacture

Manufacture is monitored via accompanying
quality control according to the QM manual.
In particular, for nuclear applications the
quality-assuring requirements according to
ASME III NF and KTA are fulfilled.
11.4.3 Final inspection
Before shipment, constant and spring hangers
as well as shock absorbers undergo a function test on test benches by quality management personnel. The tests are carried out
using computer-assisted equipment. The
values measured can be recorded by means
of a diagram. In addition, for constant and
spring hangers the digital values can be
printed out over the whole travel range.
The specific test benches employed undergo
regular inspections by an independent supervisory body.
11.4.4 Documentation on shipment
If so ordered, the materials used are documented by certification from material tests according to ASME and DIN EN 10204. In addition, the results of the function tests can be
confirmed by issuing an acceptance test
certificate, also from a supervisory body if
desired.

0.15

Stress reports according to particular specifications and quality-assuring documents can

be agreed between customer, manufacturer
and supervisory body.
11.5 Suitability test according to KTA 3205.3
and type test according to VGB R 510 L
For the use of series-made standard supports
in conventional power plants, a type test by a
supervisory body (according to 14 of the
appliance safety law GSG) is foreseen in the
VGB code R 510 L.
For use in nuclear installations a corresponding suitability test, according to directive 35
of the TVs nuclear technology supervisory
body at the Vd TV, is prescribed by nuclear
code KTA 3205.3.
The test program prescribed comprises in
essence the following components:
inspection of the quality management
program
inspection of material used
inspection of the design documentation
inspection of design report summaries
experimental function tests
experimental overload tests
experimental testing of continuous
load capacity
For the broad range of LISEGA products, type
and suitability tests have been conducted
by the German TV and VGB and the corresponding permits granted. Qualifications can
be supplied on request

0
12. FORM OF SHIPMENT
All components are shipped in appropriate
packaging for transport and short-term storage. They are clearly marked and, if required,
protected through special preventive measures against corrosive influences.
Special features are noted in the type data
sheets or installation instructions. By special
order, complete pipe support arrangements
(load chains from different components) are
preassembled, bundled and labelled for
identification.
13. WARRANTY
For all LISEGA components a two-year warranty is issued from date of commissioning
or for 8,000 hours of operation, limited to
four years after commissioning. For the
number of hours of operation the plant
records are applicable; the duration of the
warranty is limited to a maximum of five
years after shipment.
14. TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS
LISEGA expressly reserves the right to introduce modifications in the interests of further
technical development.

0.16

CONSTANT HANGERS,
CONSTANT SUPPORTS

1
PRODUCT
GROUP

CONSTANT HANGERS
CONSTANT SUPPORTS
CONTENTS

PAGE

Constant hangers and constant supports ____________________________1.1

Selection table __________________________________________________1.3

PRODUCT
GROUP

Constant hangers type 11 C3 19 to 11 96 15 __________________________1.5

Brackets for constant hanger type 11, type 71 C3 .9 to 71 96 .5__________1.6
Constant hangers type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35 __________________________1.7

Brackets for constant hangers type 71 82 .6 to 71 96 .8 ________________1.8

Constant supports type 16 D2 19 to 16 93 15 ________________________1.9
Angulating constant supports type 16 D2 29 to 16 93 25 ______________1.10

Constant hanger trapeze type 79 D2 15 to 79 96 15 __________________1.11

Function tests __________________________________________________1.12
Operational function______________________________________________1.13

Design features __________________________________________________1.15

Types of installation______________________________________________1.17
LISEGA servo hanger ____________________________________________1.19

Installation and operating instructions ______________________________1.21

6
7
8
9
1.0

CONSTANT HANGERS, CONSTANT

SUPPORTS, PRODUCT GROUP 1
To avoid detrimental constraints in the system,
thermal expansion in piping and other plant
components must not be prevented.
Constant hangers
Constant hangers compensate for vertical
movement caused by thermal expansion.
Via constant hangers, the respective piping
loads are constantly absorbed and transferred
with no significant deviation over the whole
range of movement.
Significant deviations would act as harmful
and uncontrolled extra loads in the system.
Constant hanger type 11 52 15

In this case, connection points are especially

at risk because of unacceptable forces and
moments.
It is vital that the constant hangers work
reliably and efficiently, as this is decisive for
the operational safety and long life of the
piping system.
Constant hangers - the LISEGA system
For nearly forty years LISEGA constant hangers
have proven themselves convincingly in all
kinds of operating conditions. The special
functional principle, based on the parallelogram
of forces, is patented worldwide and has
fundamental significance in this respect.
Continued development of LISEGA constant
hangers on this foundation has led to matured products of superior quality with worldwide recognition.
See the sections Operational Function,
page 1.13 and Design Features, page 1.15,
in this regard.

For the user, the following features of LISEGA

constant hangers provide special benefits:

1. Simple planning
standard cover for the respective load
spectrum 0.05 - 500kN, travel range
up to 900mm
easy selection via load groups and
travel ranges
clearly arranged type identification
system facilitates orientation
symmetric and particularly compact
designs of low installed weight
user-friendly planning documentation,
such as informative catalogs, technical
manuals and special publications
efficient LICAD design software, the
special planning system for LISEGA
standard supports
optimum fit within installation environment via standard variants and accessories (e.g. constant hangers suspended,
seated, as supports or trapezes)
only one load connection point for the
steel structure is needed

LISEGA constant hangers

installed

1.1

1
Construction series 64

LISEGA constant hangers are available at short notice

2. Easy installation
compact, symmetric designs with only
one suspension point and practical
installation aids
favorable weight performance ratios of
the units reduce skeleton weight
precision fit attachment devices by way
of standardized elements
intelligent travel stop enables easy
conformity checks of set load and
operating load
extra wide load adjustment ranges
(40 - 100% of nominal load) permit later
adjustment in the event of deviation in
piping weights

3. Reliable operational safety

due to the fundamental principle, absolute constancy over total set load range
reduced frictional forces through a
minimum of bearing points - the load is
transferred vertically via the main spring
(no friction through high lever bearing
loads)

operational travel runs straight through

the symmetrical axis of the hanger, no
load variations from radial deflection of
the load distribution point
(lever arm hanger)

Construction series 72

attachment point and load point always

lie in the symmetrical axis (no moment
of force exertion on the connection
structures through radial deflection)
Construction series 76

lasting loadbearing performance

through the use of specially treated
prerelaxed springs
lasting operating performance through
corrosion protection and maintenancefree special steel bearings

4. Easy monitoring

Construction series 85

directly readable scales for travel

position and operating load

The 4 development stages of

LISEGA constant hangers

permanent marking for cold/hot

positions and set load
controlled subsequent load adjustment
possible after installation
simple reinstallation of blocking devices
for inspection work

1.2

SELECTION TABLE
Constant hangers, constant supports 
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150

Travel (mm)

100
50
0

0.625

1.25

2.5

10

15

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

120

140

Load (kN)

Selection
example:
24 kN / 210mm

Type description

Load (kN)
0.13
0.25
0.50
1.00
2.00
4.00
8.00
16.00
24.00
32.00
40.00
64.00
80.00
96.00
120.00
128.00
160.00

 0.14
 0.27
0.54
1.08
2.17
4.33
8.67
17.33
26.00
34.66
43.33
69.33
86.66
104.00
130.00
138.70
173.30

0.15
0.29
0.58
1.17
2.33
4.66
9.33
18.66
28.00
37.33
46.66
74.66
93.30
112.00
140.00
149.30
186.70

0.16
0.31
0.63
1.25
2.50
5.00
10.00
20.00
30.00
40.00
50.00
80.00
100.00
120.00
150.00
160.00
200.00

0.17
0.33
0.67
1.33
2.67
5.33
10.67
21.33
32.00
42.66
53.33
85.33
106.70
128.00
160.00
170.70
213.30

0.18
0.35
0.71
1.42
2.83
5.66
11.33
22.66
34.00
45.33
56.66
90.66
113.30
136.00
170.00
181.30
226.70

0.19
0.38
0.75
1.50
3.00
6.00
12.00
24.00
36.00
48.00
60.00
96.00
120.00
144.00
180.00
192.00
240.00

0.20
0.40
0.79
1.58
3.17
6.33
12.67
25.33
38.00
50.66
63.33
101.30
126.70
152.00
190.00
202.70
253.30

0.21
0.42
0.83
1.66
3.33
6.66
13.33
26.66
40.00
53.33
66.66
106.66
133.30
160.00
200.00
213.30
266.70

0.22
0.44
0.88
1.75
3.50
7.00
14.00
28.00
42.00
56.00
70.00
112.00
140.00
168.00
210.00
224.00
280.00

...2..(150mm) 

135

140

145

150

145

140

135

130

125

120

...3..(300mm) 

270

280

290

300

290

280

270

260

250

240

...4..(450mm) 

405

420

435

450

435

420

405

390

375

360

...5..(600mm) 

540

560

580

600

580

560

540

520

500

480

...6..(750mm) 

675

700

725

750

725

700

675

650

625

600

Intermediate
values can be
interpolated

1.3

11 66
11 76
11 86
11 96
12 86
12 96
13 86
13 96
14 86
14 96

11 15
11 25
11 35
11 45
11 55
11 65
11 75
11 85
11 95
12 85
12 95
13 85
13 95
14 85
14 95

11 14
11 24
11 34
11 44
11 54
11 64
11 74
11 84
11 94
12 84
12 94
13 84
13 94
14 84
14 94

11 C3
11 D3
11 13
11 23
11 33
11 43
11 53
11 63
11 73
11 83
11 93
12 83
12 93
13 83
13 93
14 83
14 93

11 D2
11 12
11 22
11 32
11 42
11 52
11 62
11 72
11 82
11 92
12 82
12 92
13 82
13 92
14 82
14 92

 For the selection of constant supports type 16

(see 1.9 and 1.10 ), the load group and travel range
of the corresponding hanger type 11 apply.

 Loads  0.25kN or 0.13kN on request.

 This range can only be set at the factory.
 Total travel. Travel range 7 (900mm) can be provided on request.
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150

Travel (mm)

100
50
0
60

80

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

275

300

325

350

375

400

500

600

Load (kN)

Load (kN)

Type description

0.23
0.46
0.92
1.83
3.67
7.33
14.67
29.33
44.00
58.66
73.33
117.30
146.70
176.00
220.00
234.70
293.30

0.24
0.48
0.96
1.92
3.83
7.66
15.33
30.66
46.00
61.33
76.66
122.66
153.30
184.00
230.00
245.30
306.70

0.25
0.50
1.00
2.00
4.00
8.00
16.00
32.00
48.00
64.00
80.00
128.00
160.00
192.00
240.00
256.00
320.00

0.26
0.52
1.04
2.08
4.17
8.33
16.67
33.33
50.00
66.66
83.33
133.30
166.70
200.00
250.00
266.70
333.30

0.27
0.54
1.08
2.16
4.33
8.66
17.33
34.66
52.00
69.33
86.66
138.66
173.30
208.00
260.00
277.30
346.70

0.28
0.56
1.13
2.25
4.50
9.00
18.00
36.00
54.00
72.00
90.00
144.00
180.00
216.00
270.00
288.00
360.00

0.29
0.58
1.17
2.33
4.67
9.33
18.67
37.33
56.00
74.66
93.33
149.30
186.70
224.00
280.00
298.70
373.30

0.30
0.60
1.21
2.42
4.83
9.66
19.33
38.66
58.00
77.33
96.66
154.66
193.30
232.00
290.00
309.30
386.60

0.31
0.63
1.25
2.50
5.00
10.00
20.00
40.00
60.00
80.00
100.00
160.00
200.00
240.00
300.00
320.00
400.00


0.37
0.73
1.45
2.91
5.83
11.66
23.33
46.66
70.00
93.33
116.66
186.66
233.33
280.00
350.00
373.35
466.65


0.42
0.83
1.66
3.33
6.66
13.33
26.66
53.33
80.00
106.66
133.33
213.33
266.66
320.00
400.00
426.70
533.30

11 D2
11 12
11 22
11 32
11 42
11 52
11 62
11 72
11 82
11 92
12 82
12 92
13 82
13 92
14 82
14 92

115

110

105

100

95

90

85

80

75

50

25

mm

230

220

210

200

190

180

170

160

150

100

50

mm

345

330

315

300

285

270

255

240

225

mm

460

440

420

400

380

360

340

320

300

mm

575

550

525

500

475

450

425

400

375

mm

11 C3
11 D3
11 13
11 23
11 33
11 43
11 53
11 63
11 73
11 83
11 93
12 83
12 93
13 83
13 93
14 83
14 93

11 14
11 24
11 34
11 44
11 54
11 64
11 74
11 84
11 94
12 84
12 94
13 84
13 94
14 84
14 94

11 15
11 25
11 35
11 45
11 55
11 65
11 75
11 85
11 95
12 85
12 95
13 85
13 95
14 85
14 95

11 66
11 76
11 86
11 96
12 86
12 96
13 86
13 96
14 86
14 96

1.4

CONSTANT HANGER
TYPE 11
Constant hanger
Type 11 C3 19 to 11 96 15
Series-made standard
design, available from stock.

 Installation dimension E
applies to the uppermost blocking position.
In other positions, E increases
accordingly.

 X = minimum thread
engagement.
On lower connection
max thread engagement =
X + 300mm.

Order details:
Constant hanger
type 11 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: kN
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.5

Type

11 C3 19
11 D2 19
11 D3 19
11 12 15
11 13 15
11 14 15
11 15 15
11 22 15
11 23 15
11 24 15
11 25 15
11 32 15
11 33 15
11 34 15
11 35 15
11 42 15
11 43 15
11 44 15
11 45 15
11 52 15
11 53 15
11 54 15
11 55 15
11 62 15
11 63 15
11 64 15
11 65 15
11 66 15
11 72 15
11 73 15
11 74 15
11 75 15
11 76 15
11 82 15
11 83 15
11 84 15
11 85 15
11 86 15
11 92 15
11 93 15
11 94 15
11 95 15
11 96 15

350
300
410
385
415
435
465
445
460
480
530
445
490
525
595
500
570
610
665
590
710
745
845
725
815
845
885
1145
780
850
1000
1160
1275
815
945
1110
1200
1260
865
1095
1240
1255
1305

130
110
130
130
130
130
135
160
160
160
165
170
170
170
170
185
185
185
190
230
230
230
230
275
275
275
275
280
300
300
300
305
305
320
320
320
320
325
350
350
350
355
355

150
155
170
140
140
140
150
180
185
185
195
190
190
190
200
220
220
220
240
270
270
285
285
335
335
345
345
345
380
380
400
400
400
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455

105
86
106
106
106
106
108
132
132
132
136
132
132
132
136
150
150
150
154
190
190
190
190
230
230
230
230
232
252
252
252
256
256
256
256
256
256
260
276
276
276
280
280

d2
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48
M48
M48

d5
9
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

d6

E

9
530
11
350
11
545
M10
375
M10
645
M10
935
M10 1225
M10
385
M10
650
M10
945
M10 1215
M10
390
M10
675
M10
970
M10 1255
M12
440
M12
740
M12 1070
M12 1370
M16
470
M16
770
M16 1105
M16 1405
M16
555
M16
900
M16 1285
M16 1630
M16 2030
M20
610
M20
945
M20 1375
M20 1710
M20 2150
M20
705
M20 1140
M20 1645
M20 2085
M20 2585
M24
760
M24 1190
M24 1735
M24 2160
M24 2700

455
250
445
265
445
615
795
270
455
635
810
275
470
650
830
315
495
675
855
345
515
705
880
420
565
750
925
1330
455
635
785
975
1425
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620

250
230
260
285
285
285
295
350
360
360
370
360
360
360
370
400
410
410
420
490
490
490
490
580
580
600
600
600
650
650
650
660
660
650
650
670
690
690
750
750
770
770
770

40
0
45
25
20
25
25
20
45
45
25
10
70
50
50
25
110
55
65
30
105
75
60
40
160
150
120
155
50
140
195
65
210
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290

265
195
280
135
270
325
450
140
270
320
460
165
260
365
465
260
250
370
540
210
285
410
530
240
300
355
460
650
285
300
400
665
710
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800

240
125
255
40
165
225
350
45
195
245
365
30
180
265
370
135
210
275
455
70
215
310
415
85
260
310
380
600
110
205
360
490
675
115
280
420
595
825
135
325
480
570
820

43
43
43
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
112
110
110
110
105
105
105
105
115
126
126
135
145
145
149
149
149
170
170
179
184
184
200
200
200
200
200
195
195
195
195
195

X Weight
(kg)
15
14
15
10
15
19
15
15
15
25
15
34
15
52
15
21
15
35
15
48
15
75
20
27
20
43
20
61
20
101
25
44
25
66
25
92
25
150
30
73
30
115
30
159
30
212
35
134
35
183
35
264
35
337
35
495
45
195
45
262
45
378
45
550
45
690
50
263
50
364
50
509
50
731
50
965
60
336
60
475
60
677
60
862
60 1130

BRACKETS FOR
CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 11

Brackets for constant

hanger type 11
type 71 C3 .9 to 71 96 .5
Series-made standard
design available from
stock.
The brackets can
be supplied according to requirements, either shop
fitted or supplied
separately for subsequent fitting on
site.

Detail Z
Lug for transport

Base plate

Const h. Brackets
Type Type
11 C3 19 71 C3 .9
11 D2 19 71 D2 .9
11 D3 19 71 D3 .9
11 12 15 71 12 .5
11 13 15 71 13 .5
11 22 15 71 22 .5
11 23 15 71 23 .5
11 32 15 71 32 .5
11 33 15 71 33 .5
11 34 15 71 34 .5
11 35 15 71 35 .5
11 42 15 71 42 .5
11 43 15 71 43 .5
11 44 15 71 44 .5
11 45 15 71 45 .5
11 52 15 71 52 .5
11 53 15 71 53 .5
11 54 15 71 54 .5
11 55 15 71 55 .5
11 62 15 71 62 .5
11 63 15 71 63 .5
11 64 15 71 64 .5
11 65 15 71 65 .5
11 66 15 71 66 .5
11 72 15 71 72 .5
11 73 15 71 73 .5
11 74 15 71 74 .5
11 75 15 71 75 .5
11 76 15 71 76 .5
11 82 15 71 82 .5
11 83 15 71 83 .5
11 84 15 71 84 .5
11 85 15 71 85 .5
11 86 15 71 86 .5
11 92 15 71 92 .5
11 93 15 71 93 .5
11 94 15 71 94 .5
11 95 15 71 95 .5
11 96 15 71 96 .5

A1
420
370
480
495
525
575
590
575
620
655
725
640
710
750
805
750
870
905
1005
915
1005
1035
1075
1335
980
1050
1200
1360
1475
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545

B1
70
70
70
115
115
140
140
140
140
140
140
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
270
270
270
270
270
280
280
300
320
320
300
300
320
340
340

C
150
155
170
140
140
180
185
190
190
190
200
220
220
220
240
270
270
285
285
335
335
345
345
345
380
380
400
400
400
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455

d4
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
27
27
27
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33

E
265
145
265
145
265
145
265
150
270
390
510
155
275
395
515
160
280
400
520
165
285
405
525
345
175
295
415
535
280
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260

F
40
40
40
60
60
75
75
75
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
110
110
110
110
110
115
115
115
115
115
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140

G1
810
510
825
535
925
545
930
560
965
1380
1785
620
1040
1490
1910
660
1080
1535
1955
755
1220
1725
2190
2410
830
1285
1835
2290
2475
935
1490
2115
2675
2905
1010
1560
2225
2770
3020

K1
355
260
380
270
480
275
475
285
495
730
955
305
545
815
1055
315
565
830
1075
335
655
975
1265
1080
375
650
1050
1315
1050
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400

L
250
230
260
285
285
350
360
360
360
360
370
400
410
410
420
490
490
490
490
580
580
600
600
600
650
650
650
660
660
650
650
670
690
690
750
750
770
770
770

M
395
345
455
440
470
505
520
505
550
585
655
570
640
680
735
670
790
825
925
815
905
935
975
1235
875
945
1095
1255
1370
935
1065
1230
1320
1380
995
1225
1370
1385
1435

N
50
50
65
65
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
80
110
110
110
110
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140
140

T
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20

U
60
60
60
100
100
120
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
180
180
180
180
220
220
220
220
220
240
240
240
240
240
240
240
260
280
280
260
260
280
320
320

y
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

Weight
(kg)
5
5
8
12
17
15
21
16
23
32
40
18
29
41
49
30
42
58
72
45
62
90
112
112
56
80
106
128
128
65
91
139
184
184
82
109
162
273
273

 The 5th digit of the type description indicates the design:

6 for brackets bolted on,
standard specification.
7 for loose brackets,
standard specification.
8 for brackets bolted on,
nuclear specification.
9 for loose brackets,
nuclear specification.

 E in the uppermost blocking

position. In other positions, E
decreases accordingly.

 Constant hangers can be

seated directly on the structure
and welded in place. When doing
this, care must be taken to provide
access to the adjusting screws and
lock nut.
If this access cannot be provided,
type 71 brackets should be used.

Order details:
Constant hanger
type 11 .. .. with bracket
type 71 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: kN,
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.6

CONSTANT HANGER
TYPE 12-14
Constant hangers
type 12 82 35 to 14 96 35
Standard design, multi-cell
hanger.
Assembly possible at short
notice from stock units.

 Dimension E applies to
uppermost blocking position.
For other positions E increases
accordingly.

Order details:
Constant hanger
type 1. .. 35
Marking:
Operating load: kN
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.7

Type
12 82 35
12 83 35
12 84 35
12 85 35
12 86 35
12 92 35
12 93 35
12 94 35
12 95 35
12 96 35
13 82 35
13 83 35
13 84 35
13 85 35
13 86 35
13 92 35
13 93 35
13 94 35
13 95 35
13 96 35
14 82 35
14 83 35
14 84 35
14 85 35
14 86 35
14 92 35
14 93 35
14 94 35
14 95 35
14 96 35

A
860
990
1155
1245
1305
910
1140
1285
1300
1350
860
990
1155
1245
1305
910
1140
1285
1300
1350
860
990
1155
1245
1305
910
1140
1285
1300
1350

B
635
635
635
635
645
695
695
695
705
705
935
935
935
935
950
1025
1025
1025
1040
1040
1235
1235
1235
1235
1250
1355
1355
1355
1375
1375

C
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455

D
555
555
555
555
565
605
605
605
615
615
855
855
855
855
870
935
935
935
950
950
1155
1155
1155
1155
1170
1265
1265
1265
1280
1280

d3
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90

E
1205
1640
2145
2585
3085
1310
1740
2285
2710
3250
1305
1740
2245
2685
3185
1420
1850
2395
2820
3360
1385
1820
2325
2765
3265
1460
1890
2435
2860
3400

H
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620
585
715
925
1115
1625
630
785
960
1090
1620

L
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90

M
540
540
540
540
545
590
590
590
595
595
840
840
840
840
850
920
920
920
930
930
1140
1140
1140
1140
1150
1250
1250
1250
1260
1260

N
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
2x300
2x300
2x300
2x300
2x304
2x330
2x330
2x330
2x334
2x334
3x300
3x300
3x300
3x300
3x304
3x330
3x330
3x330
3x334
3x334

O
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290
50
215
305
125
250
50
250
380
250
290

P
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800
330
340
390
740
850
350
355
380
585
800

R
90
90
90
90
90
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
135
135
135
135
135

R1max.
95
95
95
95
95
110
110
110
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
140
140
140
140
140
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180

S
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40

W
160
160
160
160
160
175
175
175
175
175
210
210
210
210
210
230
230
230
230
230
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

Weight
(kg)
615
820
1110
1555
2020
785
1070
1475
1845
2380
955
1265
1700
2370
3070
1215
1640
2245
2810
3615
1305
1715
2300
3190
4125
1665
2230
3040
3790
4870

BRACKETS FOR
CONSTANT HANGER TYPE 12-14

Brackets
Type 71 82 .6 - 71 96 .8
for constant hanger
type 12 - 14
Standard design.
The brackets are normally shop assembled.
On request they can
be supplied loose for
assembly on site.

Lug for transport

Detail Z

Const. h.
Type
12 82 35
12 83 35
12 84 35
12 85 35
12 86 35
12 92 35
12 93 35
12 94 35
12 95 35
12 96 35
13 82 35
13 83 35
13 84 35
13 85 35
13 86 35
13 92 35
13 93 35
13 94 35
13 95 35
13 96 35
14 82 35
14 83 35
14 84 35
14 85 35
14 86 35
14 92 35
14 93 35
14 94 35
14 95 35
14 96 35

Brackets
Type
71 82 .6
71 83 .6
71 84 .6
71 85 .6
71 86 .6
71 92 .6
71 93 .6
71 94 .6
71 95 .6
71 96 .6
71 82 .7
71 83 .7
71 84 .7
71 85 .7
71 86 .7
71 92 .7
71 93 .7
71 94 .7
71 95 .7
71 96 .7
71 82 .8
71 83 .8
71 84 .8
71 85 .8
71 86 .8
71 92 .8
71 93 .8
71 94 .8
71 95 .8
71 96 .8

A1
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545
1025
1155
1320
1410
1470
1105
1335
1480
1495
1545

B1
580
580
600
620
620
630
630
650
675
675
880
880
900
920
920
960
960
980
1010
1010
1180
1180
1200
1220
1230
1290
1290
1310
1340
1340

C
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455
390
390
400
420
420
435
435
455
455
455

E
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260
180
300
420
540
270
190
310
430
550
260

F
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
120
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140

G1
985
1540
2165
2725
2955
1065
1615
2280
2825
3075
985
1540
2165
2725
2955
1065
1615
2280
2825
3075
985
1540
2165
2725
2955
1065
1615
2280
2825
3075

G2
1095
1530
2035
2475
2975
1190
1620
2165
2590
3130
1145
1580
2085
2525
3025
1245
1675
2220
2645
3185
1185
1620
2125
2565
3065
1265
1695
2240
2665
3205

K1
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400
350
775
1190
1560
1280
380
775
1265
1680
1400

M1
935
1065
1230
1320
1380
995
1225
1370
1385
1435
935
1065
1230
1320
1380
995
1225
1370
1385
1435
935
1065
1230
1320
1380
995
1225
1370
1385
1435

N
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334
300
300
300
300
304
330
330
330
334
334

T
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20

Weight
U
Z
(kg)
240 300 142
240 300 194
260 300 292
280 300 383
280 304 383
260 330 181
260 330 235
280 330 341
320 334 574
320 334 574
240 600 216
240 600 294
260 600 440
280 600 576
280 608 576
260 660 276
260 660 357
280 660 515
320 668 864
320 668 864
240 900 289
240 900 392
260 900 587
280 900 769
280 912 770
260 990 369
260 990 477
280 990 687
320 1002 1153
320 1002 1155

 The 5th digit of the type description indicates the specification:

6 for brackets bolted on,
standard specification.
7 for brackets loose,
standard specification.
8 for brackets bolted on,
nuclear specification.
9 for brackets loose,
nuclear specification.

 Dimensions E and G2 apply to

the uppermost position. In other
positions E and G2 change
accordingly.

Order details:
Constant hanger type 1. .. ..
with bracket type 71 .. ..
bolted on.
Marking:
Operating load: kN
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.8

CONSTANT SUPPORT
TYPE 16
Constant support
type 16 D2 19 to 16 93 15
Standard design

 Dimension E applies to the

uppermost blocking position
and permits an adjustment
tolerance of +60mm.

Order details:
Constant support
type 16 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: kN
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

Type
A
16 D2 19 300
16 D3 19 410
16 12 15 385
16 13 15 415
16 22 15 445
16 23 15 460
16 32 15 445
16 33 15 490
16 42 15 500
16 43 15 570
16 52 15 590
16 53 15 710
16 62 15 725
16 63 15 815
16 72 15 780
16 73 15 850
16 82 15 815
16 83 15 945
16 92 15 865
16 93 15 1095

A1
240
260
275
275
340
340
350
350
390
390
480
480
570
570
640
640
640
640
740
740

B
110
130
130
130
160
160
170
170
185
185
230
230
275
275
300
300
320
320
350
350

B1
70
70
115
115
140
140
140
140
160
160
200
200
250
250
270
270
280
280
300
300

D
86
106
106
106
132
132
132
132
150
150
190
190
230
230
252
252
256
256
276
276

d4
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
18
18
23
23
27
27
33
33
33
33

For considerable horizontal load movement

PTFE slide plates are recommended.
(See also p. 2.1, type 29) 

1.9

E
710
1205
730
1300
735
1300
745
1330
805
1405
835
1435
920
1560
990
1625
1100
1835
1170
1895

F
45
45
60
60
75
75
75
75
80
80
90
90
110
110
115
115
120
120
140
140

H
250
445
265
445
270
455
275
470
315
495
345
515
420
565
455
635
585
715
630
785

K
265
415
270
515
270
500
275
515
280
550
280
555
285
640
320
625
300
755
320
745

L1

L
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
120
120
150
150
170
170
200
200
200
200
240
240

M
175
195
210
210
260
260
270
270
300
300
380
380
450
450
515
515
490
490
570
570

N
50
50
65
65
70
70
80
80
110
110
135
135
135
135
140
140
140
140

O
45
25
20
20
45
10
70
25
110
30
105
40
160
50
140
50
215
50
250

P
195
280
135
270
140
270
165
260
260
250
210
285
240
300
285
300
330
340
350
355

S
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
15
15
20
20

T
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
20
20

Weight
(kg)
15
25
23
39
33
56
39
64
59
93
96
155
164
239
236
334
306
449
388
570

Type
Loadgroup L1
70 19 16
D, 1
40
70 39 16
2, 3
40
70 49 16
4
65
70 59 16
5
65
70 69 16
6
110
70 79 16
7
110
70 89 16
8
150
70 99 16
9
150

ANGULATING CONSTANT SUPPORTS

TYPE 16

Angulating constant
supports
type 16 D2 29 to 16 93 25
equipped with ball bush
connections.
For use where lateral forces
from horizontal travel are
to be avoided.

weld-on bracket 
LH thread
RH thread

Type
16 D2 29
16 D3 29
16 12 25
16 13 25
16 22 25
16 23 25
16 32 25
16 33 25
16 42 25
16 43 25
16 52 25
16 53 25
16 62 25
16 63 25
16 72 25
16 73 25
16 82 25
16 83 25
16 92 25
16 93 25

A
300
410
385
415
445
460
445
490
500
570
590
710
725
815
780
850
815
945
865
1095

A1
240
260
275
275
340
340
350
350
390
390
480
480
570
570
640
640
640
640
740
740

B1
70
70
115
115
140
140
140
140
160
160
200
200
250
250
270
270
280
280
300
300

d3
10
10
10
10
12
12
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
50
50

E1
785
1280
810
1385
825
1390
845
1430
910
1510
980
1575
1065
1710
1170
1805
1280
2015
1375
2100

G+60 J+140
195
40
345
40
195
45
345
45
195
50
345
50
195
50
345
50
210
55
360
55
215
80
365
80
215
80
365
80
220
95
370
95
220
95
370
95
225
110
375
110

K1
275
425
280
525
285
515
295
535
300
570
300
575
310
660
340
645
320
775
340
765

R
15
15
15
15
19
19
21
21
21
21
30
30
30
30
41
41
41
41
60
60

SG
9
9
9
9
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
22
22
22
22
35
35

SW
27
27
27
27
32
32
36
36
36
36
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
70

U
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
70
70

 The ball bushes to be connected

fit weld-on bracket type 35.

Weld-on
bracket 
35 19 13
35 19 13
35 19 13
35 19 13
35 39 13
35 39 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 49 13
35 59 19
35 59 19
35 59 19
35 59 19
35 69 19
35 69 19
35 69 19
35 69 19
35 79 19
35 79 19

Weight
(kg)
16
26
26
42
38
61
46
71
69
103
113
172
190
265
272
370
342
485
435
617

 Dimensions E1 and G apply to

the uppermost blocking position.
E1 permits an adjustment of
+ 200mm.

 Connection possibility

Order details:
Angulating constant support
type 16 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load: kN
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.10

CONSTANT HANGER
TRAPEZE TYPE 79
Constant hanger trapeze
type 79 D2 15 to 79 96 15
This type of trapeze is used
in case of limited installation
length where the standard
trapeze type 79 .2 34 does
not fit due to restricted
installation height.
The trapezes are normally
shop assembled.

 X = minimum thread engagement, 300mm thread engagement possible.

 L and Z to be stated when

ordering

 E and C apply to uppermost

position. In other positions E
and C increase accordingly.

 When selecting constant hanger trapezes, their total weight

must be added to the operational load.

 The permissible load reduces

by 5% per 100mm of extended
length.

Order details:
Trapeze type 79 .. .. with
2 constant hangers
type 11 .. ..
L= mm
Z= mm
Marking:
Operating load: kN at
the supporting point.
Travel: mm up/down
Blocking position
(if required):

1.11

Type
79 D2 15
79 D3 15
79 12 15
79 13 15
79 22 15
79 23 15
79 32 15
79 33 15
79 34 15
79 35 15
79 42 15
79 43 15
79 44 15
79 45 15
79 52 15
79 53 15
79 54 15
79 55 15
79 62 15
79 63 15
79 64 15
79 65 15
79 66 15
79 72 15
79 73 15
79 74 15
79 75 15
79 76 15
79 82 15
79 83 15
79 84 15
79 85 15
79 86 15
79 92 15
79 93 15
79 94 15
79 95 15
79 96 15

A max.
1210
1230
1930
1930
1960
1960
2170
2170
2170
2170
2185
2185
2185
2190
2330
2330
2330
2330
2375
2375
2375
2375
2380
2400
2400
2400
2405
2405
2420
2420
2420
2420
2425
2450
2450
2450
2455
2455

B
325
435
515
545
575
590
605
650
685
755
640
710
750
805
740
860
895
1005
895
985
1015
1055
1315
970
1040
1200
1360
1475
1015
1145
1310
1400
1460
1065
1295
1440
1455
1505

C
365
560
390
660
400
665
410
695
990
1275
465
765
1095
1395
500
800
1135
1435
590
935
1320
1665
2065
655
990
1420
1755
2195
755
1190
1695
2135
2635
820
1250
1795
2220
2760

D
110
130
130
130
160
160
170
170
170
170
185
185
185
190
230
230
230
230
275
275
275
275
280
300
300
300
305
305
320
320
320
320
325
350
350
350
355
355

E
180
245
235
380
240
355
235
370
585
765
190
415
680
800
275
420
660
845
315
480
815
1085
1265
320
560
820
1020
1275
380
650
1015
1275
1545
430
665
1055
1395
1680

G
15
15
30
30
30
30
45
45
45
45
55
55
55
55
65
65
65
65
70
70
70
70
70
85
85
85
85
85
95
95
95
95
95
100
100
100
100
100

L max. X
1100
15
1100
15
1800
15
1800
15
1800
15
1800
15
2000
20
2000
20
2000
20
2000
20
2000
25
2000
25
2000
25
2000
25
2100
30
2100
30
2100
30
2100
30
2100
35
2100
35
2100
35
2100
35
2100
35
2100
45
2100
45
2100
45
2100
45
2100
45
2100
50
2100
50
2100
50
2100
50
2100
50
2100
60
2100
60
2100
60
2100
60
2100
60

Tot. wght. (kg) Wght. chang.

L=1000  (kg/m)
30
6.6
48
6.6
61
23.8
81
23.8
74
23.8
103
23.8
104
36.4
137
36.4
174
36.4
255
36.4
153
44.0
199
44.0
253
44.0
370
44.0
230
50.6
318
50.6
408
50.6
528
58.8
384
66.4
486
66.4
650
66.4
798
66.4
1120
66.4
549
83.6
688
83.6
941
92.4
1296
92.4
1600
92.4
746
119.0
959
119.0
1263
119.0
1715
119.0
2190
119.0
908
119.0
1207
119.0
1625
119.0
1997
119.0
2530
119.0

FUNCTION TESTS

Functional performance
The specific functional principle of LISEGA constant hangers guarantees absolute constancy
across the entire travel range. This is not even
affected by load adjustment. Only a minor
friction force resulting from tolerances and
bearings has to be taken into account as a
slight deviation. The hysteresis produced by
this is kept within very narrow limits by the
design principle and by state-of-the-art manufacturing procedures.
For normal load settings, deviations in the
operating load for LISEGA constant hangers
in series production is kept in practice at
 3% on average. Using a selection process,
supply of hangers with a maximum deviation
of  2% is possible.

Acceptance test of a constant hanger

For function testing, quasistatically acting

test benches with a capacity of up to
1000kN are available in all the factories.
The test benches are inspected at regular
intervals by an independent authority.

The generally permissible deviations are laid

down in the following international standards:
MSS-SP 58, USA, max.
to operating load.

6% referring

VGB R 510 L and KTA 3205.3, Germany,

max.  5% referring to operating load.
EN Europa Normenentwurf, max  5%,
referring to operating load. The mean
load deviation is limited to max  2%.
Function tests
Before delivery, each constant hanger is tested
for correct function and set to the required
load.
The test results are both graphically and digitally plotted and recorded. They can be supplied on request.
The load setting values are stamped on a
riveted aluminum name plate. In addition,
the set load is permanently marked on the
load scale. Cold and hot positions are marked
on the travel scale in white and red respectively.
The relevant travel position is directly readable on the travel scale in mm and inches.
The relevant set load can be read from the
load scale in kN or lbs.

Specimen of a
test certificate
from a normal
delivery test

1.12

OPERATIONAL FUNCTION

F2
E
D

Special requirements
Strict demands are placed on constant hangers to ensure reliable function:

absolute constancy for all load settings

minimum mechanical friction

Likewise, particular requirements are to be

fulfilled for the continuous monitoring of the
piping system performance:

A
F
Upper position

reliable indicators for set load and travel

adequate and precise subsequent load
adjustment if required

The LISEGA functional principle

LISEGAs patented functional principle for
constant hangers provides the ideal conditions for fulfilling all requirements. The principle is based on the interplay of force from
one main spring and the resultant force
from two hooked up compensating springs.
The directions of force of the two prestressed compensating springs are opposed
to each other in the form of a parallelogram
of forces.

E
C
D
B
F1
A
F

Midposition

F2
D
C
E
B
F1

 Operating function of
LISEGA constant hanger

1.13

Lower position

The suspended load F acts directly on the

main spring B via a central load tube A .
The force of the compensating springs C
operates as resultant force F2 , via cams D
and rollers E . This force acts additionally
on the load tube. The main spring force F1
and resultant force F2 change when the load
is moved over the travel range s . This is in
accordance with the characteristics of the
spring, and the angle and shape of the cams.
The individual components are arranged in
such a way that any changes in the resultant
spring constancy correspond exactly with
the characteristic curve of the main spring.
In this way the force of the main spring is
evenly compensated for, providing constant
supporting force.

1
Down towards the apex of the cams the
resultant force diminishes in proportion to
the increase in the relatively low starting
force of the main spring.

The extremely wide load adjustment range

enables us to cover a broad range of applications with a compact number of unit sizes.
This special advantage is the prerequisite for
the formation of load groups as the basis of
the LISEGA modular system. In this way,
rational series production and warehousing
control are made possible.

LISEGA functional
principle for
constant hangers

At the apex of the cams the forces of the

compensating springs are cancelled out.
The resultant is zero. At this point only the
main spring carries the load. Beyond the apex,
the direction of the proportionally increasing
resultant force of the compensating springs is
reversed. It now reduces the relatively strong
main spring force in the same way.

usable travel changes in proportion to the

load alterations.

Large load
adjustment range

The sum of, or the difference between the

forces F1 and F2 at each point in the travel
range = F.

Only the LISEGA functional principle

guarantees absolute constancy right
from a theoretical basis.
Only the LISEGA functional principle
allows a particularly wide load adjustment
range of 40 - 100% of the nominal load.

Small number of unit

sizes (load groups,
modular system)

Examples of practical function

Load adjustment
Load adjustment is carried out by adjusting
the pre-tension of the main spring. Because
the characteristic curves of the resultant
compensating force and those of the mainspring are identical, only a linear displacement of the starting load F1 occurs. The force
variation achieved by altering the main spring
pre-tension is the same at every point in the
movement cycle. Therefore, the ultimate load
remains constant at each load setting. The

 Effect of load adjustment in

LISEGA constant hangers

Serial production
(favorable
manufacturing costs)

Travel

Warehousing
(short term
availability)

1.14

DESIGN FEATURES

Design shape
LISEGA constant hangers are made to a compact and symmetrical design. This facilitates
space saving installation dimensions and the
use of standard accessories. When installing
on site, much time and effort is saved by
low unit weight and simple positioning at
connection points. Only one hanging point is
needed for fitting. The load transfer passes
through the axis of symmetry. Space for radial deflection (lever arm hanger) need not be
considered. Additional moments posed on the
supporting structure by lever arm units are
therefore avoided. The design enables a direct
reading of the travel position on a scale of 1:1.

Mounted constant hanger

Design construction
A steel housing encases the internal working
parts such as springs and cams. The compact
arrangement of these individual parts inside
the housing leads to small external dimensions. The housing is designed to be load
bearing and to accommodate LISEGA standard
connecting components.
 Serial connection types

Type 66 rod

Type 61 clevis
Type 79
trapeze
Type 71
bracket

Type 60 eyenut
Type 67 stud bolt

Connection types
The connection threads correspond to the
standardized diameter of the relevant LISEGA
load group. At the upper connection the
thread depth is limited. At the lower end, the
nut is used as a turnbuckle for adjusting rod
length.
The shape of the hanger housing allows direct
seating on existing connection structures
without extra accessories. In addition, special
brackets can be attached using the standard
tapped holes provided. Constant hangers
above load group 9 (heavy duty) have yoke
plates for bolted connections instead of
connection threads.
Performance range
Constant hangers and supports are manufactured in load groups C - 9 as serialized singlecell units. They can also be coupled together
for load groups 8 or 9 as multi-cell hangers
with heavier loads.
In this way a standardized range of 0.1 kN
to 500 kN can be covered. Constant hangers
are manufactured in 6 standard travel ranges:
150/ 300/ 450/ 600/ 750/900mm - constant
supports up to 300mm.
Standards and calculations
Component design and layout fully comply
as regards load capacity, dynamic function
and lifespan with the relevant national and
international standards and codes. This applies equally to the materials used, welding
technology and other processes. Relevant
details can be found in the Technical
Specifications (page 0.9).
Springs
The springs are decisive for the flawless
functioning of constant hangers the long
term operational safety of these components
depends on them. DIN standards form the
basis of the LISEGA coil spring specifications.
Details can be found in the Technical
Specifications in section 0.

Steel
construction
on site

1.15

1
Spring relaxation
Conventional helical coil springs subjected to
load and temperature over a period of time
lose part of their force (spring relaxation).
In the long term, it can cause a reduction in
the adjusted support loads of more than 10%
in constant and variable spring supports
(see calculation example).
LISEGA only uses prerelaxed springs which
by an artificial aging process allow no significant settling loss. In a hot setting procedure
with extended coil lengths a corresponding
preplastification is attained. The settling loss
normally to be expected is thereby prevented.

planned
condition
connection
point /
hanger

bo
iler
ou
tle
t

hanger set
load

condition after 10% relaxation

hanger load

additional z-load
at connection
point

additional
displacement

iler
bo

Example of cumulative additional loads due

to hanger relaxation
The effect of a 10% loss in hanger power
was observed in a pipeline (Dia = 525mm,
s = 27mm, temperature = 540C,
pressure = 50bar).
Due to this loss, the piping displaced at a
maximum of 36.4mm.

The maximum primary stresses were calculated in the safety valves near the boiler
connection. They were 93% higher than the
planned condition. The permissible stresses
for the connection were exceeded by 9%.
(Calculations in accordance with regulations
B31.1).

Modern welding robots and CNC machines ensure

constant product quality

Corrosion protection
Constant hangers are finished with a LISEGA
standard coating system which in conjunction with a metallically pure treated surface
offers superior corrosion protection with high
mechanical stability. Bearings and pins are
made from stainless steel.
All threaded parts and cams are electrogalvanized and yellow chromatized.
The spring coil surfaces are given special
finishing treatment (see Technical Specifications, page 0.10).
The standard corrosion protection for constant
hangers needs no maintenance inside buildings, or in areas protected from the weather.
For components in the open and in special
cases of operation, a more comprehensive
corrosion protection can be agreed on.

Handling area in paint booth

(See the section on corrosion

protection in the Technical
Specifications, page 0.10.)

1.16

INSTALLATION EXAMPLES

Universal fitting with

accessories
Constant hangers can be
adapted to practically any
situation in the plant by the
use of universal-fit accessories as part of the LISEGA
modular system.

2
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

73
60
63
67
63

Type 75
Type 61
Type 67

Type 11

Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 11
Type 63

Automatic through LICAD

Configurations 1 - 13 can
be produced automatically
in 2D and transferred to 3D
systems via the LICAD design
system.
Examples 14 - 17 show
easily-designed special
applications.

Type 66

Type 63

Type 63

Type 67

Type 61

Type 63

Type 49

Type 44

Type 49

Type 63
Type 61
Type 79

Type 73
Type 60
Type 67

75
61
63
67

Type 79

6
Type 75
Type 61
Type 67

Type 11
Type 11

Type 11
Type 63
Type 67
Type 63

Type 63

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 67
Type 63

Type 67

63
61
79
61
63

Type 67

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 49

Type 44

Type 60

Type 43

Type 63
Type 61
Type 79

Type 11

Typ 38
38
Type

Type 71
Type 63
Type 49

Type 35

Type 66
Type 63
Type 60

Type 16
Type 16

Type 43

Type 35

1.17

63
61
79
60
63
67
63
61

1
10

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

73
60
67
61
79
61
63

11
Type 73
Type 60
Type 67
Type 11

Type 67
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

12

63
61
79
61
63
67

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

Type 63

63
67
63
61
79
61
63

Type 67

Type 11

13
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type

73
60
63
66
63

Type 75
Type 61
Type 67

Type 11

Type 11
Type 63
Type 63

Type 66

Type 67
Type 63
Type 61
Type 48

Type 67
Type 60

Type 63
Type 61

Type 63
Type 61
Type
48
Typ 48

Type 46

Type 43

15

14

Type 11
Type 63
Type 49

Type 66
Type 63
Type 60
Type 43

Type 16

17

16

Type 71
Type 11
Type 11
Type 49
Type 63
Type 63
Type 67

Type 67
Type 63

Type 74
Type 63

Type 61

Type 71

Type 44

1.18

THE LISEGA SERVO HANGER

Despite the use of variable

spring and constant hangers, piping systems and
other components are, under
certain conditions, obstructed in their thermal movement by friction or other
influences. In such cases
servo hangers can be usefully employed.

Application
In the ideal situation the weight of the piping
is almost balanced out with the set load of
the constant hangers. The sum of deviations
present and the additional stresses in the
piping system thereby caused then remain
within the permissible harmless range.
In certain cases, total deviation can exceed
permissible levels. In the form of secondary
stresses it can considerably reduce the life
span of the piping or its connections in the
area of creep strength depending on time.
Deviations can occur due to:
wall thickness tolerances of the pipes,
if these are not weighed individually
and weight differences are not taken
into consideration
insulation weights not exactly
determinable in advance
mechanical friction and manufacturing
tolerances within constant hangers
(permissible  5%)
relaxed springs in constant hangers

Original cold setting

bo
iler
cen
ter

unpredictable random influences on

pipe statics
differences between theoretical and
actual values of load distribution
A combination of deviations can normally be
expected, which cumulatively can amount to
considerably high values. This is especially
unfavorable with long-legged (soft) piping
systems. Vertical movements can be obstructed here, even on relatively minor individual
deviations, and partially or even totally suppressed. Apart from the extra load caused,
unacceptable sagging can occur with a reversed slope, supported by spring hysteresis
from the pressure-loaded system. In addition
to possible time yield damage, this would
favor dangerous water hammer effects due
to a false incline.
In such cases, a sensible solution would be
to complement the passively reacting constant hangers with the actively working
LISEGA servo hanger.
Via the hydraulic servo assistance, the piping
is now actively supported in its movement
at every predetermined height.

bo
iler
cen
ter

Hot setting

New cold setting

Without servo hanger (figure left)
With servo hanger (figure right)

Typical example of use of

LISEGA servo hanger

1.19

e
bin
tur

e
bin
tur

1
Design and function
The basis for the servo hanger is a standard
Type 11 constant hanger. To overcome load
differences, it is additionally fitted with a
hydraulic auxiliary device providing additional
active force in both directions (servo assistance).
As a control parameter, the temperature of
the piping to be supported is normally used.
The relevant temperature is converted electronically into the corresponding position. In
the actual / theoretical value comparison procedure, the control provides for a regulated
advance towards the vertical theoretical
position.

Unit sizes
Units are available from series construction
for load groups 5 (FN 20kN) to 9 (FN 100kN)
with travel range 2 (150mm) and 3 (300mm).
In special cases non-standard designs can be
manufactured.
Operating instructions
Installation and commissioning instructions
and maintenance recommendations are supplied on delivery.

Electro-hydraulic control
The hydraulic unit and the electronic control
are housed separately from each other in a
switchgear cabinet mounted near the servo
hanger (max distance 16m).
The hydraulic piston controlling the movement is located in the load tube of the constant hanger.
Automatic safety switch
The electrohydraulic control is designed in
such a way that only the servo assistance is
lost if there is an operational breakdown,
e.g. a power failure. The unit itself would
carry on operating in the normal way as a
constant hanger.
For deviations in theoretical (temp.) / actual
(travel) a tolerance range can be adjusted.
The control shuts off automatically if the
deviation lies outside these values.
Manual shut off
For possible maintenance work in the system
or at the boiler, the servo assistance can be
shut on or off by hand.

 See page 1.3 and 1.4 also

 2 = Travel range 2
3 = Travel range 3

Servohanger
Type 
17 5. 15
17 6. 15
17 7. 15
17 8. 15
17 9. 15

Nominal
load FN
kN
20
40
60
80
100

Calibration 
Load dependent travel 
load
Travel range 2 Travel range 3
kN
mm
mm
8 - 20
75 - 150
150 - 300
16 - 40
75 - 150
150 - 300
24 - 60
75 - 150
150 - 300
32 - 80
75 - 150
150 - 300
40 - 100
75 - 150
150 - 300

Additional
Servo force
kN
 8
 20
 20
 20
 20

theoretical
hydr.
device

electr.
control
actual

Function scheme

1.20

INSTALLATION AND
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Constant hangers are mechanically acting devices.
Their trouble free operation
is vitally important for the
safety of piping systems
and connected components.
Careful attention must be
paid to the following instructions to ensure trouble
free operation.


















travel stop
guide bolt
name plate
red marking
for hot position
fixing bolt with
washer for travel stop
after deblocking
travel scale
serrated travel
stop strip
adjustment load
indicator
load scale
adjustment bolt
load tube
control bore for min.
screw-in depth
load nut
upper yoke plate
lower yoke plate
connecting rod
tensioning bolt

1. Transport and storage

Transport must be carried out carefully in
order to avoid damage. It is particularly important that load adjustment screws and
connection threads remain intact. If stored
in the open, care must be taken to protect
components from dirt and moisture.
2. Delivery condition
LISEGA constant hangers are supplied set to
the load specified in the order, and blocked
in the required installation position. All hangers are supplied with a riveted aluminum
name plate, as well as travel and load scale.




type
serial number
order number (if required)
set load
theoretical travel
marking (position number)
test stamp (if required)

On the travel scale, the theoretical hot position is marked with a red sticker, the theoretical cold position with a white one.
The load adjustment ordered is permanently
stamped on the load scale with an X during
final inspection.




Name plate with stamped operating data








Travel scale with
cold/hot markings

Load scale with indicator

1.21

On the name plate are stamped:

2.1 Constant hanger

types 11 C3 .. - 11 96 .. (single cell)
The upper connection is supplied as internal
thread with limited screw engagement.
The lower connection is a spherical load nut
which can angulate through a minimum of 4
in all directions. The connection threads are
filled with grease and sealed with plastic caps.

1
2.2 Constant hanger
types 12 82 - 14 96 (multi cells)
The upper connection is provided as standard
in the form of a lug for a connecting pin.
The lower attachment exists of several tensioning bolts connected by a yoke plate.
2.3 Constant hangers (seated)
Constant hangers of all sizes can be directly
seated. They can also be supplied with serialized brackets type 71. The brackets can be
bolted on at works or on site according to
order using the precision fit holes provided.
The base plates of the mountings can be either
welded or bolted to the mounting surface.

2.4 Constant supports type 16

Constant supports follow the same design
principle as the constant hanger. Instead of
the lower connection, they have an upper
support tube with a screwed-in adjusting
spindle and load plate.
3. Installation
When installing, the rules for the Installation
Instructions for Piping are to be adhered to.
Special attention must be paid to the desired
installed position of the hanger rods in the
whole support chain. Two possibilities are
usual practice:
1. The hanger rods are to be installed at an
angle in accordance with expected horizontal
displacement of the piping. It is expected that
the rods become vertical during operating
conditions.

In all cases there should be a unified set of

rules for the whole plant.
Attachment rods and points must be connected under actuation of load.
3.1 Constant hanger
type 11 C3 - 11 96 (single cell)
Transport lugs or other installation aids can
be screwed into the threaded holes provided
on the sides. After deblocking the hangers
(see Point 4), the blocking plates should be
bolted on here for storage. For constant
hangers with type 71 brackets, the hangers
are supplied with transport lugs instead of
the upper connection. The lugs can also accommodate the blocking plates. When removing the blocking plates from constant
hanger types 11 82 to 11 96, care must be
taken that only the larger circlip is removed.
For connection to the connecting rod, care
must be taken that the lower rod is screwed
into the load nut at least up to the control
bore. A further screw engagement of 300mm
is provided.













Blocking plate bolted laterally

Blocking pin with circlips









load plate
adjusting spindle
support tube
serrated travel
stop strip
blocking plate
name plate
guide pin
travel scale
securing screw &
washer for blocking
plate after deblocking
indicator for
adjustment load
load scale
adjustment bolt

Constant support type 16

2. The hanger rods are to be installed vertically for better control. A controlled angled
position during operating conditions is then
permitted.

1.22

3.2 Constant hanger types 12 82 - 14 96

To install the hangers, the side openings of
the upper yoke plate can be used for lifting.
On hangers fitted with brackets, the upper
yoke plate is substituted by a transport lug.

Transport lug and correct

connection

Constant hangers types 14 82 - 14 96

(4 - cell design) are supplied with a transport
safety device marked in red along the center
axis. This serves to provide additional midblocking to the blocking pin on an unloaded
hanger.
The transport safety device must not be
loosened until after the complete installation
of the hanger simultaneously with the removal of the blocking plates.

Safe storage of travel stop plates

on constant hangers with brackets

For this purpose the red locknut is removed

at the lower end using a box spanner. Both
parts are to be stored in the same place as
the blocking plates. When making the loadactuating connection, care must be taken that
the lower load anchors are screwed into the
lower load nuts at least up to the control
bore. The installation dimension of the lower
yoke plate can be extended with the load
nuts by up to 250mm or shortened by up to
70mm.

4. Removing the blocking devices

4.1 Requirements
The correct deblocking of the constant hangers as per the following instructions is decisive for the subsequent flawless functioning
of the piping system.
The blocking devices should only be removed
immediately before commissioning.
The blocking devices must be removed
systematically, i.e. from fixed point to
connection or from connection to connection.
Prior to this the whole system should be
checked as per Item 3 in these installation
instructions.
4.2 Theoretical and actual condition
If it has been ensured that all connections
are actuated by load, the load suspended is
completely taken over by the constant hangers or supports.
If the actual load corresponds to the installed load and the piping system shows no
signs of constraints, the planned equilibrium
has been achieved. The travel stop plates
can now be removed.
In practice, however, slight constraints and
hence certain load displacements in the
piping system can hardly be avoided. The
theoretically determined loads can also
show considerable tolerances. Deviations
resulting from this can lead, according to
increased or diminished loading, to a corresponding jamming of the blocking pin in the
upper or lower part of the blocking plates.

1 rod
2 washer
3 nut

1.23

1
4.3 Load distribution
The travel stop plates must never be removed
by force!
By loosening or tightening the connecting
rods with a few turns of the load nut for constant hangers, or adjustment of the support
tube for constant supports, the locked-up
stress in the piping can be compensated so
that the blocking pin is free.
However, the geometrical layout of the piping
must not be altered when balancing these
stresses.
Because the adjustment of one position can
lead to stressing at another location, this
procedure must be repeated if necessary at
different points.
For thorough control, we recommend as a
matter of principle removing the travel stop
plates only after all the blocking pins are free.

Load pin forced upwards:

Applied load is lower than set load.
Tighten connecting rod or reduce set load

Load pin is free:

Applied load conforms with set load.
Blocking plate can be removed

Load pin forced downwards:

Applied load is higher than set load.
Loosen connecting rod or increase set load

4.4 Load correction

If the blocking pins jam, and cannot be freed
without displacement of the piping, significant
deviations in the piping load can be assumed.
The adjustment bolts of the constant
hangers and supports can then be correspondingly set. Once more, this should be done
from position to position, as described in
point 4.3. If this is done correctly, load differences can be practically balanced out by this
method. Any load adjustments must as a matter of principle be agreed on with the technical department responsible for the piping
system. Any new load setting values should
be indicated on the load scales and recorded.
4.5 Installation devices
With all hangers, tightening or loosening the
connecting rods, as well as load adjustment,
can be done by hand. With hangers and supports for higher load groups, however, this
operation may need considerable force.
To make this easier, an installation aid can
be provided which takes on the load hydraulically with the aid of a hand pump.
4.6 Commissioning
Before commissioning it must be checked
that each hanger allows the expected piping
movement.
The hanger travel can be read directly from
the position of the blocking pin in the guide
slots on the travel scale.
If required, for example when carrying out
revisions, hangers and supports can be
blocked again in any travel position. This is
done by mounting and securing the blocking
plates onto the blocking bolt.

Installation device for relieving

adjustment bolts

5. Control and maintenance

The correct performance of the constant hangers and supports can be checked in all operating situations by noting the position of
the blocking bolt.
Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.

Installation device for relieving

blocking device

1.24

SPRING HANGERS,
SPRING SUPPORTS

2
PRODUCT
GROUP

VARIABLE SPRING ELEMENTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

Spring hangers, spring supports, sway braces ________________________2.1

Load table for spring hangers,
spring supports and other spring elements __________________________2.3

Spring hangers, type 21____________________________________________2.5

Spring hangers, type 22____________________________________________2.6

PRODUCT
GROUP

Spring hangers (seated), type 25 ____________________________________2.7

Spring hangers (seated), type 26 ____________________________________2.8
Spring supports, type 29 __________________________________________2.9

Spring supports, type 28__________________________________________2.10

Angulating spring supports, type 20 ________________________________2.11
Spring hanger trapezes, type 79 __________________________________2.12

Sway braces, type 27 ____________________________________________2.13

Installation and operating instructions ______________________________2.15

5
6
7
8
9
2.0

SPRING HANGERS
SPRING SUPPORTS
To prevent constraints in
the system, thermal
expansion in the piping
and other piping components must not be hindered. The piping must therefore be supported in a correspondingly elastic manner.

Spring elements
To compensate for slight vertical displacements in the piping, spring components are
used as supports. The functioning of these
components is based on preset helical coil
springs which exert a variable supporting
load over the whole range of movement
corresponding to the given spring characteristics. Load variations resulting from this are
limited through corresponding specifications
based on stress calculations for the piping this depends on the sensitivity of the
system.
The fundamental principles relevant for the
function of the spring components are found
in the MSS SP 58 and VGB R 510 L guidelines. See Technical Specifications, page 0.5.

Spring hanger, type 21

LISEGA spring hangers

Various versions of spring elements, ideally
suited to whatever structural requirements
exist, are available. The optimum choice
depends on the installation situation.
Spring hangers, type 21
This type, the one most frequently used, is
fitted with an upper connection for suspension. It is installed wherever
the surrounding location
offers a suitable connection
point and sufficient
space. The upper
connections can be
universally adapted
with standard components to any given
situation.

Spring hangers, type 25

This type is frequently used for
its simple installation, just seating it on the existing steel. The
connection is made by a rod
passing through the unit.
Spring supports, type 29
If the installation location does
not permit suspension, then this model is a
suitable alternative as a
prop support. Where there
is considerable horizontal
displacement of the support
load, and steel slides on
steel, lateral forces can
under certain conditions
have an adverse effect on
the operation of the support system. To take precautions
against this, the use of PTFE bearings is
recommended. In this case the counter bearing should have a stainless steel surface.


Type 29 with PTFE
slide plate.

Spring hanger, type 25

Recommended use of PTFE slide plates for

spring supports type 29

Spring support, type 29

2.1

2
Angulating spring supports, type 20
Unlike the spring support type 29,
horizontal displacement can be
taken up almost free of lateral
forces by this design.
This way that constraining frictional forces are completely
excluded at all levels of movement, vertical and horizontal.
Sway braces, type 27
These particular components act both in
tension and compression and are used to
stabilize the piping and other plant components. An additional damping effect is
obtained at the same time. The connection
parts correspond with those of Product
Group 3.

the blocking device can be blocked in

any position. The blocking pieces can be
reinserted in any required position.
Spring hangers and supports should be set
in such a way that the spring load and the
piping weight correspond with the cold load
position.
The corresponding hot load position results
from the theoretically determined pipe movement (travel) and the spring rate.
The load difference between the cold and
hot positions acts on the piping as a reaction force and is limited by the relevant
design specifications.
Generally, the max. permissible load deviation amounts to 25% of the operating load.

Angulating spring support,

type 20

Above and beyond that, constant hangers

exerting a constant supporting load over the
whole travel range are to be used.
With LISEGA sway
braces, type 27, the following adjustments
can be made:
load presetting
free stroke
installation dimension
See also Installation and Operating
Instructions, page 2.17
Load setting and blocking
Spring hangers and supports are preset at the
works to the installation load and blocked in
both directions of movement. Blocking is
necessary to take up additional loads during
pickling, flushing, or hydrostatic tests.
The factory settings are carried out on electronically controlled test benches:
with spring hangers, values set at the
factory are stamped onto a riveted name
plate.
the installation position is marked on the
travel scale.
cold and hot settings are marked on the
travel scale with a white and red sticker
respectively.

Selection of spring hangers

A decisive factor for the reaction force is the
stiffness of the spring rate value of the respective coil springs. To cover the widest possible field of application using spring hangers, the load ranges are divided into 5 travel ranges.
Please see Technical Specifications page 0.13
for details of usage. See also the selection
table, pages 2.3 and 2.4, as well as
Installation and Operating Instructions, page
2.15.
Design related advantages

Sway brace, type 27

angulated arrangement

no welding (Types 20, 21, 27)

fully galvanized surfaces
specially prerelaxed springs
integrated tightening devices
adjustable blocking system
variable connection possibilities
TV suitability test
a wealth of experience from over a
million applications

Sway brace, type 27

single arrangement

2.2

SELECTION OF
SPRING ELEMENTS
SELECTION CRITERIA FOR SPRING
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
Permissible force variation
The permissible force variation between
cold load (installation load) position to
hot load (operating load) position is
limited internationally by common specifications for pipe stress analysis to max.
25% of the operating load.
Maximum working travel
Additionally, to preclude functional
impairment due to instability from extra
long springs,
a working travel of maximum 50mm
should not be exceeded.

Spring rates
To cover as wide a field of applications
as possible while adhering to these
standards, LISEGA spring elements are
divided into 5 travel ranges with correspondingly different spring rates.
Extra long springs
Travel ranges 4 & 5 relate to extra long
springs and should only be used after
technical evaluation of the whole situation, especially in sensitive piping
systems.

Design types
The selection of the suitable design
type depends upon the respective support configuration or installation situation.
Economical unit size
To find the most economical size, the
following procedures apply:

Spring hangers type 21, Spring hangers type 25, Spring supports type 29, Angulating spring supports type 20
Travel range 
21 C2 19 21 D. 19
25 D. 19
29 C2 19 29 D. 19
20 D2 19
...1.. ...2.. ...3.. ...4.. ...5..
Working travel (mm)
0.12
0 0.04
0
0
0
0
0.14
20 0.05
15
10
5
2.5
0.16
40 0.06
30
20
10
5.0
0.18
60 0.07
45
30
15
7.5
0.20
80 0.08
60
40
20
10.0
0.22
75 100 0.09
50
25
12.5
0.24
90 120 0.10
60
30
15.0
0.26
70 105 140 0.11
35
17.5
0.28
80 120 160 0.12
40
20.0
0.30
90 135 180 0.13
45
22.5
0.32
50 100 150 200 0.14
25.0
0.34
55 110 165 220 0.16
27.5
0.36
60 120 180 240 0.17
30.0
0.38
65 130 195 260 0.18
32.5
0.40
70 140 210 280 0.19
35.0
0.42
75 150 225 300 0.20
37.5
0.44
80 160 240 320 0.21
40.0
0.46
85 170 255 340 0.22
42.5
0.48
90 180 270 360 0.23
45.0
0.50
95 190 285 380 0.24
47.5
0.52
50.0 100 200 300 400 0.25

2.1

2.3

2.1
4.1
8.3

Type number
21 4. 18 21 5. 18 21 6. 18
25 4. 18 25 5. 18 25 6. 18
29 4. 18 29 5. 18 29 6. 18
20 42 14 20 52 14 20 62 14
Load (kN)
3.33
1.66
6.66
13.33
3.66
1.83
7.33
14.66
4.00
2.00
8.00
16.00
4.33
2.16
8.66
17.33
4.66
2.33
9.33
18.66
5.00
2.50
10.00
20.00
5.33
2.66
10.66
21.33
5.66
2.83
11.33
22.66
6.00
3.00
12.00
24.00
6.33
3.16
12.66
25.33
6.66
3.33
13.33
26.66
7.00
3.50
14.00
28.00
7.33
3.66
14.66
29.33
7.66
3.83
15.33
30.66
8.00
4.00
16.00
32.00
8.33
4.16
16.66
33.33
8.66
4.33
17.33
34.66
9.00
4.50
18.00
36.00
9.33
4.66
18.66
37.33
9.66
4.83
19.33
38.66
10.00
5.00
20.00
40.00
Spring rate c (N/mm)
33.3
66.6
22.2
11.1
44.4
88.9
33.3
16.6
66.6
133.3
66.6
33.3
133.3
266.6
133.3
66.6
266.6
533.3

21 1. 18 21 2. 18 21 3. 18
25 1. 18 25 2. 18 25 3. 18
29 1. 18 29 2. 18 29 3. 18
20 12 14 20 22 14 20 32 14
0.41
0.45
0.50
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.87
0.91
0.95
1.00
1.04
1.08
1.12
1.16
1.20
1.25

4.1
8.3
16.6

0.83
0.91
1.00
1.08
1.16
1.25
1.33
1.41
1.50
1.58
1.66
1.75
1.83
1.91
2.00
2.08
2.16
2.25
2.33
2.41
2.50

8.3
16.6
33.3

21 7. 18
25 7. 18
29 7. 18
20 72 14

21 8. 18 21 9. 18
25 8. 18 25 9. 18
29 8. 18 29 9. 18
20 82 14 20 92 14

20.00
22.00
24.00
26.00
28.00
30.00
32.00
34.00
36.00
38.00
40.00
42.00
44.00
46.00
48.00
50.00
52.00
54.00
56.00
58.00
60.00

26.66
29.33
32.00
34.66
37.33
40.00
42.66
45.33
48.00
50.66
53.33
56.00
58.66
61.33
64.00
66.66
69.33
72.00
74.66
77.33
80.00

33.33
36.66
40.00
43.33
46.66
50.00
53.33
56.66
60.00
63.33
66.66
70.00
73.33
76.66
80.00
83.33
86.66
90.00
93.33
96.66
100.00

100.0
133.3
200.0
400.0
800.0

133.3
177.8
266.6
533.3
1066.6

166.6
222.2
333.3
666.6
1333.3

2
DETERMINATION OF THE MOST
FAVORABLE SIZE
1. Selecting the ideal spring hanger

2. Determination of the percentage of

force variation

Example:

Example:

Operating load
F = 6000N
Permissible deviation p  25%
Travel (up)
s = 15mm

6000N operation load, travel 15mm (up)

A spring hanger type 25 42 18 was
selected with a spring rate
of c = 66.6N/mm

c  25% 6000N = 100N/mm

15mm 100%
Selection type 25 42 18
Spring rate c = 66.6N/mm
Cold load
FK = 7000N

15mm 66.6N/mm 100% = 16.65%

6000N

Spring hangers type 22. Variable spring hanger for seating type 26, spring supports type 28
Travel range 

...1..
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
32.5
35.0
37.5
40.0
42.5
45.0
47.5
50.0

...2..
...3..
Working travel (mm)
0
0
5
10
10
20
15
30
20
40
25
50
30
60
35
70
40
80
45
90
50
100
55
110
60
120
65
130
70
140
75
150
80
160
85
170
90
180
95
190
100
200

22 1. 19
26 1. 19
28 1. 19
53.33
58.66
64.00
69.33
74.66
80.00
85.33
90.66
96.00
101.33
106.66
112.00
117.33
122.66
128.00
133.33
138.66
144.00
149.33
154.66
160.00
533.3
1066.6
2133.3

Type number
22 2. 19
22 3. 19
26 2. 19
26 3. 19
28 2. 19
28 3. 19
Load (kN)
66.66
80.00
73.33
88.00
80.00
96.00
86.66
104.00
93.33
112.00
100.00
120.00
106.66
128.00
113.33
136.00
120.00
144.00
126.66
152.00
133.33
160.00
140.00
168.00
146.66
176.00
153.33
184.00
160.00
192.00
166.66
200.00
173.33
208.00
180.00
216.00
186.66
224.00
193.33
232.00
200.00
240.00
Spring rate c (N/mm)
666.6
800
1333.3
1600
2666.6
3200

 Travel range = 4th digit of

22 4. 19
26 4. 19
28 4. 19

22 5. 19
26 5. 19
28 5. 19

type designation
For availability of component type
in the different travel ranges, see
dimension table pages 2.5 to 2.11.

100.00
110.00
120.00
130.00
140.00
150.00
160.00
170.00
180.00
190.00
200.00
210.00
220.00
230.00
240.00
250.00
260.00
270.00
280.00
290.00
300.00

133.33
146.66
160.00
173.33
186.66
200.00
213.33
226.66
240.00
253.33
266.66
280.00
293.33
306.66
320.00
333.33
346.66
360.00
373.33
386.66
400.00

 The use of extra long springs

1000
2000
4000

1333.3
2666.6
5333.3

is only to be recommended in
limited cases because of the
relatively large spring hysteresis.

2.4

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 21
Spring hangers
type 21 C2 19 to 21 95 18

 Dim E increases under load

by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on page 2.3).

In restricted spaces, spring

hangers can be installed with
trapeze type 79.
See page 2.12

Order details:
Spring hanger type 21 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load/Set load: ...kN
Working travel:
... mm up/down

2.5

Type

A

d2

E

SW

21 C2 19
21 D2 19
21 D3 19
21 11 18
21 12 18
21 13 18
21 21 18
21 22 18
21 23 18
21 31 18
21 32 18
21 33 18
21 34 18
21 41 18
21 42 18
21 43 18
21 44 18
21 51 18
21 52 18
21 53 18
21 54 18
21 55 18
21 61 18
21 62 18
21 63 18
21 64 18
21 65 18
21 71 18
21 72 18
21 73 18
21 74 18
21 75 18
21 81 18
21 82 18
21 83 18
21 84 18
21 85 18
21 91 18
21 92 18
21 93 18
21 94 18
21 95 18

80
90
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
155
180
180
180
180
180
220
220
220
220
220
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
275
275
275
275
275

11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36

M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48
M48
M48

205
250
475
155
250
475
155
255
475
160
255
475
840
185
290
525
920
215
305
540
1035
1275
245
360
640
1205
1490
280
405
675
1300
1575
305
470
845
1430
1810
330
505
870
1515
1885

205
245
470
145
245
470
150
250
460
155
250
470
725
180
290
525
800
215
305
540
825
1065
245
360
640
980
1265
285
410
680
1070
1345
320
485
860
1330
1710
355
530
895
1395
1765

19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
55
55
65
65
65
65
65
75
75
75
75
75

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60

Weight
(kg)
1.9
3.0
5.0
2.1
3.1
5.5
3.8
5.3
8.6
4.3
6.0
9.7
14.0
9.2
12.8
20.0
29.0
16.5
20.5
32.0
46.0
57.0
31.0
40.0
62.0
90.0
114.0
48.0
63.0
89.0
133.0
160.0
58.0
80.0
126.0
182.0
228.0
84.0
111.0
164.0
243.0
296.0

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 22

Spring hangers
type 22 11 19 to 22 53 19

blocking device

Type

A

d2

d3

E

SW1

SW2

22 11 19
22 12 19
22 13 19
22 21 19
22 22 19
22 23 19
22 31 19
22 32 19
22 33 19
22 41 19
22 42 19
22 43 19
22 51 19
22 52 19
22 53 19

525
525
525
545
545
545
590
590
590
625
625
625
645
645
645

80
80
80
95
95
95
95
95
95
115
115
115
140
140
140

60
60
60
70
70
70
75
75
75
80
80
80
90
90
90

M56x4
M56x4
M56x4
M64x4
M64x4
M64x4
M68x4
M68x4
M68x4
M72x4
M72x4
M72x4
M80x4
M80x4
M80x4

62
62
62
72
72
72
72
72
72
82
82
82
92
92
92

440
560
840
475
595
875
490
610
890
555
685
955
630
800
1175

350
470
750
370
490
770
385
505
785
430
560
830
480
650
1025

90
90
90
105
105
105
105
105
105
120
120
120
135
135
135

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
35
35

85
85
85
95
95
95
100
100
100
105
105
105
115
115
115

46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
65
65
65

65
65
65
75
75
75
80
80
80
85
85
85
95
95
95

Weight
(kg)
240
270
340
285
320
410
360
405
510
455
515
625
550
655
865

 Dim E increases under load by

the corresponding spring travel
(see load table on page 2.4).

Spring hanger type 22

with weld-on clevis mounted.

Spring hanger type 22

with clevis mounted.
 Application in practice

Order details:
Spring hanger type 22 .. ..
Marking:
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel:
mm up/down

2.6

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 25
Spring hangers (seated)
type 25 D2 19 to 25 93 18

Base plate
Type 72 can be added to
type 25 on request.

Type
72 D9 28
72 19 28
72 29 28
72 39 28
72 49 28
72 59 28
72 69 28
72 79 28
72 89 28
72 99 28

B
125
125
150
150
190
220
260
290
290
340

C
95
95
115
115
140
170
200
215
215
255

d6
12
12
14
14
18
18
23
23
27
33

E
8
8
10
12
12
12
15
20
20
25

Load group

Type

A

B

d2

d4

25 D2 19
25 D3 19
25 11 18
25 12 18
25 13 18
25 21 18
25 22 18
25 23 18
25 31 18
25 32 18
25 33 18
25 41 18
25 42 18
25 43 18
25 51 18
25 52 18
25 53 18
25 61 18
25 62 18
25 63 18
25 71 18
25 72 18
25 73 18
25 81 18
25 82 18
25 83 18
25 91 18
25 92 18
25 93 18

90
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
180
180
180
220
220
220
245
245
245
245
245
245
275
275
275

350
675
200
350
675
205
355
665
210
355
675
230
395
730
265
405
740
300
465
845
350
530
900
385
605
1075
415
645
1110

M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M36
M36
M36
M42
M42
M42
M48
M48
M48

13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
18
18
18
25
25
25
28
28
28
34
34
34
40
40
40
47
47
47
54
54
54

245
470
145
245
470
150
250
460
155
250
470
180
290
525
215
305
540
245
360
640
300
430
700
335
500
875
370
545
910

X max
380
705
230
380
705
235
385
695
250
395
715
280
445
780
325
465
800
375
540
920
440
620
990
495
715
1185
535
765
1230

Weight
(kg)
2.8
4.9
2.1
3.1
5.5
3.5
5.1
8.4
3.7
5.3
8.9
8.0
11.5
18.6
14.5
18.0
29.0
26.0
35.0
56.0
40.0
53.0
79.0
44.0
66.0
111.0
67.0
92.0
143.0

 Dims B and X reduce under load

by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on page 2.3)

Order details:
Spring hanger type 25 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel:
mm up/down

2.7

For special applications spring hangers type

25 can be manufactured as trapeze units.

SPRING HANGER
TYPE 26

Spring hanger (seated)

type 26 11 19 to 26 53 19
blocking device

Type

A

B

d2

d4

SW

X max

26 11 19
26 12 19
26 13 19
26 21 19
26 22 19
26 23 19
26 31 19
26 32 19
26 33 19
26 41 19
26 42 19
26 43 19
26 51 19
26 52 19
26 53 19

510
510
510
560
560
560
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610

395
565
945
405
575
955
420
590
970
470
650
1025
530
750
1220

M56x4
M56x4
M56x4
M64x4
M64x4
M64x4
M68x4
M68x4
M68x4
M72x4
M72x4
M72x4
M80x4
M80x4
M80x4

60
60
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
90
90
90

345
465
745
355
475
755
370
490
770
420
550
825
480
650
1020

46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
65
65
65

530
700
1080
560
730
1110
585
755
1135
645
825
1200
725
945
1415

Weight
(kg)
205
235
310
265
300
390
345
390
490
395
450
555
465
545
725

 Dims B and X reduce under

load by the corresponding spring
travel (see load table on page
2.4)

Special spring assemblies for

boiler support.

Order details:
Spring hanger type 26 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel:
mm up/down

2.8

SPRING SUPPORT
TYPE 29
Spring supports
type 29 C2 19 to 29 93 18
L1

Type
Load group
70 19 16 C, D, 1
70 39 16 2, 3
70 49 16 4
70 59 16 5
70 69 16 6
70 79 16 7
70 89 16 8
70 99 16 9

L1
40
40
65
65
110
110
150
150

PTFE (Teflon) slide plates

are recommended for considerable horizontal load
displacements.

Type 29 .9 15 - E
Load group

Suitable extensions can be

ordered to bridge greater
installation heights.

Type

A

B

C

d6

E

D

29 C2 19
29 D1 19
29 D2 19
29 D3 19
29 11 18
29 12 18
29 13 18
29 21 18
29 22 18
29 23 18
29 31 18
29 32 18
29 33 18
29 41 18
29 42 18
29 43 18
29 51 18
29 52 18
29 53 18
29 61 18
29 62 18
29 63 18
29 71 18
29 72 18
29 73 18
29 81 18
29 82 18
29 83 18
29 91 18
29 92 18
29 93 18

80
90
90
90
90
90
90
115
115
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
180
180
180
220
220
220
245
245
245
245
245
245
275
275
275

105
125
125
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
150
150
190
190
190
220
220
220
260
260
260
290
290
290
290
290
290
340
340
340

75
95
95
95
95
95
95
115
115
115
115
115
115
140
140
140
170
170
170
200
200
200
215
215
215
215
215
215
255
255
255

10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
27
33
33
33

270
195
305
550
195
305
550
200
310
540
205
310
550
240
360
615
270
370
625
305
430
730
360
500
790
400
575
965
440
625
1010

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
48
48
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
52
52
52
55
55
55
60
60
60

210
145
245
470
145
245
470
150
250
460
155
250
470
180
290
525
210
300
535
245
360
640
300
425
695
335
500
870
370
545
910

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
150
150
150
170
170
170
200
200
200
200
200
200
240
240
240

6
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25

Order details: Spring support type 29 .. ..

Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel: mm up/down

2.9

Weight
(kg)
2.6
3.2
4.3
6.6
3.4
4.6
7.2
5.6
7.6
11.1
6.3
8.4
13.0
11.9
16.0
25.0
20.0
24.3
37.0
34.0
44.0
68.0
53.0
68.0
97.0
60.0
84.0
133.0
91.0
118.0
173.0

 Dim E is independent of the load setting. It varies

under load by the corresponding spring travel (see load
table page 2.3). Adjustment possibility +30mm.

SPRING SUPPORT
TYPE 28

Spring supports
type 28 11 19 to 28 53 19

blocking device

Type

A

B

C

d6

E

SW

28 11 19
28 12 19
28 13 19
28 21 19
28 22 19
28 23 19
28 31 19
28 32 19
28 33 19
28 41 19
28 42 19
28 43 19
28 51 19
28 52 19
28 53 19

510
510
510
560
560
560
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610

530
530
530
580
580
580
630
630
630
630
630
630
630
630
630

440
440
440
490
490
490
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530

420
420
420
420
420
420
450
450
450
450
450
450
480
480
480

33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
39
39
39
39
39
39

405
535
835
450
585
880
460
595
890
505
685
1075
560
750
1135

60
60
60
65
65
65
65
65
65
70
70
70
75
75
75

330
450
730
370
500
775
380
510
785
425
595
965
475
655
1020

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
35
35
35

46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
55
55
55
65
65
65

Weight
(kg)
230
260
360
310
350
460
380
430
555
440
520
740
495
580
785

 Dim E is independent of the

load setting. It varies under load
by the corresponding spring travel
(see load table page 2.4).
Adjustment possibility + 30mm.

Application in practice

Order details:
Spring support type 28 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel:
mm up/down

2.10

ANGULATING SPRING SUPPORT

TYPE 20
Angulating spring supports
type 20 D2 19 to 20 92 14

weld-on bracket 

Weld-on brackets type 35

are foreseen as connection
parts (see page 3.8).

Dim E is independent of the

load setting. It varies under load
by the corresponding spring travel
(see load table, page 2.3).
Adjustment possibility + 50mm.

 Connection type

Order details:
Angulating spring support
type 20 .. .. with 2 weld-on
brackets 35 .. ..
Marking: ..
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel:
mm up/down

Type

A

d3

E

SG

20 D2 19
20 12 14
20 22 14
20 32 14
20 42 14
20 52 14
20 62 14
20 72 14
20 82 14
20 92 14

90
90
115
115
155
180
220
245
245
275

10
10
12
15
15
20
20
30
30
50

370
370
380
390
440
470
535
650
735
815

45
45
50
58
58
65
65
100
100
130

15
15
19
21
21
31
31
50
52
62

260
260
260
260
300
315
370
430
505
550

15
15
20
23
23
30
30
45
45
60

9
9
10
12
12
16
16
22
22
35

Weight Weld-on bracket


(kg)
35 29 13
4
35 29 13
4
35 39 13
7
35 49 13
7
35 49 13
15
35 59 19
24
35 59 19
45
35 69 19
70
35 69 19
87
35 79 19
120

L 37.5
max
895
895
1135
1128
1078
1545
1480
1375
1790
1725

weight
at Lmin (kg) tube (kg/m)
3.8
1.1
3.8
1.1
4.4
1.3
8.4
2.5
8.4
2.5
14.6
8.0
14.6
8.0
21.1
10.6
21.1
10.6
30.6
16.5

Installation extension for

angulating spring support
type 20 D9 19 to 20 99 14

Min. thread engagement

 Installation dimensions greater

than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be
supplied, but then without adjustment possibility of  37.5mm.

Order details:
Extension for angulating
spring support
type 20 .9 ..
L=... mm

2.11

Type

A+50

D

d3

E +87.5
-37.5 min

E +87.5
-37.5 max

20 D9 19
20 19 14
20 29 14
20 39 14
20 49 14
20 59 14
20 69 14
20 79 14
20 89 14
20 99 14

325
325
330
332
382
405
470
550
635
685

42
42
48
60
60
76
76
89
89
102

10
10
12
15
15
20
20
30
30
50

525
525
535
547
597
675
740
835
920
1015

1220
1220
1465
1460
1460
1950
1950
1925
2425
2410

L 37.5
min 
200
200
205
215
215
270
270
285
285
330

SPRING HANGER TRAPEZES

TYPE 79

d2
M10
M12
M12
M16
M16
M20
M20
M24
M24
M30
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48

E at Travel range
1
2
3
385 610
1700
290 385 610
1700
290 390 610
1700
315 410 630
900
300 395 615
1800
345 450 685
1400
345 450 685
1800
405 495 730
1250
390 480 715
1800
445 560 840
1250
435 550 830
2400
505 630 900
1800
500 625 895
2400
560 725 1100
1200
1800  555 720 1095
1800  610 785 1150

L max

80
80
80
80
120
120
140
140
180
200
260
260
300
260
300
300

90
90
115
115
115
155
155
180
180
220
220
245
245
245
245
275

140
140
140
140
190
190
200
200
230
250
310
310
350
310
350
350

15
15
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
35
35
45
45
50
50
60

Trapeze
Type
79 D. 11

79 1. 11
79 2. 11
79 3. 11
79 4. 11
79 5. 11
79 6. 11
79 7. 11
79 8. 11
79 9. 11

Nominal load
(kN)
1.25
2.5
5
10
20
40
80
120
160
200

Weight (kg) L= 1000

at travel range

1
24
28
29
41
53
61
77
93
138
174
214
245
242
273
335

2
26
26
31
32
45
60
68
85
101
156
192
244
275
286
317
390

3
30
31
37
39
52
74
82
108
124
200
236
296
327
378
410
495

 The 4th digit of the type desigper

100 mm

1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.7
2.7
3.2
3.2
4.4
5.1
7.6
7.6
9.2
7.6
9.2
9.2

d2

L max

M10
M12
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48

1400
1400
1600
1600
1750
2100
2100
2100
2150
2200

80
100
100
100
120
160
200
240
260
280

Weight (kg) L= 1000mm

at travel range

1
19
26
27
41
68
110
159
186
243

2
16
21
29
30
48
76
128
189
230
297

3
20
26
35
38
63
99
172
241
322
403

nation denotes the travel range

of the spring hanger.
1=50mm, 2=100mm, 3=200mm

Permissible center load of the

other load conditions see table
3.5.3 page 0.5 (Nominal load
120 kN see load group 9)

Dim E increases under load by

the corresponding spring travel
(see load table on page 2.3)

The maximum L dimensions

may be increased to 2400mm,
with load reduction of 5% for
each 100mm of extension.

Order details:
Trapeze, type 79 .. 19
L= mm
Spring Hanger trapezes
type 79 .. 11

travel
E dimension
range 
approx. 
1
30
2
55
3
105
Notes ... see above

Trapeze Nominal load

(kN)
Type
1.25
79 D. 19
2.5
79 1. 19
5
79 2. 19
10
79 3. 19
10
79 3. 19
20
79 4. 19
20
79 4. 19
40
79 5. 19
40
79 5. 19
80
79 6. 19
80
79 6. 19
120
79 7. 19
120
79 7. 19
160
79 8. 19
160
79 8. 19
200
79 9. 19

-50

per
100mm
(kg)

1.1
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.7
4.3
6.1
8.3
9.3
10.3

For restricted spaces the

design shown can be
manufactured as a special.

Order details:
Trapeze type 79 .. 11
L= mm

2.12

SWAY BRACE
TYPE 27
Sway brace
type 27 D2 19 to 27 62 19
Maximum working travel
25mm including free stroke

Weld-on bracket

Load adjustment
Min. thread engagement

 Load setting is carried

out at the works in accordance with customer

specifications.
 Dim E is independent of

load setting. Adjustment

possibility 37.5mm.

Free stroke
adjustment

 Weld-on brackets type

35 and dynamic pipe

clamps type 36 or 37 are
foreseen as connection
parts.
Order details:
Sway brace type 27 .2 19
Marking: ...
Operating load/Set load: kN
Working travel:
mm up/down

weld-on bracket Weight


Type Nom. load Calibr. load [kN] Spring rate A C37.5 d3 E F H R SG
Type 
(kg)
(kN)
min max
(N/mm)
35 29 13
0.12 0.42
5.5
10 640 50 295 15 9
90
90
4.1
27 D2 19 0.52
35 29 13
0.41 1.04
5.8
10 640 50 295 15 9
90
90
8.3
27 12 19 1.25
35 39 13
0.83 2.08
10
12 650 50 300 19 10
90
16.6 115
27 22 19 2.50
35 49 13
1.66 4.16
11
15 665 55 305 21 12
90
33.3 115
27 32 19 5.00
35 49 13
3.33 8.33
23
15 730 55 355 21 12
90
66.6 155
27 42 19 10.00
35 59 19
6.66 16.66
39
20 810 75 380 30 16
133.3 180 100
27 52 19 20.00
35 59 19
62
20 875 75 445 30 16
266.6 220 100
27 62 19 40.00 13.33 33.33

Extension for sway brace

type 27 D9 19 to 27 69 19
If requested, sway braces
can be supplied with shopfitted extensions

Min. thread engagement

 Installation dimensions greater

than Emax on load reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be
supplied, but then without adjustment possibility of 37.5mm.

Order details:
Extension for sway brace
type 27 .9 19
L-dim.: mm

2.13

Type

A  37.5

D

d3

27 D9 19
27 19 19
27 29 19
27 39 19
27 49 19
27 59 19
27 69 19

590
590
600
610
675
735
800

42
42
48
60
60
76
76

10
10
12
15
15
20
20

E  75
min max
790 1600
790 1600
805 2000
825 2000
890 2000
1005 2400
1070 2400

L  37.5 
min max
200 1010
200 1010
205 1400
215 1390
215 1325
270 1665
270 1600

Weight
at Lmin (kg) tube (kg/m)
3.8
1.1
3.8
1.1
4.4
1.3
8.4
2.5
8.4
2.5
14.6
8.0
14.6
8.0

2
Function diagram







 upper articulated joint

 counter nut
 counter nut
 guide tube
 threaded tube
 counter nut
 guide rod
name plate with travel
scale

travel scale
 lower ball bushing joint


Load and installation length are
adjustable to the corresponding
specifications.

compressive force

neutral position

tensile force

Transfer of force on alternating

direction of force.

2.14

INSTALLATION AND
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Spring hangers and supports are used to compensate for the thermal movement to be expected in
piping systems. For
trouble-free functioning,
correct installation is
essential, observing the
following instructions:

Spring hangers and spring supports

types 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29
1. Transport and storage
When transporting, threaded connections
and travel stops must not be damaged.
When stored in the open they should be
protected from dirt and moisture.
2. Delivery condition
Unless agreed otherwise, spring hangers and
spring supports are delivered to the site
blocked in the installation position.
When hangers or supports are blocked (travel
stop in both directions), the spring plate is
locked by a special blocking device in the
housing slots.
All spring hangers and supports are supplied
with a riveted aluminum name plate fitted
with an integral travel scale.
The following information is stamped on the
name plate:

Spring hanger, type 21 (blocked)

The blocking units for single spring models consist of

a set of hinged metal plates. Individual plates can be
swivelled into any desired blocking position.

order number if required

set load
theoretical travel
spring rate of the hanger or support
marking and position number
test stamp if required

The serial number is stamped directly on

the housing.

Blocking device for single

spring models

Spring hanger, type 25 (blocked)

Securing clamp

Fixing bolt

If specially ordered, the stops can be bolted securely to

the hanger or support after deblocking.

Spring support, type 29 (blocked)

2.15

Name plate for

spring hanger

2






upper connection
travel scale
blocking unit with securing band
name plate
lower connection (turnbuckle
with right-hand thread)
 counter nut

2.1 Spring hangers, type 21

Spring hangers, type 21, have upper and
lower connections fitted with right-hand
threads. At the top they consist of an internal
thread engagement of limited depth, and at
the bottom a turnbuckle. The threads are filled
with grease and sealed with plastic caps.





On the travel scale, the theoretical operating

position is marked with a red, and the theoretical cold position with a white sticker.
Also, the position of the spring plate is marked
with an X on the travel scale.
The read out is made at the bottom edge of
the spring plate.




Angulated spring support,

type 20

2.2 Spring hangers, type 22

The upper connection of these hangers is
supplied as a lug for a connecting pin. The
lower connection consists of a turnbuckle
with righthand thread.
2.3 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26
Spring hangers, type 25 & 26 are provided
with a fixed support tube to accommodate
the connecting rod.

Spring hanger, type 22

2.4 Spring supports, type 28 & 29

The spring supports are provided with either
one or four adjustable support tubes fitted
with a loosely mounted, but guided load
plate. The support tubes are screwed in and
the threads greased.
2.5 Angulating spring supports, type 20
The angulating spring supports are provided
at the top with an adjustable support tube
and a rotatable ball bushing joint, at the
bottom with a fixed ball bushing joint. The
joints provide a suitable connection to the
corresponding weld-on brackets type 35. The
support tube is screwed in and the threads
greased.

Load chain with spring hanger

Blocking device for

heavy duty
spring elements
type 22 to 28

Spring hanger, type 26

Spring support, type 28

2.16

2.6 Sway braces, type 27

Sway braces are provided at the top with a
length-adjustable ball bushing joint and at
the bottom with a fixed lug suitable for connection to weld-on bracket type 35 or dynamic clamp type 36 or 37. Presetting of the
load and if necessary the free stroke are
carried out at the works in accordance with
customer requirements.
3. Installation
When installing, the rules given in Installation
Instructions for Piping must also be observed.
Special care must also be given to the
installed position of the connecting rods
over the whole support chain. Two possibilities are the norm:
1. The connecting rods are to be installed at
an angle corresponding to the horizontal displacement to be expected. A vertical position
of the rods is expected under normal operating conditions.

Sway brace, type 27

2. The connecting rods are to be installed

vertically for easier checking. A controlled
angled position under normal operating conditions is thereby permitted.
hot position
cold position

In each case there should be unified rules

and regulations for the whole plant.
Connecting rods and points must be actuated
by load at connection points.

Case 1
Attachment rods vertical during
plant operation

cold position
hot position

Case 2
Attachment rods vertical in
installation condition

2.17

3.1 Spring hangers, type 21

Connection is made by screwing the connecting rod into the upper threaded connection
hole in type 21, and by screwing the lower
connecting rod into the turnbuckle.
As a tension range and length adjustment,
the turnbuckle length available in the hanger
can be used for the connecting rod.
3.2 Spring hanger, type 22
Connection is made by pinning the lug to the
upper attachment point and by screwing the
lower connecting rod into the turnbuckle.
As a tension range and length adjustment,
the turnbuckle length available in the hanger
can be used for the connecting rod.

3.3 Spring hangers, type 25 & 26

These spring hangers are set on beams and
correspondingly positioned. Once the precise
position is defined the unit should be secured
against horizontal movement. The load actuated connection is made via the connecting
rod, which is led throught the support tube
and tightened with a nut.
3.4 Spring supports, type 28 & 29
After positioning, these spring supports are
connected to the structure by bolting or welding the base plate to the structure. Load
distribution is applied through the load
plate or through one or more adjustable
load tubes.
3.5 Angulating spring supports, type 20
The angulating spring supports are connected to the structure after corresponding
positioning by welding the lower weld-on
bracket. Load distribution is applied through
the upper weld-on bracket via the pin
connection to the height-adjustable load
tube.
3.6 Sway braces, type 27
After positioning of the connection points,
the weld-on brackets are attached and
connection is made through the connection
pins of the brackets or dynamic clamps. The
ball bushing joints allow a  37.5mm
adjustment of installation length.
4. Removing the travel stops
The spring hangers and supports should only
be deblocked when the set load is fully
applied to all the supports, which form one
system. If this is the case, the travel stops
can easily be removed. If the travel stops are
jammed, the load actually applied does not
correspond with the theoretical adjusted
load. (See Installation and Operating
Instructions, Constant Hangers, page 1.23,
item 4, in this regard).

2
5. Load readjustment
5.1 Spring hangers, spring supports
For spring hangers the load can be readjusted
by loosening or tightening the threaded rods
at the lock nut. For spring supports, the load
can be readjusted by a corresponding adjustment of the load tube.
Under all circumstances, however, the appropriate technical department must be consulted
before attempting any load readjustment.

5.2 Sway braces, type 27

Load readjustment is made by rotating the
threaded tube (A). The large counter ring (B)
is loosened to do this. In order to maintain
the E dimension, the resulting gap is compensated for by readjustment of the guide
tube.


C
D

Spring hanger type 22 with eye

nuts as transport lugs


B








For sway braces, a free stroke can be set.

To do this, the guide tube (C) opposite the
inner guide rod (D) is to be unscrewed
(loosen middle lock nut). The working travel
reduces in the compression direction in
accordance with the free stroke selected.
6. Commissioning
Before commissioning it must be checked
that each hanger or support allows the precalculated movement of the piping.
The working travel of the hanger or support
can be read off at the bottom edge of the
spring plate as travel in the blocking slots,
and read directly off the travel scale.
7. Checking and maintenance
The correct functioning of the spring hangers
or supports can be checked in all operating
situations by noting the position of the
spring plates.
Under normal operating conditions no maintenance is required.









connecting rod
counter nut
lock nut
load tube
travel stop
travel scale
name plate

Hydraulic
cylinder

Hydraulic
cylinder

Hydraulic cylinder

Installation devices for readjustment of the set load for types

22, 26 and 28. The devices can
equally well be used as
deblocking aids.

Example of an arrangement
with type 25

2.18

SHOCK ABSORBERS, ENERGY ABSORBERS,

RIGID STRUTS

3
PRODUCT
GROUP

SHOCK ABSORBERS, ENERGY ABSORBERS (E-BARS),

RIGID STRUTS, DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS
CONTENTS

PAGE

3
0

Field of application________________________________________________3.1
Main products ____________________________________________________3.2

Recommendations for use __________________________________________3.3

Shock absorbers, type 30, type 31 __________________________________3.4
Installation extensions, type 33 _____________________________________3.7

Weld-on brackets, type 35__________________________________________3.8

Operational performance, type 30, type 31____________________________3.9
Permissible stress factors, type 30, type 31 __________________________3.10

PRODUCT
GROUP

Mode of operation, type 30, type 31________________________________3.11

Shock absorbers, design characteristics _____________________________3.13

Shock absorbers, function tests ____________________________________3.14

Installation instructions, type 30, type 31____________________________3.15
Maintenance recommendations type 30, type 31 _____________________3.17

Dynamic pipe clamps, type 36, type 37 _____________________________3.19

Dynamic pipe clamps overview, OD 33.7 - OD 914.4 __________________3.21
Dynamic pipe clamps, installation instructions________________________3.31

Energy absorbers (E-Bar), type 32 __________________________________3.33

Rigid struts, type 39______________________________________________3.37

Pipe whip restraints ______________________________________________3.41

8
9
3.0

PRODUCT GROUP 3
FIELD OF APPLICATION
To avoid unacceptable tension and moments in the
piping system, unplanned
displacement in piping or
other plant components must
be eliminated. However, thermal movement must not be
hindered in any way!

Dynamic events
Whenever unplanned dynamic events occur,
LISEGA Product Group 3 supports have the
job of protecting the piping or other components affected from any damage.
Undesirable abrupt movement of the components in the system can be caused by:

Product group 3 components

Pipe supports specially designed for the
purpose are necessary to absorb and transfer loads from dynamic events. With Product
Group 3, LISEGA provides a comprehensive
system whereby all fields of application are
covered by the corresponding ideal component. This enables users to exploit optimum
concepts.

A Internal excitation, such as:

pressure shocks from valve operation

water hammer
boiler events
pipe breakage

The LISEGA Product Group 3 includes the

following main products:
shock absorbers, types 30 and 31
energy absorbers (E-Bars), type 32
rigid struts, type 39

B External excitation, such as:

wind load
seismic events
aircraft impact
explosions

Components affected can be:

piping
pumps
valve assemblies
pressure vessels
steam generators

A comprehensive selection of connection possibilities is available for the correct installation of the main products:
installation extensions, type 33
weld-on brackets, type 35
dynamic pipe clamps, types 36 and 37
In accordance with the LISEGA modular
system, the connecting parts are designed
to be compatible and are subject to uniform
calculation criteria. A generally applicable
table of permissible loads can be found on
page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications.
The fundamental calculation procedures
comply with international regulations and
standards and are certified by practical type
and suitability tests.
Design Report Summaries in accordance
with ASME III NF are available.

Diagram of an operating basis earthquake (O.B.E.)

3.1

PRODUCT GROUP 3
MAIN PRODUCTS

Shock absorbers, type 30, 31

The use of shock absorbers (snubbers) is
preferred in thermally operating piping
systems. In a dynamic event, shock absorbers instantaneously form a practically rigid
restraint between the protected component
and the structure. Resulting dynamic energy
can at once be absorbed and harmlessly
transferred.
stroke

Through the special function of the shock

absorbers, thermal displacements during normal operation remain unhindered.
Energy absorbers, type 32
If only slight operational movement is to be
expected at the load application point, then
as a rule energy absorbers can be used.
These components allow a small amount of
movement, which is limited by an adjustable
gap in the end positions. The components
affected are protected from overload because,
due to the design, the dynamic energy introduced is transformed into deformation energy.

free stroke
(adjustable)

Rigid struts, type 39

If no operational movement is to be expected, e.g. at so-called zero positions, then
rigid struts are used. They form rigid
restraints from attachment point to attachment point and do not allow axial movement. However, as they have angular bearings, limited angular movement is permitted.

rigid

3.2

PRODUCT GROUP 3
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR USE
Product Group 3 components are dynamically
stressed. In their use, the following points
must be observed for effective functioning:
1. Where the design of dynamically fixed
points is concerned, the stiffness of the
supporting system as a whole, i.e. of all
components in the support chain, must be
considered.
2. In the selection of unit sizes, the total of
all loadings avising must be taken into
account.
3. For given loads it must be made clear,
beyond any doubt, which level of design load
(H, HZ, HS, and/or Level A,B,C,D) the data
corresponds to. The table of permissible loads
on page 0.5 of the Technical Specifications
must be observed.
4. The stroke length of shock absorbers
should not be fully exploited. An overtravel
safety margin of 10mm at each end of the
snubber should be maintained.
5. When arranging the components, sufficient
lateral freedom should be allowed so that
there is no jamming at connection lugs.
6. When shock absorbers are arranged in
parallel, it is recommended that load reserves be considered. Instead of 50%, in
each case it is recommended that both
shock absorbers be designed to take 70%
of the total calculation load.

Type 35

Type 35

Type 33

Type 37

Type 30

Type 39
Type 30

Type 33

Type 35

Type 35

Type 36
Type 39
Type 36

Type 39

Type 36

Type 30

Type 35

Type 35

Type 35

Type 30

Type 39

Type 36

Type 35

Type 30

7. The installation drawings should clearly

indicate how much freedom of angulation
may be required by the components.
8. Any necessary torque values for threaded
connections in the structural attachments
should be indicated.
9. Before commissioning the plant, all support points should again be visually inspected.
10. The LISEGA instructions for commissioning
and inspection, as well as the maintenance
recommendations, are to be observed.
 Special design of dynamic restraint clamp

3.3

Type 35

Type 39

Type 37

Type 39
Type 35

SHOCK ABSORBERS
TYPE 30, 31
LISEGA shock absorbers have stood the test
of time in practical applications for over
three decades, and thereby proven their
outstanding reliability. Extensive operational
experience has, through constant further
development, led to a matured product, universally respected and leading worldwide.
Access to shock absorbers after installation is
generally difficult and, because of possible
danger from radiation when installed in
nuclear power plants, involves stringent
safety regulations for personnel. The highest
demands are therefore made on reliable and
maintenance-free continuous service.
For the reliable operational safety of shock
absorbers, the quality of the following critical
components, together with the functional principle and whole design, is a decisive factor:

sealing systems
piston and rod guides
hydraulic fluid
sliding surfaces
corrosion-resistant interiors
control valve system

The most frequent causes of

failure in shock absorbers are premature
wear and tear and
corrosion. For this
reason LISEGA
shock absorbers
are manufacured
from noncorroding
materials and any form of metal to metal contact
is precluded by the use of special guide bands.
At LISEGA, the sealing system, guidings and
hydraulic fluid are certified through reliable
qualification procedures to give at least 23
years trouble free operation in nuclear power
stations under normal operating conditions.

The following qualities have led to the recognized superiority of LISEGA shock absorbers:

non-corroding materials
special sealing systems
vibration proof guide systems
pressurized self-contained hydraulic system
dynamic function
exchangeable control valves (Type 31)
23 years approved maintenance-free
operation
40 year lifespan
certified by ASME - NCA 3800
certified by TV qualification
testing

3.4

SHOCK ABSORBERS
TYPE 30
Type 30 18 16 to 30 03 12
Series produced
Standard design
Available from stock or
from running production.
Only non-corroding materials are used. Connection
lugs (material = P250GH,
C45E+QT) attached via
threaded connections are
galvanized.

travel indicator

conn. lug

sight glass

name plate
ball bush

piston rod cover

Type
30 18 16
30 38 16
30 39 16
30 42 16
30 43 16
30 52 13
30 53 13
30 62 16
30 63 16
30 72 16
30 73 16
30 82 16
30 83 16
30 92 13
30 93 13
30 02 12
30 03 12

Nom. load Emergency

(kN)
Level C 
3
4.0
8
10.6
8
10.6
18
23.9
18
23.9
46
61.0
46
61.0
100
141
100
141
200
267
200
267
350
472
350
472
550
735
550
735
1000
1335
1000
1335

Stroke

100
100
200
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300

D

d3

54
70
70
85
85
135
135
170
170
200
200
270
270
300
300
390
390

10
12
12
15
15
20
20
30
30
50
50
60
60
70
70
100
100

 See Technical Specifications, table Permissible

loads on page 0.5 and Welding the weld-on brackets
on page 3.16

Order details:
Shock absorber
type 30 .. ..
With two weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..,
Marking:

3.5

 Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load

events. See also Technical Specifications, page 0.5
 Emin = piston rod retracted
Emax = piston rod extended
To bridge greater installed lengths,
extensions, type 33 (page 3.7) can be used.

E
min
220
315
410
395
545
445
595
535
685
615
765
730
880
760
910
935
1085

E
max
320
415
610
545
845
595
895
685
985
765
1065
880
1180
910
1210
1085
1385

F

SG

18
50
50
58
58
65
65
100
100
130
130
165
165
165
165
240
240

15
20
20
22.5
22.5
30
30
45
45
60
60
75
75
105
105
145
145

9
10
10
12
12
16
16
22
22
35
35
44
44
49
49
70
70

Weight
(kg)
1.9
4.3
5.7
8.3
12.0
20.0
29.0
37.0
51.0
61.0
78.0
122.0
147.0
175.0
207.0
390.0
460.0

 When exchanging other products, the connection

dimensions such as pin diameters and lug lengths can
be made to fit the attachments already built into the
structure.
 Units with longer strokes can be provided on
request.

SHOCK ABSORBERS
TYPE 31

Shock absorbers
Type 31 98 16 to 31 58 16

conn. lug
ball bush

travel indicator 
name plate
removable valves

weld-on bracket
fluid level indicator

L

Order details:
Shock absorber, type 31 .. ..
With two weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..
Marking:

E

Type
31 98 16
31 99 16
31 08 16
31 09 16
31 28 16
31 38 16
31 48 16
31 58 16

Nom. load Emergency

(kN) Level C  Stroke D
100 240
735
550
200 240
735
550
100 330
1335
1000
200 330
1335
1000
100 440
2660
2000
100 540
4000
3000
100 580
5320
4000
100 630
6650
5000

E
d3 min
70 620
70 735
100 765
100 880
120 870
140 1020
160 1050
180 1140

 See Technical Specifications, table Permissible

loads on page 0.5 and Welding the weld-on brackets
on page 3.16
 Usual design load for earthquakes and similar load
events. See also Technical Specifications, page 0.5

Type 31 shock absorbers are

specially designed to deal with
large loads.
They are mainly used in nuclear power stations to protect
steam generators and large
pumps. Due to the restricted
space in such areas, their
dimensions are generally designed to suit the given conditions.
The table on this page therefore serves as general orientation during initial planning.
Housing and connection lugs
are high tensile stainless steel
castings.

E
max
720
935
865
1080
970
1120
1150
1240

L max.

95
95
120
120
160
190
205
230

90
90
110
110
155
180
200
220

310
310
385
385
450
620
585
670

115
145
145
200
150
100
255
205

105
105
140
140
160
200
245
290

SG Weight
(kg)
152
49
181
49
285
70
338
70
648
85
968
90
105 1300
105 1750

 Emin = piston rod retracted

Emax = piston rod extended

 L max at 80C
 Design of travel indicator for travel range 8
(100mm stroke).

LISEGA shock absorbers type 31

are fitted with exchangeable valves
for on site testing

3.6

INSTALLATION EXTENSIONS
TYPE 33
Installation extensions
type 33 18 18 to 33 03 12
Type 33 extensions are used
to bridge larger installation
lengths, thus avoiding structural adjustments on site.
Connection to the shock
absorber or energy absorber
is made at the cylinder
base. Standard threaded
connections allow the
simple substitution of extensions for standard connection lugs. The same applies
for special connections,
helpful when exchanging
units made by other manufacturers, because this way
existing structural con-nections can remain (see page
3.8).

min. thread engagement

extension tube
countering ring

Material:
P355T1

L37.5

Shock
abs.
stroke
100
100
200
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300

A

d3

33 18 18
33 38 18
33 39 18
33 42 18
33 43 18
33 52 13
33 53 13
33 62 18
33 63 18
33 72 18
33 73 18

Nom. load
(kN)
3
8
8
18
18
46
46
100
100
200
200

240
315
460
412
635
455
680
510
735
560
785

10
12
12
15
15
20
20
30
30
50
50

33 82 18

350

150

640

60

33 83 18

350

300

865

60

33 92 13
33 93 13
33 02 12
33 03 12

550
550
1000
1000

150
300
150
300

670 70
895 70
770 100
995 100

Type

Order details:
Installation extension
type 33 .. ..
L= mm
for hydr. shock absorber

3.7

lug with ball bushing

 Piston at midposition

D
max
25
30
30
35
35
48
48
64
64
83
83
90
100
90
100
115
115
160
160

E
min
445
510
655
617
840
675
900
780
1005
875
1100
1030
1711
1255
1751
1110
1335
1325
1550

E
max
760
760
690
1175
1030
1405
1280
1950
1850
2415
2140
1710
2400
1750
2320
2870
2795
2650
2550

L 37.5
min
205
195
195
205
205
220
220
270
270
315
315
390
1071
390
886
440
440
555
555

L 37.5
max
520
445
230
763
395
950
600
1440
1115
1855
1355
1070
1760
885
1455
2200
1900
1880
1555

Weight (kg)
+ per
L min
100mm
0.39
0.45
0.55
0.60
0.55
0.60
0.75
0.90
0.75
0.90
0.72
1.50
0.72
1.50
1.90
2.30
1.90
2.30
3.60
5.00
3.60
5.00
3.40
10.00
4.70
45.00
3.40
10.00
4.70
36.00
5.50
33.00
5.50
33.00
9.50
90.00
9.50
90.00

 Installation dimensions greater than E max on load

reduction possible. Shorter L dimensions can be supplied,
but then without adjustment possibility.

WELD-ON BRACKETS
TYPE 35

Weld-on brackets
Type 35 19 13 to 35 20 19

Type
35 19 13
35 29 13
35 39 13
35 49 13
35 59 19
35 69 19
35 79 19
35 89 19
35 99 11
35 09 13
35 20 19

Nom. load
(kN)
3
4
8
18
46
100
200
350
550
1000
2000

d3

25
25
30
35
54
90
110
150
180
390
520

32
32
37
43
54
79
100
130
230
310
320

12
12
12
13
15
23
25
34
40
58
65

10
10
12
15
20
30
50
60
70
100
120

30
30
34
40
50
75
90
115
155
212
245

9.5
9.5
10.5
12.5
16.5
22.5
35.5
45
50
72
87

42
42
46
52
65
95
115
160
220
305
320

13
13
15
18
27
45
55
75
80
100
135

Weight
(kg)
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
3.7
7.9
17.0
41.0
132.0
215.0

Order details: Weld-on bracket, type 35 .. ..

This unit is used as a connection for shock absorbers

type 30 and 31, energy absorbers type 32 and rigid
struts type 39 (also for types
16, 20, 27), and forms
the structural attachment.
The brackets are made from
easily weldable carbon steel
S355J2G3 and the precision
fit stainless steel connecting pins.
Weld-on brackets type 35
can be supplied with bolton base plates on request.
 See Technical Specifications
table Permissible loads on page
0.5 and Welding of weld-on
brackets on page 3.16

 Fit: bore H7, pin f8.

SPECIAL CONNECTIONS
It is a well known fact that most earlier
generation shock absorbers do not fulfill
current demands and specifications.
The result is failure, and huge maintenance
costs. Considerable savings can be made by
replacing these units with LISEGA shock or
energy absorbers (E-bars).
So that connections already existing on site
can still be used, a range of special connections is available.

Flange for connecting to existing

extension

Special lugs

Special lugs with length adjustment

Standard extension

3.8

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
Operational performance
Under dynamic load, LISEGA shock absorbers, depending on the operational
load spectrum, offer a constant, predictable, functional performance.

Specified function values

As standard, LISEGA shock absorbers
maintain the function values listed below. The values are based on cyclic or
dynamic load.

The data conforms to international standards and practical requirements.

Adherence to the specifications is
proven and recorded by acceptance tests
at the factory. By means of design
adaptations, special parameters can be
complied with on request.

Type 30
travel range 8,
2, 9 
Piston rod travel Sb at FN, Rt  and 1-35Hz

 6mm

Piston rod travel Sa (lost motion)

 0.5mm 

Type 31

travel range 3
(stroke 300)

travel range 8
(stroke 100)

 8mm

Lockup velocity at Rt 

 10mm

travel range 9
(stroke 200)
 12mm

2-6 mm/s

Bypass velocity at FN and Rt 

0.2-2 mm/s

Frictional resistance 

0.01FN or  200N

0.015FN or  300N

at FN  20kN

at FN 20kN

 0.01FN

 travel range 8 100 mm, travel range 2 150 mm,

travel range 9 200 mm

 Measured at a constant piston speed of appr. 0.3 mm/s. Breakaway

 Rt = Room temperature. At ambient temperature of 150C (short

 If required, Sa can be increased to  0.5 mm by conforming to other

duration, max. 1h) piston rod travel may be increased by up to 50% due to
reduced fluid viscosity.

performance data (KTA 3205.3).

force is kept at less than 1.5 of given values.

Force F
Ffaulted
Femergency
FN

rigidity
stroke
= 300mm

piston travel S

stroke
 200mm

-FN
-Femergency
-Ffaulted

Force travel diagram

3.9

Force and travel amplitudes

Actual performance in relation to normal load

and travel range

SHOCK ABSORBERS, TYPE 30, 31

PERMISSIBLE STRESS FACTORS
Operational Stress Factors
LISEGA hydraulic shock absorbers are
designed as standard for the operational
loads listed below.

The specified values have been confirmed by German TV qualification

tests. Other values can be agreed upon
in exceptional cases by design adaptations.

permanent

max. 80C

short term max. 1h/temp. cycle

max. 40h per year

max. 150C

Relative humidity

at 10-150C

100%

Wet steam atmosphere

max. 150C

X=1

Energy dose

accumulated

105J/kg (107 rad)

continuous

0.5-1 bar

short term

5 bar
excess pressure

Loading due to environmental

temperature

Ambient pressure

Optimum testing is achieved by using computer

controlled test equipment

The values cited above refer to a shock

absorber incl. seals and hydraulic fluid.
Special values for the fluid only are:

Hydraulic fluid
(silicone oil)

Pour point

-50C

Flash point

 300C

Ignition point

 500C

Resistance to fatigue
Proof of operational durability is based
on the following accumulated load
spectrum:
Normal load FN . . . . . .Load cycles
10 % . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000,000
50 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100,000
80 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20,000
100 % (Level A/B) . . . . . . . . .10,000
133 % (Level C) . . . . . . . . . . .100
172 % (LeveI D) . . . . . . . . . . . .10
The number of cycles corresponds to
estimated maximum dynamic stresses
from diverse load events within a period
of forty years. It also complies with the
test program requirements of the suitability tests conducted by the German
TV. The results prove that the shock

absorbers endure these loads while

maintaining their functional integrity.
The special guide systems of the shock
absorbers make them largely resistant
to permanent cyclic operating loads.
This is confirmed by proven practical
experience.

Test area for shock absorbers at the Zeven

factory, Germany

It has to be considered that the range

of possible influential parameters such
as frequencies, amplitudes, oscillation
shapes, impact directions, mono- and
multiaxial effects, as well as possible
overlapping, permit no uniform definition
of continuous operational vibration.

Testing shock absorbers, type 31

Test load 4500kN

3.10

SHOCK ABSORBERS
MODE OF OPERATION
Function scheme of a shock absorber, type 30

MODE OF FUNCTION

C D

Normal operational movements of piping and

other components remain however unhindered.

hydraulic fluid flows freely from one side of

the piston to the other. During rapid piston
movement (approx.  2mm/s) above the
speed limit, the resulting fluid flow pressure
on the valve plate closes the main valve.
The flow of the hydraulic fluid is stopped
and movement blocked. The compressibility
of the fluid cushion has a softening effect
on the restriction of the piston. This prevents damaging load spikes.
For movement in the compressive direction,
the compensating valve (D) closes almost
synchronously with the main valve.

Moments of force can often change direction

at random within the framework of complex
oscillation spectra. The response frequency
range for LISEGA shock absorbers is 0.5 100 Hz.

If the pressure on the closed valve subsides,

e.g. through reversal of the direction of movement, the main control valve opens automatically when the fluid force falls short of the
spring force.

FUNCTION

Bypass
To prevent the valves from jamming in the
blocking position, they are fitted with a
bypass system.

Dynamic event
In the event of a sudden shock, an instantaneous, secure and almost rigid connection
is produced between the supported component and the fixed point on the structure.
The resulting dynamic loads are at once
conducted into the structural connection and
dissipated without any harmful consequences.

Control valves
The function of LISEGA hydraulic shock absorbers type 30 is controlled by the main control valve (B), axially mounted within the
hydraulic piston (A).
During the piston movement ( 2mm/s) the
valve is kept open by spring pressure, and

3.11

3
Function scheme of a shock absorber type 31

This allows limited piston movement under

continuing load and ensures safe opening of
the valves by rapid equalization of pressure
in both cylinder chambers. The compensating valve works synchronously with the
main valve in the same way.
Reservoir
For both variable piston rod positions as well
as for changes in hydraulic fluid volume
caused by temperature changes, volume compensation takes place through a coaxially
mounted reservoir (C). The link between the
reservoir and main cylinder is regulated by
the compensating valve (D).

speed limit is exceeded. Because the valves

are directly linked to the reservoir, no special
compensating valve is needed.
Recurrent testing
To facilitate routine maintenance, the control
valve system is designed for removal with the
shock absorber still in place. The valves can
then simply be replaced in the event of a
recurrent test by a previously qualified set of
valves. A special shut-off device is used to
prevent loss of oil. The original valves can
then be remotely tested in a surrogate snubber and made ready for use again.

Large bore shock absorbers type 31

The function of the LISEGA shock absorber
type 31 is fundamentally the same as for type
30.
The special dimensions, however, require a
different design arrangement of the reservoir
(C). The valve assembly also differs.
The valves (B) themselves operate similarly
to those in type 30. The circulation of the
fluid is also blocked by closure of the corresponding valve in each respective direction of
movement. This happens whenever a flow-

3.12

SHOCK ABSORBERS
DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
Design characteristics
The shock absorbers are closed systems
with no external threaded pressure
connections. Individual parts of the unit
are assembled without welding by
means of precision fits and threaded
connections and secured mechanically
(see Fig. 3).
For protection against corrosion, LISEGA shock absorbers are made exclusively from non-corroding materials. The
connections are made of galvanized
carbon steel.
The guides on piston rods and pistons
are made from a special wear-resistant
non-metallic material (see Fig. 2).
The fluid reservoir is sealed from the
atmosphere by a preset piston, so that
slight overpressure in the hydraulic
system constantly maintains a slight
presetting of the seals.
The control valves are decisive for the
dynamic operation of the shock absorber.
To achieve high operational accuracy,
the valve parameters have been optimized by extensive testing and special
calculation models.
Seals
The sealing systems play a vital role in
the long term function of a hydraulic
shock absorber. Together with the hydraulic fluid and guide bands, the seals
form part of the non-metallic components of the shock absorber and are
therefore subject to natural ageing and
wear. The most important requisite for
a lasting sealing effect is the selection
of the right sealing material. A good
memory for shape retention (compression set) or lowest possible relaxation of
tension is thereby an absolute essential.
For optimum exploitation of material
characteristics, the shape of the seals
and the design of their locations are
also important.

3.13

The optimum combination of the

following factors is decisive for
functional efficiency:
temperature resistance
radiation resistance
abrasion resistance, especially
at high frequency vibration
good memory for shape retention
good dry running qualities
limited diffusion tendency into the
metal surfaces
minimal stick/slip drag effect
The material which best meets these requirements is a special compound on the
basis of the fluor elastomer VITON.
To exploit the special characteristics to
the fullest extent, the following criteria
must also be considered:

special design shapes

backing compound materials
optimum mixture consistency
optimally balanced hardness
precision in gliding surfaces
design of locations for defined
presetting of seals

Commercially available seals in shock

absorbers do not fulfill these requirements, and as experience has shown,
lead to premature failure. For LISEGA
shock absorbers, a specific sealing system was developed as early as 1984 in
cooperation with a major seal manufacturer. Since then, these seals have
demonstrated their worth in practical
application.
Alongside other successful qualification
procedures through artificial ageing and
fatigue tests, a qualification test procedure was carried out on LISEGA shock
absorbers in 1992 by order of a major
European nuclear utility. The tests certified a maintenance free service life of
at least 23 years in nuclear power
plants under normal operating conditions.

Control indicators
The piston position of the shock absorbers can be read from all sides by
checking the scale rings on the body of
the cylinder. The sturdy stainless steel
shroud connected to the piston rod protects it from mechanical damage, dirt
and heat and also serves as an indicator.
The fluid level of the reservoir is indicated by the position of the reservoir
piston. A sight glass can be used for
checking the minimum level in type 30.
Type 31 has a marked indicator rod
attached to the base of the external
reservoir.
For details of design and materials,
see Technical Specifications.

(Fig. 1)

(Fig. 2)

(Fig. 3)

SHOCK ABSORBERS
FUNCTION TESTS
The particularly stringent
requirements within the
nuclear industry demand
flawless proof concerning
the functional parameters
for shock absorbers.
This applies both to the
first acceptance test as well
as to recurrent testing.

LISEGA applies a test procedure using the very

latest technology. The test benches operate as
dynamic hydro pulse units, with either forcecontrolled or travel-controlled excitation as
desired.
The frequency bands range from
0.5 - 30Hz and the test loads from
0.5 - 5000 kN. Altogether, seven test benches
of various sizes are available for LISEGA in
different factories.
At customers request, they are frequently used
on site as mobile units. Several test benches
have been supplied to different countries to

be used on site by local plant personnel for

recurrent testing.
Variable test programs permit shock absorber
tests for all makes.
All LISEGA test benches are regularly inspected,
certified and calibrated by authorized bodies.

Frictional resistance (kN)

Quasistatic functional tests
Drag velocity (mm/s)
Lock up velocity (mm/s)
Bypass velocity (mm/s)
Load after valve activation (kN)
Load at bypass velocity (kN)/bleed rate
Dynamic functional tests
(Load and travel amplitudes)
displacement (mm)
compression / tension loads (kN)
Load/travel diagram

Acceptance certificate with test diagrams

3.14

SHOCK ABSORBERS TYPE 30, 31

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Shock absorbers are precision-made, safety-related
components. Corresponding
care must therefore be taken
when handling them.
For the flawless functioning
of the shock absorbers it is
essential that the following
instructions are observed.

Transport and storage

Shock absorbers and related components
should be stored in closed rooms and protected from dirt and damage. Transportation
must therefore be carried out with great care.
LISEGA recommends that the shock absorbers
remain in their original packing until just before installation. Any damage during shipment,
off loading, on site transportation or installation must be reported to the manufacturer
immediately.
Delivery condition
Shock absorbers are supplied as fully operational units, complete with hydraulic fluid,
ready for service. The connecting lugs for
type 30 are connected at one end with the
base, at the other with the piston rod and
secured by locking bolts.
For type 31 the bottom end lug and cylinder
base form a unit.
LISEGA shock absorbers are made entirely
from non-corroding materials, so they need
no additional surface treatment. The threaded
connecting lugs are electrogalvanized and
white chromatized.
Type 35 weld-on brackets are supplied separately, including fitted pins. Their surface has
a protective coating of weldable primer.
For transportation, type 30 shock absorbers
are supplied packaged individually in purpose made boxes with pistons fully retracted. Type 31 are fixed on special wooden
skids.

piston rod cover

weld-on bracket name plate

sight glass
travel indicator

conn. lug

Type 30

3.15

For these unit sizes, the actual installation

dimensions are preset at the factory.
Installation
Shock absorbers must be inspected for damage before installation. Also, the connecting lugs must be checked for tight fits. The
struc-tural attachments on site and weld-on
brackets must be completely welded. The
arrange-ment of the weld-on brackets must
be such that the maximum angular displacement takes place in the direction of the
greatest thermal expansion in service.
Lateral displacement is limited to a maximum of  6. Any twisting of the weld-on
brackets against each other should be prevented because of the limitation on movement resulting from this.
All welding at the connections or in their
vicinity should be completed before installing
the shock absorbers.
For installation, type 30 shock absorbers must
be set at the required installation length (the
connection pin to connection pin dimension)
by extending the piston rods. This must be
done slowly, smoothly and below the lockup
velocity to avoid blocking the shock absorber. Smaller types can be extended by hand.
The weight of the larger shock absorbers can
be exploited to help extend them by hanging
the unit to the connecting lug of the piston
rod.
The shock absorbers can be installed in practically any conceivable position. The piston
rod should be connected to the heat conducting component to dissipate, via the protective shroud, any heat from radiation.
The installation position of the absorbers
should be so selected as to offer easy access
to the sight glass for fluid inspection during
service checks.

3
The connections to the various attachment
structures must be form-fit for load actuation. All threaded connections in the flux of
force must be tightened with sufficient
torque.
If, after installation, any welding on the
attachment structure is performed near the
installed shock absorber, care must be taken
that no welding current strays through the
body of the snubber.
After installing the complete system, it is
recommended that each unit be inspected
for the following:
A. Correct fitting of form-fit connections for
load actuation (locking screws on the connecting lugs, secure pins, threaded connections).
B. All installation points must be checked
for adequate freedom of movement during
thermal expansion. Care must be taken to
allow the connecting lugs to move freely in
the connection brackets and care also taken
to prevent the piston from reaching the end
position.

Welding the weld-on brackets

The following procedure is recommended for
the welding of weld-on brackets:
The minimum weld seam thickness a for
type 35 weld-on brackets is dependent on
the angular displacement and
. A permissible stress of 90N/mm2 at load case
Level A formed the basis of the calculation.
If the angular displacement increases to
90, the permissible loads are reduced by
approximately 15% at a constant weld seam
thickness (a min at = 45).
For permissible loads, see load table in
Technical Specifications, page 0.5
Welding procedure
1. Remove pins from weld-on brackets
2. Preheat weld-on brackets, from
type 35 79 19 onwards, to ~
~ 100C
3. Use base electrodes
4. Welding should be performed in layers
to avoid welding distortion.
(For sequence, see diagram)
5. Allow bracket to cool to 100C
after each welding layer

For the piston position, a safety zone of

10mm at each end of the cylinder stroke is
recommended. The position can be read from
the travel scale.

Type =15 =30 =45

= 6
= 6
= 6
35 19 13 3.0
3.0
3.0
35 29 13 3.0
3.0
3.0
35 39 13 3.0
3.0
3.0
35 49 13 3.0
4.0
5.0
35 59 19 5.5
7.0
8.0
35 69 19 7.5
9.5
11.0
35 79 19 10.5
13.5
15.5
35 89 19 14.5
18.0
21.0
35 99 11 15.0
20.0
23.0
35 09 13 14.0
17.0
19.0
35 20 19 23.0

Before commissioning the plant, a full visual

inspection of all shock absorbers and installation situations is recommended.

conn. lug

travel indicator
ball bushing

weld-on bracket

name plate fluid level indicator

removable valves

Type 31

3.16

SHOCK ABSORBERS
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Shock absorbers are components of great safetyrelated significance for a
plant. They offer protection to the piping system
and other components
against dynamic overloading due to unplanned
load events. As these are
unpredictable, the complete functional safety of the
shock absorbers must be
guaranteed at all times.

For normal operating conditions shock absorbers are designed to function for the entire
40 year life of a plant. The seals and hydraulic fluid should be changed at least once
during this period, at the latest after 20
years.
However, under certain conditions (extreme
stresses) shock absorbers can experience premature ageing and increased mechanical wear.
Preventive maintenance is recommended in
order to make sure the shock absorbers remain fully operational and reliable. This maintenance is the responsibility of the plant operators.
Measures
1. Regular inspection visual inspection, once per year
2. Extended inspection function tests, 12 years after
commissioning at the latest.

Implementation
Inspection and maintenance work should be
carried out by specially trained personnel.
LISEGA servicing specialists can do this if
required. For dynamic function tests, qualified
test benches which can also be brought to
the plant are available.
1. Regular inspection
Regular inspection should involve a visual
inspection carried out once a year on all units
installed. The first inspection should take
place immediately before commissioning.
During the regular inspection, not only the
shock absorbers must be inspected, but also
the environmental conditions and installation
situation. The check list should include the
following points:
all units to be inspected, noting
installation position
planned operational connection
displacements
special environmental or operating
conditions.
any maintenance work previously
carried out.

Mobile computer controlled LISEGA

test bench in a Belgian nuclear
power plant

3.17

3
The following should be checked at the
installed position:
Conformity of name plate data with
check list.
Correct form fitting of all connections for
load actuation
Correct freedom of movement of shock
absorber during operating displacements
Position of main piston rod as regards
sufficient stroke, including travel reserve
(min. 10 mm).
Exterior condition of shock absorber for
any damage or leakage.
Surrounding area for possible signs of
unusual operating conditions,
e.g. increased temperature

The scope of testing and the selection of

shock absorbers should be agreed on by the
relevant plant department and the service
engineer responsible. Special consideration
is to be given to various stress factors
(temperature, radiation, loads, operational
vibrations).
The timing and scope of the next Extended
Inspection is to be decided on the basis of
inspection results recorded.
After approximately 20 years of operation at
the latest, it is recommended that the hydraulic
fluid and seals are replaced in all shock
absorbers. Following this work, carried out
by trained personnel using original LISEGA
spare parts, and after successful function
testing, the shock absorbers can be used
again for a further 20 years.

Fluid indicator level

As long as the reservoir piston cannot be
seen through the sight glass there is sufficient fluid in the reservoir. If the piston is
visible, it must be assumed that fluid has
been lost.
Observations and findings are to be recorded
on the check list and if required, recommendations for corrective action made.
2. Extended inspection
An extended inspection is carried out after
12 years of operation, whereby a number of
installed shock absorbers (min. 2 units per
type) are subjected to an additional function
test. After successful testing, the shock absorbers can be reinstalled for further service.
In the event of deviations in performance,
the shock absorber in question should be
dismantled and the function-related parts inspected. The plant operators are responsible
for taking and documenting any corrective
measures.

Examples of shock absorber

installation in nuclear plants

3.18

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS

TYPE 36, 37
In the sphere of dynamic
supports, the design of
pipe clamps is often not
carried out with sufficient
care. In spite of impeccable
main support units (shock
absorbers, rigid struts and
energy absorbers), the
functioning of the whole
construction can be adversely affected by faulty
pipe clamps.

Instability caused by twisted clamps of the

frictional grip type (fig. 1) is especially dangerous. Because of the unavoidable creep
characteristics of preset metals a lasting frictional grip cannot be maintained at high
temperatures by way of simple bolt presetting. Even oversize boltings do not solve the
problem, because on corresponding presetting they would cause impermissible contraction of the pipe (pipe squeezer).
A typical fault is too soft a clamp design
(fig. 2), where the necessary stiffness is
not attained.
Care should be taken that the connections on the pipe clamps fit snugly.

Fig. 1

So that no constraints arise, sufficient

room for lateral movement on
displacement in the piping system
must be guaranteed.
Prevention of twisting through shear lugs
To prevent twisting, LISEGA recommends on
principle the use of shear lugs with dynamic
pipe clamps (fig. 3, 5, 6). This way, defined
and verifiable behavior is ensured.

The lugs maintain the position of the pipe

clamps in the expected direction of force and
are not subjected to any significant load
(fig. 5). Even in the load case, no significant
lateral stresses are produced, as the friction
forces on the contact surface of the pipe
under load provide a secure grip.
Because of the slight forces to be absorbed,
welding stress can be kept to a minimum,
despite the small dimensions of the shear
lugs. Generally, they are kept below 35% of
the yield strength, or creep stress limit for
load condition H, according to the permissible values in ASME / DIN codes.
Frictional grip with the help of disc springs
If the welding of lugs is not possible for any
fundamental reason, LISEGA offers dynamic
pipe clamps fitted with disc springs (fig. 4).
Via correspondingly dimensioned sets of
springs, a lasting torque for permanent friction
grip can be produced.

Fig. 2
Fig. 5

Fig. 3

lug

OD

Fig. 6
Lug dimensions

tube

friction
tube
= 0.1...0.4 (friction value)

Fig. 4
friction

Force distribution in a dynamic pipe

clamp with shear lug connection 

3.19

OD

lug

friction

Catalog dimension B1
add. 2mm

0-2mm

1.5 x N

N = Catalog dimension F less 1mm

3
LISEGA standard design
To provide the ideal solution for all areas of
application and at the same time achieve
the most favorable performance weight
ratios, LISEGA offers four standard designs.

If no special arrangement is ordered, the

bracket connection is so fitted that the main
angulation range runs along the axis of the
pipe. For type 37, the weld-on bracket is to
be ordered separately.

Dynamic pipe clamps as hanger clamps

The given permissible loads have been calculated for dynamic operation with shock
absorbers / rigid struts in accordance with the
dynamic load spectra shown on page 3.10.

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

In special cases the dynamic clamps are fitted

as hanger clamps, under permanent static
load. In this case, the given permissible loads
have to be reduced as per the following table:
pipe
temperature
until 350C

450C
500C
510C
530C
560C

clamp
material

S235JRG2 / S355J2G3
16Mo3
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5
13CrMo4-5
13CrMo4-5

permissible
permanent
tensile stress

100%
90%
55%
65%
55%
45%

Type 36

Type 37
Type 37. .. 1/2/3/4/5/6

This calculation applies to creep strengths dep. on time

in the range of 200,000h at temperatures  450C.

Special designs
In some cases, special designs can be a useful alternative to pipe clamps types 36 and
37. Especially in cases of parallel and angulated arrangements, standardized design
and calculation methods have proven their
worth.

Type 36 .. .4/5
Special clamp for angular arrangement

Selection
The selection tables are divided according to
pipe diameters. Via the temperature ranges
and the permissible loads, the type designation for the appropriate clamp is found. After
that, the installation dimensions are to be
checked using the drawing. Special attention
must be given to the lug connections of shock
absorbers, energy absorbers or rigid struts.
If the standard pin connection d1 does not
fit, another appropriate weld-on bracket (see
page 3.8) can be provided.

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Dynamic axial pipe clamp with shock absorbers

3.20

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 33.7 - OD 108.0
OD 33.7 (ND 25)
permissible laod (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A B
75 50
110
10
36 03 11 4.0 4.0 4.0
75 50
155
10
4.0 4.0
36 03 21
75 50
160
10
4.0 3.9 2.9
36 03 31

B1
20
20
20

max.
F Load gr.
2
9
2
9
2
9

kg
0.9
1.1
1.1

B1
20
20
20

max.
F Load gr.
3
9
3
9
2
9

kg
1.2
1.4
1.3

B1
20
20
20

max.
F Load gr.
9
3
9
3
9
2

kg
1.2
1.5
1.4

B
50
50
50

B1
25
25
25

max.
F Load gr.
9
4
9
3
9
3

kg
1.9
2.2
2.2

B
50
50
50

B1
25
25
25

max.
F Load gr.
9
4
9
3
9
3

kg
2.2
2.7
2.6

permissible load (kN) 

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A B
15
160
125 50
36 08 11 15 14 13
8.0 7.7
12
210
125 50
36 08 21
7.0 5.8 4.3
12
215
125 50
36 08 31

B1
25
25
25

max.
F Load gr.
9
4
9
3
9
3

kg
2.2
2.7
2.7

B1
30
30
30

max.
F Load gr.
11
5
11
4
11
4

kg
3.8
4.5
4.3

B1
35
35
30

max.
F Load gr.
11
5
11
4
11
4

kg
4.9
6.5
5.5

OD 42.4 (ND 32)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A B
36 04 11 8.0 8.0 8.0
85 50
130
12
36 04 21
85 50
175
12
6.4 5.1
36 04 31
85 50
175
10
4.0 3.9 2.9

OD 48.3 (ND 40)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A B
12
130
90 50
36 05 11 8.0 8.0 7.4
6.5 5.1
12
175
90 50
36 05 21
4.0 4.0 2.9
10
175
90 50
36 05 31

OD 60.3 (ND 50)

Type 36 .. .1

permissible load (kN) 

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
36 06 11 16 14 11
15
150
110
36 06 21
8.0 8.0
12
190
110
36 06 31
7.2 6.1 4.4
12
195
110

OD 73.0 (ND 65)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
15
160
120
36 07 11 15 14 12
8.0 7.6
12
210
120
36 07 21
6.9 5.8 4.2
12
215
120
36 07 31
 Calculation of interim
values: linear interpolation.
 The connecting load group
has to be stated in the order.
On selection of a lower load
group than stated in the table,
the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the
E dim. of the weld-on bracket
(see page 3.8).

 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm;

B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

OD 76.1 (ND 65)

OD 88.9 (ND 80)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A B
36 09 11 23 20 19
20
185 146 50
36 09 21
18 15
15
230 146 50
36 09 31
14 11 8.3
15
235 146 50

OD 108.0 (ND 100)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A B
20
205 165 50
36 10 11 32 29 24
18 15
15
265 165 50
36 10 21
13 11 8.1
15
270 165 50
36 10 31

3.21

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 114.3 - OD 168.3
OD 114.3 (ND 100)
permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
36 11 11 31 28 24
210 175 50
20
36 11 21
270 175 50
15
18 15
36 11 24
280 175 100
20
40 35
36 11 31
280 175 50
15
13 10 8.0
36 11 34
290 175 100
20
32 26 16

B1
35
35
60
30
60

max.
F Load gr. kg
5.1
5
11
6.5
4
11
11.7
5
13
5.5
4
11
11.8
5
13

B1
35
30
60
30
60

max.
F Load gr. kg
5.8
5
11
6.3
4
11
12.8
5
13
6.1
4
11
13.0
5
13

OD 133.0 (ND 125)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
36 13 11 31 28 23
190 50
225
20
36 13 21
190 50
275
15
18 14
36 13 24
190 100
285
20
40 37
36 13 31
190 50
285
15
13 11 8.0
36 13 34
190 100
295
20
33 27 18

OD 139.7 (ND 125)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
36 14 11 31 28 23
200 50
230
20
36 14 21
200 50
285
15
18 14
36 14 24
200 100
320
30
43 34
36 14 31
200 50
295
15
12 10 7.9
36 14 34
200 100
305
20
32 27 19

B1
35
30
60
30
60

max.
F Load gr.
5
11
4
11
6
13
4
11
5
13

kg
6.0
6.7
16.2
6.4
14.3

B1
35
30
60
30
60

max.
F Load gr.
5
11
4
11
6
13
4
11
5
13

kg
6.7
7.5
17.9
7.2
15.4

B1
35
45
30
40
60
30
40
80

max.
F Load gr.
5
11
6
11
4
11
5
11
6
13
4
11
4
11
6
16

kg
7.6
11.5
8.3
10.9
18.7
7.7
10.5
26.0

Type 36 .. .1/2

OD 159.0 (ND 150)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
245 220 50
20
36 16 11 30 27 24
300 215 50
15
18 14
36 16 21
335 215 100
30
43 34
36 16 24
310 215 50
15
12 10 7.8
36 16 31
320 215 100
20
32 27 19
36 16 34

OD 168.3 (ND 150)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
270 230 50
20
36 17 11 29 26 23
270 245 50
30
36 17 12 51 45 33
315 225 50
15
17 13
36 17 21
315 240 50
20
28 25
36 17 22
340 225 100
30
43 34
36 17 24
320 225 50
15
12 10 7.7
36 17 31
320 240 50
15
18 17 13
36 17 32
345 240 100
30
55 46 33
36 17 34

Type 36 .. .4

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table. the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.22

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 193.7 - OD 267.0
OD 193.7 (ND 175)
permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
36 19 11 50 46 37
270 50
285
30
36 19 12 65 57 49
275 50
285
30
36 19 21
265 50
355
20
27 23
36 19 22
275 50
355
30
43 36
36 19 24
265 100
355
30
68 58
36 19 31
265 50
350
15
18 17 13
36 19 32
275 50
350
20
34 28 19
36 19 34
265 100
375
30
54 45 33

B1
45
45
40
45
80
40
45
80

max.
F Load gr.
6
11
6
13
5
11
6
13
6
13
4
11
5
13
6
16

kg
12.5
14.0
13.4
17.7
29.0
12.5
15.5
30.0

B1
45
45
40
45
80
40
45
80

max.
F Load gr.
6
11
6
13
5
11
6
13
6
13
4
11
5
13
6
16

kg
14.0
16.0
14.0
20.0
33.0
12.5
16.5
34.0

B1
45
45
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90

max.
F Load gr.
6
11
6
13
5
11
6
13
6
13
7
16
4
11
5
13
6
16
6
16

kg
15.0
17.0
15.0
21.5
35.0
48.0
13.5
18.0
35.0
43.0

B1
45
45
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90

max.
F Load gr.
6
11
6
13
5
11
6
13
6
13
7
16
4
11
5
13
6
16
6
16

kg
16.0
18.5
16.0
22.0
36.0
50.0
14.5
19.0
37.0
45.0

OD 219.1 (ND 200)

Type 36 .. .1/2

permissible load (kN) 

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
300 50
310
30
36 22 11 49 44 38
300 50
310
30
36 22 12 65 57 49
290 50
385
20
28 23
36 22 21
300 50
385
30
43 35
36 22 22
290 100
385
30
71 58
36 22 24
290 50
370
15
18 17 13
36 22 31
300 50
370
20
33 28 20
36 22 32
290 100
395
30
53 44 32
36 22 34

OD 244.5 (ND 225)

permissible load (kN) 
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
36 24 11 49 45 36
320 50
320
30
36 24 12 65 57 47
330 50
320
30
36 24 21
320 50
400
20
29 22
36 24 22
330 50
400
30
43 35
36 24 24
320 100
400
30
74 58
36 24 25
330 100
415
50
109 86
36 24 31
320 50
395
15
18 17 13
36 24 32
330 50
395
20
33 27 18
36 24 34
320 100
420
30
52 44 32
36 24 35
330 100
420
30
79 66 44

OD 267.0 (ND 250)

Type 36 .. .4/5

permissible load (kN) 

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
335 345 50
30
36 26 11 49 44 38
335 350 50
30
36 26 12 65 57 48
410 340 50
20
29 23
36 26 21
410 350 50
30
43 35
36 26 22
410 340 100
30
74 58
36 26 24
425 350 100
50
110 87
36 26 25
410 340 50
15
18 17 13
36 26 31
410 350 50
20
32 27 19
36 26 32
435 340 100
30
52 43 32
36 26 34
435 350 100
30
78 66 47
36 26 35
 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.23

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 273.0 - OD 355.6
OD 273.0 (ND 250)
Type
36 27 11
36 27 12
36 27 14
36 27 15
36 27 21
36 27 22
36 27 24
36 27 25
36 27 31
36 27 32
36 27 34
36 27 35

permissible load (kN) 

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
345 350 50
30
48 44 38
345 355 50
30
65 57 47
360 345 100
50
110 100 81
360 355 100
50
166 150 120
420 345 50
20
28 22
420 355 50
30
43 34
420 345 100
30
73 58
435 355 100
50
109 86
435 345 50
15
18 17 12
435 355 50
20
31 26 18
460 345 100
30
50 42 31
460 355 100
30
76 64 45

max.
F Load gr.
6
11
6
13
7
13
7
16
5
11
6
13
6
13
7
16
4
11
5
13
6
16
6
16

kg
17
19
34
42
16
23
37
52
15
20
40
48

permissible load (kN) 

max.
250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
5
405 60 40 11
380
20
35 34
6
415 60 45 13
380
30
57 48
6
430 60 60 13
380
30
100 81
7
415 120 90 16
395
50
149 134
7
430 120 120 16
395
50
182 163
5
405 60 40 11
450
20
28 22
6
415 60 45 13
450
30
43 34
6
430 60 60 13
450
30
67 63
7
415 120 90 16
465
50
108 85
7
430 120 120 21
465
50
143 137
4
405 60 40 11
450
15
18 17 12
5
415 60 45 13
470
20
30 25 18
6
430 60 60 13
470
30
56 47 31
6
415 120 90 16
470
30
78 65 48
7
430 120 120 21
485
50
136 114 83

kg
19
24
34
50
71
20
28
38
58
85
20
25
39
54
84

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

kg
20
25
36
54
76
22
30
42
64
91
21
27
41
59
89

Type 36 .. .4/5

B1
45
45
80
90
40
45
80
90
40
45
80
90

OD 323.9 (ND 300)

Type
36 32 11
36 32 12
36 32 13
36 32 14
36 32 15
36 32 21
36 32 22
36 32 23
36 32 24
36 32 25
36 32 31
36 32 32
36 32 33
36 32 34
36 32 35

100
37
65
100
164
200

OD 355.6 (ND 350)

Type
36 36 11
36 36 12
36 36 13
36 36 14
36 36 15
36 36 21
36 36 22
36 36 23
36 36 24
36 36 25
36 36 31
36 36 32
36 36 33
36 36 34
36 36 35

100
37
65
100
166
200

permissible load (kN) 

max.
250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
5
435 60 40 11
395
20
35 32
6
445 60 45 13
395
30
57 52
6
465 60 60 13
395
30
100 88
7
445 120 90 16
410
50
150 138
7
465 120 120 16
410
50
182 166
5
435 60 40 11
480
20
27 21
6
445 60 45 13
480
30
42 33
6
465 60 60 13
480
30
68 61
7
445 120 90 16
495
50
106 84
7
465 120 120 21
495
50
143 137
4
435 60 40 11
475
15
18 17 12
5
445 60 45 13
495
20
30 25 18
6
465 60 60 13
495
30
55 46 33
6
445 120 90 16
495
30
77 64 47
7
465 120 120 21
510
50
135 113 83

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.24

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 368.0 - OD 406.4
OD 368.0 (ND 350)

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

Type
36 37 11
36 37 12
36 37 13
36 37 14
36 37 15
36 37 21
36 37 22
36 37 23
36 37 24
36 37 25
36 37 31
36 37 32
36 37 33
36 37 34
36 37 35

100
37
65
100
166
279

permissible load (kN) 

max.
250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
5
450 60 40 11
400
20
35 34
6
455 60 45 13
400
30
57 48
6
475 60 60 13
400
30
100 90
7
455 120 90 16
415
50
151 139
8
475 120 120 16
440
60
230 160
5
450 60 40 11
485
20
27 21
6
455 60 45 13
485
30
42 33
6
475 60 60 13
485
30
69 61
7
455 120 90 16
500
50
106 84
7
475 120 120 21
500
50
143 137
4
450 60 40 11
480
15
18 17 12
5
455 60 45 13
500
20
30 25 17
6
475 60 60 13
500
30
55 46 34
6
455 120 90 16
500
30
77 65 47
7
475 120 120 21
515
50
135 113 83

kg
21
26
36
55
87
23
31
42
65
93
21
27
42
60
91

OD 406.4 (ND 400)

Type 36 .. .4/5

Type
36 41 11
36 41 12
36 41 13
36 41 14
36 41 15
36 41 21
36 41 22
36 41 23
36 41 24
36 41 25
37 41 27
36 41 31
36 41 32
36 41 33
36 41 34
36 41 35
37 41 37

100
37
65
100
164
277

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B
485 60
430
20
35 34
495 60
430
30
56 44
520 60
430
30
100 83
495 120
445
50
149 137
520 120
470
60
251 216
485 60
510
20
27 21
495 60
510
30
42 33
520 60
510
30
73 61
495 120
525
50
105 83
520 120
525
50
143 137
485 310
580
60
252 244
485 60
510
15
18 16 12
495 60
530
20
29 24 18
520 60
530
30
54 46 33
495 120
530
30
76 64 46
520 120
545
50
133 112 82
485 310
600
60
240 210 136

max.
B1 F Load gr. kg
23
5
40 11
28
6
45 13
40
6
60 13
61
7
90 16
97
8
120 21
25
5
40 11
34
6
45 13
46
6
60 13
70
7
90 16
102
7
120 21
183
8
230 21
23
4
40 11
29
5
45 13
45
6
60 13
64
6
90 16
97
7
120 21
188
8
230 21

Type 37 .. .7

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.25

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 419.0 - OD 457.2
OD 419.0 (ND 400)
Type
36 42 11
36 42 12
36 42 13
36 42 14
36 42 15
36 42 21
36 42 22
36 42 23
36 42 24
36 42 25
37 42 27
36 42 31
36 42 32
36 42 33
36 42 34
36 42 35
37 42 37

100
37
65
100
163
276

permissible load (kN) 

max.
250 350 450 500 510 530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr. kg
B
24
5
500 60 40 11
440
20
35 34
30
6
510 60 45 13
440
30
57 45
42
6
525 60 60 13
440
30
100 84
63
7
510 120 90 16
455
50
148 136
100
8
525 120 120 21
480
60
250 218
26
5
500 60 40 11
530
20
26 21
35
6
510 60 45 13
530
30
41 32
48
6
525 60 60 13
530
30
76 60
73
7
510 120 90 16
545
50
103 82
106
7
525 120 120 21
545
50
143 137
190
8
500 310 230 21
595
60
257 243
24
4
500 60 40 11
520
15
18 16 12
31
5
510 60 45 13
540
20
29 24 18
47
6
525 60 60 13
540
30
54 45 33
66
6
510 120 90 16
545
30
75 63 46
100
7
525 120 120 21
560
50
132 111 81
190
8
500 310 230 21
605
60
240 210 136

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

OD 457.2 (ND 450)

Type
36 46 11
36 46 12
36 46 13
36 46 14
36 46 15
36 46 21
36 46 22
36 46 23
36 46 24
36 46 25
37 46 27
36 46 31
36 46 32
36 46 33
36 46 34
36 46 35
37 46 37
37 46 38

100
37
65
100
161
274

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
35 32
57 52
100 95
146 134
248 228
26 21
41 32
76 60
101 79
143 137
257 243
16
28
53
74
131
239
347

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
5
540 60 40 13
470
20
6
545 60 45 13
470
30
6
565 60 60 13
470
30
7
545 120 90 16
485
50
8
565 120 120 21
510
60
5
540 60 40 13
550
20
6
545 60 45 13
550
30
6
565 60 60 13
550
30
7
545 120 90 16
585
50
7
565 120 120 21
585
50
8
535 310 230 21
615
60
4
540 60 40 13
550
15
16 11
5
545 60 45 13
570
20
24 17
6
565 60 60 13
570
30
45 32
6
545 120 90 16
575
30
62 45
7
565 120 120 21
590
50
110 80
8
535 310 230 21
635
60
208 135
9
550 330 250 26
675
70
309 207

kg
26
33
47
70
110
28
38
52
81
116
200
26
34
52
71
112
205
290

Type 36 .. .4/5

Type 37 .. .7/8
 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.
 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.26

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 508.0 - OD 558.8
OD 508.0 (ND 500)

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

Type
37 51 11
37 51 12
37 51 13
37 51 14
37 51 17
37 51 21
37 51 22
37 51 23
37 51 24
37 51 25
37 51 26
37 51 28
37 51 31
37 51 32
37 51 33
37 51 34
37 51 35
37 51 38

100
75
126
180
270
356

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
57 41
100 73
137 100
195 153
269 195
51 49
81 76
116 111
181 172
211 201
234 222
380 360
45
76
108
164
198
346

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
595 170 130 13
515
30
7
620 170 136 13
530
50
8
630 230 180 16
560
60
9
655 330 260 21
600
70
9
590 310 230 21
600
70
6
575 140 104 13
595
30
7
590 170 130 13
620
50
7
605 180 136 16
620
50
8
625 240 180 21
650
60
8
635 240 190 21
650
60
8
670 250 190 21
650
60
9
605 330 250 26
650
70
6
580 140 104 13
625
30
37 27
6
600 170 130 13
625
30
71 47
7
600 180 136 16
640
50
94 68
8
640 230 180 21
665
60
149 109
8
640 240 190 26
665
60
183 132
9
605 330 250 26
710
70
307 201

kg
43
63
104
183
210
40
65
90
148
179
198
295
42
63
91
146
180
310

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
645 170 130 13
550
30
7
670 170 136 13
565
50
8
680 230 180 16
595
60
9
705 330 260 21
635
70
9
640 310 230 21
635
70
6
630 140 104 13
640
30
7
640 170 130 13
655
50
7
655 180 136 16
655
50
8
675 240 180 21
680
60
8
685 240 190 21
680
60
8
720 250 190 21
680
60
9
655 330 250 26
725
70
6
625 140 104 13
650
30
37 27
6
650 170 130 13
650
30
71 51
7
650 180 136 16
665
50
94 68
8
690 230 180 21
695
60
149 108
8
690 240 190 21
695
60
182 132
9
655 330 250 26
735
70
304 196
9
670 390 290 26
735
70
385 265

kg
45
66
110
191
226
43
69
95
155
187
206
330
44
66
95
153
188
330
405

OD 558.8 (ND 550)

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

Type
37 56 11
37 56 12
37 56 13
37 56 14
37 56 17
37 56 21
37 56 22
37 56 23
37 56 24
37 56 25
37 56 26
37 56 28
37 56 31
37 56 32
37 56 33
37 56 34
37 56 35
37 56 38
37 56 39

100
74
126
180
270
356

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
56 41
100 72
136 100
195 153
269 195
50 48
80 76
116 110
181 171
211 201
233 221
370 350
45
76
108
163
198
346
415

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.27

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 609.6 - OD 660.4
OD 609.6 (ND 600)
Type
37 61 11
37 61 12
37 61 13
37 61 14
37 61 17
37 61 18
37 61 21
37 61 22
37 61 23
37 61 24
37 61 25
37 61 26
37 61 28
37 61 31
37 61 32
37 61 33
37 61 34
37 61 35
37 61 38
37 61 39

100
75
126
182
270
359
540

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
57 41
100 73
137 100
197 155
272 196
412 300
50 48
80 76
116 110
180 171
210 200
233 221
367 347
45
76
108
162
196
344
413

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
695 170 130 16
575
30
7
720 170 136 16
590
50
8
730 230 180 16
620
60
9
755 330 260 16
660
70
9
690 310 230 21
660
70
9
705 330 250 21
660
70
6
680 140 104 16
670
30
7
690 170 130 16
685
50
7
705 180 136 16
685
50
8
725 240 180 21
715
60
8
735 240 190 21
715
60
8
770 250 190 21
715
60
9
705 330 250 26
760
70
6
680 140 104 16
685
30
37 26
6
700 170 130 16
685
30
71 51
7
700 180 136 16
700
50
93 68
8
740 230 180 21
730
60
148 107
8
740 240 190 21
730
60
182 132
9
705 330 250 26
770
70
302 195
9
720 390 290 26
770
70
380 277

kg
47
68
114
197
236
295
46
71
100
164
197
218
355
47
69
100
161
198
350
430

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
750 170 130 16
605
30
7
770 170 136 16
620
50
8
780 230 180 16
650
60
9
805 330 260 16
690
70
9
740 310 230 21
690
70
9
755 330 250 21
690
70
6
730 145 110 16
700
30
7
740 175 136 16
715
50
7
755 180 136 16
715
50
8
775 240 180 21
750
60
8
785 240 190 21
750
60
8
820 250 190 21
750
60
9
755 330 250 26
790
70
6
730 145 110 16
715
30
38 27
6
750 175 136 16
715
30
72 53
7
750 180 136 16
730
50
94 68
8
790 230 180 21
755
60
149 108
8
790 240 190 21
755
60
183 133
9
755 330 250 26
795
70
302 195
9
770 390 290 26
795
70
380 277

kg
50
73
120
205
250
310
55
81
104
170
207
230
375
55
80
105
168
206
370
455

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

OD 660.4 (ND 650)

Type
37 66 11
37 66 12
37 66 13
37 66 14
37 66 17
37 66 18
37 66 21
37 66 22
37 66 23
37 66 24
37 66 25
37 66 26
37 66 28
37 66 31
37 66 32
37 66 33
37 66 34
37 66 35
37 66 38
37 66 39

100
75
126
182
274
360
540

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
57 41
100 73
138 100
198 155
273 197
413 300
52 49
79 76
116 110
180 170
210 200
233 221
366 347
46
77
108
164
198
344
413

Type 37 .. .7/8/9

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.28

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 711.2 - OD 762.0
OD 711.2 (ND 700)

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

Type
37 71 11
37 71 12
37 71 13
37 71 14
37 71 15
37 71 18
37 71 21
37 71 22
37 71 23
37 71 24
37 71 25
37 71 26
37 71 28
37 71 31
37 71 32
37 71 33
37 71 34
37 71 35
37 71 38
37 71 39

100
75
126
182
275
335
540

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
57 41
96 68
138 100
200 156
244 188
414 300
52 49
79 76
116 110
182 172
212 202
235 223
368 350
47
78
109
165
199
345
415

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
800 170 130 16
635
30
7
825 170 136 16
650
50
8
835 230 180 16
680
60
9
860 330 260 16
720
70
9
880 330 260 21
720
70
9
810 330 250 21
720
70
6
780 145 110 16
725
30
7
795 175 136 16
745
50
7
810 180 136 16
745
50
8
830 240 180 21
770
60
8
840 240 190 21
770
60
8
875 250 190 21
770
60
9
810 330 250 26
815
70
6
780 145 110 16
740
30
38 27
6
805 175 136 16
740
30
72 54
7
805 180 136 16
755
50
94 68
8
845 230 180 21
780
60
150 109
8
845 240 190 21
780
60
184 134
9
810 330 250 26
825
70
302 195
9
825 390 290 26
825
70
383 278

kg
53
75
124
211
240
325
58
85
110
177
215
240
390
59
84
109
173
215
385
475

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
665 850 170 130 16
30
7
680 875 170 136 16
50
8
710 885 230 180 16
60
9
750 910 330 260 16
70
9
750 930 330 260 21
70
9
750 935 330 260 21
70
9
750 860 330 250 21
70
6
760 830 145 110 16
30
7
775 845 175 136 16
50
7
775 860 180 136 16
50
8
800 880 240 180 21
60
8
800 925 250 190 21
60
9
845 860 330 250 26
70
6
765 830 145 110 16
30
38 28
6
765 855 175 136 16
30
73 53
7
780 855 180 136 16
50
95 69
8
805 895 230 180 21
60
151 110
8
805 895 240 190 21
60
185 135
9
850 860 330 250 26
70
305 197
9
850 875 390 290 26
70
385 280

kg
56
80
128
222
247
270
345
62
90
113
185
245
410
62
87
113
180
222
405
500

OD 762.0 (ND 750)

Type 37 .. .8/9

Type
37 76 11
37 76 12
37 76 13
37 76 14
37 76 15
37 76 16
37 76 18
37 76 21
37 76 22
37 76 23
37 76 24
37 76 26
37 76 28
37 76 31
37 76 32
37 76 33
37 76 34
37 76 35
37 76 38
37 76 39

100
75
125
182
280
335
400
540

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
56 41
100 70
138 100
216 156
244 188
300 236
414 300
51 49
79 76
116 110
182 173
236 223
370 350
47
78
109
166
200
347
417

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.29

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMP

SELECTION TABLE OD 812.8 - OD 914.4
OD 812.8 (ND 800)
Type
37 81 11
37 81 12
37 81 13
37 81 14
37 81 15
37 81 16
37 81 18
37 81 21
37 81 22
37 81 23
37 81 24
37 81 26
37 81 28
37 81 31
37 81 32
37 81 33
37 81 34
37 81 35
37 81 38
37 81 39

100
74
125
181
280
335
400
540

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
56 40
100 71
137 100
215 156
244 188
300 235
413 300
51 49
79 76
116 110
182 173
236 224
370 350
47
78
110
166
201
350
420

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
905 170 130 16
700
30
7
925 170 136 16
715
50
8
935 230 180 16
745
60
9
960 330 260 16
785
70
9
980 330 260 21
785
70
9
985 330 260 21
785
70
9
910 330 250 21
785
70
6
880 145 110 16
790
30
7
895 175 136 16
805
50
7
910 180 136 16
805
50
8
930 240 180 21
830
60
8
975 250 190 21
830
60
9
910 330 250 26
875
70
6
880 145 110 16
790
30
38 28
6
905 175 136 16
790
30
73 54
7
910 180 136 16
805
50
95 69
8
945 230 180 21
830
60
153 107
8
945 240 190 21
830
60
186 135
9
910 330 250 26
875
70
306 198
9
925 390 290 26
875
70
387 280

kg
59
84
134
230
255
280
360
65
95
118
190
255
430
65
92
117
185
230
420
520

max.
530 560 C d1 Emax A
B1 F Load gr.
B
6
760 1005 170 130 16
30
7
775 1030 170 136 16
50
8
805 1040 230 180 16
60
9
845 1060 330 260 16
70
9
845 1080 330 260 21
70
9
845 1090 330 260 21
70
9
845 1010 330 250 21
70
6
985 145 110 16
840
30
7
995 175 136 16
855
50
7
855 1010 180 136 16
50
8
880 1030 240 180 21
60
8
880 1080 250 190 21
60
9
925 1010 330 250 26
70
9
925 1020 390 290 26
70
6
985 145 110 16
850
30
38 28
6
850 1005 175 136 16
30
73 54
7
865 1010 180 136 16
50
96 66
8
880 1045 230 180 21
60
149 97
8
880 1045 240 190 21
60
188 137
9
935 1010 330 250 26
70
307 200
9
935 1025 390 290 26
70
388 283

kg
66
93
144
240
270
295
390
72
103
125
200
270
460
555
73
101
126
195
240
455
570

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

OD 914.4 (ND 900)

Type
37 91 11
37 91 12
37 91 13
37 91 14
37 91 15
37 91 16
37 91 18
37 91 21
37 91 22
37 91 23
37 91 24
37 91 26
37 91 28
37 91 29
37 91 31
37 91 32
37 91 33
37 91 34
37 91 35
37 91 38
37 91 39

100
74
120
181
280
335
400
540

permissible load (kN) 

250 350 450 500 510
56 40
94 67
137 100
216 156
244 188
300 236
413 300
52 49
80 77
117 111
184 174
238 226
374 354
450 425
47
78
109
168
203
350
420

Type 37 .. .8/9

 Calculation of interim values: linear interpolation.

 The connecting load group has to be stated in the order. On selection of a lower load group than stated in
the table, the E dim. of the clamp is reduced in accordance with the E dim. of the weld-on bracket (see page 3.8).
 Lug dimensions: F less 1mm; B1 plus 2mm (see page 3.19).

3.30

DYNAMIC PIPE CLAMPS

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
LISEGA dynamic pipe clamps are supplied
ready for installation complete with all the
nuts and bolts required.
It is recommended that units be stored only
in closed rooms. If storage in the open is
unavoidable, they must be protected from
dirt and moisture.

Type 36 .. .1/2/3

Prevention of twisting
To prevent the clamp from twisting, it is
recommended that a shear lug be welded
to the pipe (see also page 3.19).
The lug dimensions can be found in the
selection tables for dynamic clamps on
pages 3.21 3.30.
Type 36
This design has a solid upper yoke with integrated connection bracket and, depending on
the load range, one or two U-bolts with inlay
plate are provided.

Type 37
This is the heavier type for larger pipe diameters and higher loads. Normally, the
bracket type 35 is welded to the upper yoke.
If the bracket is supplied loose on customer
request, it must be welded on site following
the welding instructions on page 3.16. The
counterpart to the yoke consists of one or
two flat steel straps depending on load. The
straps are pinned to the yoke to make transport easier. For installation, the straps must
be removed from the forked blocks by loosening the pin connection. The yoke is
placed on the shear lug. From the opposite
side the flat steel strap is fitted into the bolton clevises, fixed with the pins and secured
by cotter pins. The clamp is then checked and
positioned as required.

Type 37 .. .1/2/3/4/5/6

Type 36 .. .4/5

For installation, remove the preassembled

U-bolts. Then place the yoke over the shear
lug. Reassemble the U-bolt and inlay from
the opposite side, tightening the nuts only
lightly at first. Then check and position the
clamp as required. Finally, the nuts can be
properly tightened and countered.
Type 37 .. .7/8/9

3.31

Finally the nuts are properly tightened. The

hex nuts must be locked in position by bending the tab washers to prevent unintentional loosing.

3.32

ENERGY ABSORBER
TYPE 32

A fully developed concept is

needed for the best possible protection of plant components
against pressure shocks. In the specific use
of the most appropriate components, safety
and economic efficiency need not exclude
each other.
Field of application
The field of application for LISEGA energy
absorbers lies roughly between the LISEGA
rigid struts and shock absorbers. Energy absorbers are used just like these components,
to suppress abrupt displacements in piping
or other components. In contrast to rigid
struts and shock absorbers, energy absorbers
are equipped with an adjustable free stroke
(0 30mm) allowing slight thermal movements without any resistance.
Conversion into deformation energy
After passing through the free stroke, possible
pressure shocks are absorbed by limiting
stops, and up to a defined load maximum
(nominal load) are transferred to the surrounding structure. Forces in excess of this or
peaks of force are converted into deformation
energy by the energy absorbers, rather than
loading the other attached components.
Piping displacements within the adjusted range
of the free stroke are acceptable, provided
that the permissible stresses are not thereby
exceeded. If necessary, corresponding proof
must be supplied. Special software and
advice can be offered if required.
Maintenance-free use
LISEGA energy absorbers are ideal for dealing
with small or negligible thermal movements
when connected components are to be protected from dynamic overload in a controlled
manner. The energy absorbers contain no
wear parts of any kind, and therefore require no maintenance.
Protection from water hammer
Energy absorbers are ideal for protecting
other connected components against possible water hammer.

3.33

Short lived but high magnitude fluid transient

loads can be compensated by smaller, defined
support loads. As a result, if energy absorbers are installed, any reinforcement of existing structures can be dispensed with.
In new constructions, the load limitation
permits a more economical use of steel right
from the start.
Replacement for box frame constructions
Energy absorbers are ideally suited to the
guidance and limitation of thermal movements. This way, not only are the usual and
often expensive box frame constructions not
required, but frictional forces between the
piping and the frame are also avoided.
Pipe whip restraint
An ideal application for energy absorbers is
as protection from pipe whip. When used in
angular arrangements, large forces can be
absorbed. The direction of defined lines of
force can be determined by the arrangement.
The advantage over U-bolt designs consists
in the far less restricted effective radius.

Energy absorber used instead of a dual guide.

The box frame can be dispensed with.

3
Replacement of shock absorbers
Where thermal movements are relatively small,
energy absorbers constitute an ideal replacement for earlier types of shock absorbers,
often prone to failure. In this way, costly
repairs and recurrent tests are avoided.
flange

special lug

Analysis of piping behavior

Where energy absorbers are used, the GAPP
program can be applied to perform seismic
and fluid transient analysis. GAPP allows
piping to displace within the permissible tolerance for the movements. For the load event,
the specific load limiting property of energy
absorbers is taken into account.
In response spectrum analyses, the program
reproduces an equivalent linear spring characteristic to approximate to the non-linear situation. When fluid transient analyses are performed, the program uses time history
methods.

short
extension
extension kit
type 33
To enable energy absorbers to be fitted to existing
connections, an assortment of special adaptors is
available besides the standard extension (type 33)

Development cooperation
The development of type 32 energy absorbers is the result of specific and successful
cooperation between SARGENT & LUNDY, a
leading American engineering company, and
LISEGA.
SARGENT & LUNDY also created the calculation software, or GAPP program. Both this
prog-ram and the energy absorbers themselves have been rigorously tested by the
American NRC (Nuclear Reactor Commission),
and approved for use in nuclear power stations.

The unique capacity of the energy absorber to take up and convert kinetic energy
brings the user valuable benefits:
limitation of dynamic loads for attached
components
lighter steel constructions enabled
no need to strengthen auxiliary
structures
small installation dimensions minimize
danger of interference
thermal piping movement not impeded
no maintenance required due to
absence of wear parts
no recurrent testing required
simple installation via length
adjustment

3.34

ENERGY ABSORBERS TYPE 32

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

free stroke adjustment

total length adjustment

indicator for absorbed energy

min. thread engagement

free stroke (compression)

 When the nominal load is exceeded, the increased force and

movement is converted into deformation energy.

 Maximum deformation travel

in the direction of tension and
compression.

 Dimensions at the midpoint of

free strokes t1/t2, and a length
adjustment of A dimension.
When changing t2, E dimension
is either reduced or increased.

Order details:
Energy absorber
type 32 .. 16
t1= t2= mm
with two weld-on brackets
type 35 .. ..
Marking:

3.35

Type
32 18 16
32 38 16
32 42 16
32 52 16
32 62 16
32 72 16
32 82 16
32 92 16

Nom.load
(kN)
3
8
18
46
100
200
350
550

s

t1

5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.5
9.5
12.5

0-20
0-22
0-25
0-25
0-25
0-28
0-30

free stroke (tension)

D

d3

0-20 56
0-22 60
0-25 80
0-25 115
0-25 130
0-28 195
0-30 250

10
12
15
20
30
50
60

t2

Individual use
The standard designs shown in the table do
not show the full scope of supply possibilities.
LISEGA can adapt the products to the special
requirements of the user.

E

8550
300
9550
355
440 12575
490 15075
575 16575
715 17575
945 22575
on demand

SG

18
50
58
65
100
130
165

15
20
22.5
30
45
60
75

9
10
12
16
22
35
44

Weight
(kg)
0.8
1.8
3.6
11.5
18.5
47.0
105.0

This especially relates to applications where

load and stroke exceed standard parameters.

ENERGY ABSORBER
MODE OF OPERATION
free stroke (compression)

free stroke (tension)

wedge B

total length adjustment

free stroke adjustment H

The unit consists of an austenitic outer sleeve

(A) with a defined undersize, into which
tapered bronze disks (B) have been force
fitted. The outer sleeve is closed off with a
base plate (C), onto which the connection
lug (D) is attached. Forces are transferred
throughout the whole unit by the stops (E)
and the shaft (F).

is required, using the adjustment device (H).

Corresponding procedures are repeatable up
to a maximum deformation travel (s).
Installation
The energy absorbers correspond to the
load groups in Product Group 3 (dynamic
components) and are correspondingly load
and connection compatible with other
connection components of this product
group. Attention is drawn to the notices on
pages 3.3 and 3.15 to 3.16.
Functional qualification
The LISEGA energy absorbers have undergone
a stringent test program to prove their functional reliability. Adequate safety margins
have been proven by numerous dynamic
and static loading tests.
load F / kN

MODE OF OPERATION
An energy absorber works via an adjustable
free stroke that absorbs thermal movements.
The adjustment of this free stroke can be
made in the range of  25 mm (for a medium
sized design). Within this range the pipe is
free to move without resistance. Dynamic
shocks, on the other hand, are limited in
their movement by stops. The resulting forces
are transferred to the surrounding structures
up to the given nominal load, and when
above that, are transformed into deformation energy by the energy absorber. This
has the effect of providing a controlled protection from overload for the attached components.

indicator for absorbed energy G

-3

In the event of a dynamic force exceeding

the insertion force of the tapered disks
(nominal load), the disk affected is driven
forward and leads to an expansion of the
sleeve. This way, the excess forces are kept
clear of the attachment structures via conversion into deformation energy. If such a
process has occurred, the advance of the
tapered disk affected can be read off on the
indicator rod (G). For further use of the energy absorber, only a corresponding readjustment of the free stroke for the new position

-2

-1

50

30

10

-10

stroke s / mm
-30

-50
Tested load/travel characteristics on oscillating loadings
 nominal load.

3.36

RIGID STRUTS
TYPE 39
In modern support concepts,
rigid struts play an important role in the optimum
support system under all
operating conditions.
Secure and reliable positioning is a key element in
its operational safety and
long life.

Tasks
LISEGA rigid struts type 39 have a number
of important functions for the operational
safety of piping systems:
Absorption of shocks from unexpected
load events. (See page 3.1)
Guidance of pipe systems to control
direction of calculated thermal displacement direction.
Stabilization of flexible pipe systems by
fixing the so-called zero positions.

LISEGA rigid struts differ from ordinary

designs by offering the following
advantages:
length adjustable by left hand / right
hand threads
no welding

Design of axial stops

(movable fixed points).

secure locking of joints due to fine

threads

Mode of operation
Rigid struts form rigid connections with ball
bushings between the piping and structure.
No restriction is placed on the limited movement of the pipe within the angular displacement of the strut. Any movement in the axial
direction of the strut is suppressed.

favorable performance weight ratios

Design
The struts consist of a rigid body with a ball
bushing joint as a connection at both ends.
The structural attachment is formed by a weldon bracket type 35 (see page 3.8). The connection to the piping is formed by the appropriate dynamic clamp type 36 / 37 (see pages
3.21 - 3.30).
The body is made from a tube tapered at the
ends by forging. The shape corresponds to
the flux of force, and allows a favorable performance/ weight ratio. Welding has been
completely dispensed with. The connections
are designed as ball bushing joints with
turnbuckle function having left hand / right
hand threads and enable a
length adjustment in
a range of
150 or
300 mm. Flat
faces are forged on the
body to allow a proper use of
wrench and facilitate length adjustments
in the installed condition. Fine threads are
used on the ball bushing joints to ensure
secure locking.

3.37

The strut bodies are manufactured in standard lengths. This way, LISEGA rigid struts
are available from stock, TV qualification
tested and ASME qualified.

qualification tested by independent

authority

3
Material:
Joints
P250GH / C45E + QT /
S355J2G3
Tube
P235G11TH / P355T1

minimum thread engagement 

ball bushing joint

right hand thread

Type 
39 2. .4
39 3. .4
39 4. .4
39 5. .4
39 6. .4
39 7. .4
39 8. .4
39 9. .3
39 0. .3

Nom. load
(kN)
4
8
18
46
100
200
350
550
1000

left hand thread

D

30
38
42
60
82
120
150
210
280

38
43
57
61
83
102
115
115
159

d3
10
12
15
20
30
50
60
70
100

E
min
300
300
300
400
400
500
750
800
1000

E
max
1900
2150
2400
2400
2900
3400
3400
3650
4150

SW1

SW2

27
32
36
60
60
70
95
110
155

32
36
46
50
70
85
100
100 
135

SG
9
10
12
16
22
35
44
49
70

 Minimum engagement marked

with groove in thread.

 Width of ball bushing

 Has to be completed with

length indication (4th and 5th digit

of type number, see page 3.39)

 The rigid strut with right/lefthand threads can be length

adjusted like a turnbuckle
Shorter E dimensions are available as a special design

 Tube 115 up to E-middle =

2750, spanner width 100
Tube 127 from E-middle =
2750, spanner width 110

Order details:
Rigid strut type 39 .. ..

3.38

RIGID STRUTS
TYPE 39
Selection
When selecting rigid struts from the following
tables, the following should be observed:

If the intersection is below the dividing

line, it is a case of an overlength with
reduced load which must be checked in
the table on page 3.40 for conformity
with the given operating load.

1. The given operating load must be covered

by the nominal load.

5. For ordering, the type number must be

completed at the 3rd digit with the number
of the load group.

2. The nominal load determines the load

group at the same time.
3. The suitable adjustment range must be
selected for the given installation length.
4. The weight is shown at the intersection
of load group and adjustment range.
Permissible load and weights

Nom. load (kN)

Nom. load (kN)

4
Type 
39 .0 34
39 .0 44
39 .0 54
39 .0 74
39 .0 84
39 .1 04
39 .1 24
39 .1 54
39 .1 74
39 .2 04
39 .2 24
39 .2 54
39 .2 74
39 .3 04
39 .3 24
39 .3 54
39 .3 74
39 .4 04
39 .4 24
39 .4 54
39 .4 74
39 .5 04

Adjustmentrange
300 - 450
400 - 550
500 - 650
600 - 900
750 - 900
850 - 1150
1100 - 1400
1350 - 1650
1600 - 1900
1850 - 2150
2100 - 2400
2350 - 2650
2600 - 2900
2850 - 3150
3100 - 3400
3350 - 3650
3600 - 3900
3850 - 4150
4100 - 4400
4350 - 4650
4600 - 4900
4850 - 5150

18

46

200

350

550

E-middle

 The type designation has to

be completed in the 3rd digit by
the load group.

Type 

42
46
56
65
75
85
94
104
114
123
133
143
152
162
172
181
191
200

39 .083
39 .093
39 .103
39 .113
39 .123
39 .133
39 .123
39 .153
39 .173
39 .203
39 .223
39 .253
39 .273
39 .303
39 .323
39 .353
39 .373
39 .403
39 .423
39 .453
39 .473
39 .503
39 .523
39 .553
39 .573
39 .603

Weight (kg)

375 1.3
475 1.7
575 2.0
750 2.4
825
1000 3.2
1250 4.0
1500 4.9
1750 5.8
2000 (6.6)
2250 (7.5)
2500
2750
3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000

1.9
2.3
2.7
3.1

2.7
3.4
4,0
6,3

4.2
5.2
6.3
7.5
8.5
(9.5)
(11 )

8.0
9.5
11
13
14
16
18
19
(21)
(22)
(24)

6.4
7.1
8.0
10
12
14
16
17
19
21
23
(25)
(27)
(29)
(31)

1000

Load group

Load group

lengths at reduced loads

see page 3.40
number in ( ) slenderness ratio
150   200

3.39

100

9.5
11
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
(64)
(68)
(72)
(76)

18
21
27
33
39
45
51
57
64
70
76
82
89
95
101
107
113
119
(126)

Adjustment9
0
E-middle
range
Weight (kg)
875 68
800 - 950
975 72
900 - 1050
175
1075 77
1000 - 1150
183
1175
1100 - 1250
191
1275
1200 - 1350
200
1375
1300 - 1450
1250 87
1100 - 1400
212
1500 100
1350 - 1650
236
1750 114
1600 - 1900
260
2000 128
1850 - 2150
284
2250 142
2100 - 2400
308
2500 156
2350 - 2650
332
2750 169
2600 - 2900
355
3000 183
2850 - 3150
379
3250 241
3100 - 3400
403
3500 259
3350 - 3650
427
3750 277
3600 - 3900
450
4000 295
3850 - 4150
475
4250 313
4100 - 4400
500
4500 331
4350 - 4650
525
4750 349
4600 - 4900
545
5000 368
4850 - 5150
570
5250 385
5100 - 5400
595
5500 (403)
5350 - 5650
620
5750 (420)
5600 - 5900
640
6000
5850 - 6150

3
Table of permissible normal loads at normal / excess lengths

1000

1000
800
600
500
400
300

800

390..3

600
500

The adjacent diagram indicates the reduced load values

as against nominal load that
are to be considered in the
event of overlengths.

399..3
400
300

398..4

200

200
397..4

100

100
80

396..4

80

60
50
40
30

60
50
40
395..4

30

20

20
394..4

10

10

8
6
5
4

8
393..4

6
5
4
3

load (kN)

392..4
2

1
2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

length (mm)
broken line: slenderness ratio: 150 200

Stock of rigid struts

Angled arrangement of rigid struts

3.40

PIPE WHIP RESTRAINTS

Pipe whip restraints

One speciality in the area of dynamic pipe
supports is the pipe whip restraint. Alongside
the energy absorber type 32, which provides
the optimum solution to this problem, a
U-bolt design for specially large loads has
proven to be highly successful.
Pipe whip restraints are exclusively used in
the nuclear industry. They dampen and absorb
the kinetic energy of bursting pipes in emergency cases. For this purpose, the elongation capacity of the encompassing U-bolts is
used, as they are designed to absorb the
expected dynamic loads.

3.41

Pipe whip restraints have safety-related significance and are subject to the highest demands in quality, design and manufacture.
As a large scale supplier to the latest generation of nuclear plants, LISEGA has successfully proven its qualification to supply this
specific design.

PIPE CLAMPS, CLAMP BASES,

PIPE CONNECTING PARTS

4
PRODUCT
GROUP

PIPE CONNECTION PARTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

Pipe clamps and clamp bases_______________________________________4.1

Horizontal clamps type 42, 43, 44 ___________________________________4.3

Riser clamps type 45, 46, 48 _______________________________________4.4

Clamp bases, type 49______________________________________________4.5
Special designs ___________________________________________________4.7
U-bolts, type 40 __________________________________________________4.8

Weld-on lugs for pipes, type 41 _____________________________________4.9

Weld-on lugs for pipe elbows, type 41 ______________________________4.10
Selection of pipe clamps and clamp bases___________________________4.11

Selection overview OD 21.3 - OD 914.4____________________________4.12

Selection overview, temp. 610 650C, OD 33.7 OD 914.4 ___________4.46
Lift-off restraints for clamp bases, type 49 ___________________________4.54

PRODUCT
GROUP

Connection plates, type 77 ________________________________________4.55

Installation instructions ___________________________________________4.56

5
6
7
8
9
4.0

PIPE CLAMPS AND CLAMP BASES,

PRODUCT GROUP 4
In high temperature piping
systems, pipe clamps and
clamp bases are the most
highly stressed and therefore most vulnerable components in the support
system, owing to the additional effects of high temperatures. In spite of this,
pipe clamps are seldom
checked, as access is difficult after commissioning
due to the surrounding
insulation.

Standardization
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, pipe weld-on lugs
and U-bolts constitute the group of pipe connection components. Regarding these products, the design criteria for piping systems
lead to a wide variation and hence to a
particularly large number of components.
The dynamic clamps in Product Group 3
(see page 3.19) also belong in principle to
this group. The design of both horizontal
and vertical piping is determined by
diameters
loads
temperature of the medium
For appropriate coverage of the whole spectrum with safe products, LISEGA provides a
complete program of standardized products
for the whole field of application. In line
with the special requirements of the field of
application, the corresponding ideal design
shape has been developed. Diameters range
from OD 21.3 to OD 914.4, the temperature
range extends to 650C and the loads
divided into economical areas of operation

cover the highest level of the practical field

of application.

Fields of application of
standardized pipe clamps

Type 43 - 48 at T = 350C

Type 43 - 48 at T = 560C

Type 44/2x
Type 46/48

Type 43 - 48 at T = 650C

Type 46/48

permissible load

Type 44/2x

Type 44

Type 43
Type 45

nominal diameter

4.1

Type 48

Type 44

Type 43

Type 45
Type 43

Type 44

4
These standardized components are an integral part of the LISEGA modular system, so
connection and load compatibility to the load
groups are correspondingly assured.
Quality
Because of their exposed field of application,
the design and construction of the pipe connection components require particular attention. Just as much care should be spent
on the pipe supports as on the piping itself,
since:
Piping can never be better than its supports!
The most important prerequisite for dependable component quality is general standardization.
When purchasing pipe connection components, confidence should only be placed in
products of proven suitability.

Through standardization of the entire application spectrum with sophisticated designs,

plant designers, constructors and operators
can draw equal profit:
Comprehensive and clearly structured
data tables simplify planning work
all supplies from a single source
through integration into a complete
support program
(LISEGA modular system)
superior quality at competitive prices
through rational series production and
favorable designs
consistent standardization enables
instant availability
favorable performance/weight ratios,
easy to install designs and connection
compatibility of LISEGA components
allow rational installation
the uniform design with guaranteed
safety factors ensures maximum
operational safety
a correspondingly compact design
prevents excessive heat loss
certification from type tests by
independent authorities is on hand

4.2

HORIZONTAL CLAMPS WITH CONNECTION PARTS

TYPE 41, 42, 43, 44
1. Weld-on lug type 41
This type is used principally as a pipe connection for piping under 80C on horizontal
pipes or elbows.

Typ 41

4. Horizontal clamp type 44

A rigid yoke takes on the load from a pipesurrounding U-bolt with an inlay plate. From
certain diameters, temperatures or load ranges,
a flat steel strap is used instead of a U-bolt.

Material: S235JRG2
2. Horizontal clamp type 42
This clamp can be used as a construction
component or hanger clamp in cold piping
systems. For larger pipe diameters the load
range is limited.
Material: S235JRG2
Heat resistant materials
(Construction component clamp)
Type 42 .. 29 - 16Mo3
Type 42 .. 39 - 13CrMo4-5
Type 42 .. 49 - 13CrMo9-10/A387 Gr.22

Type 42 .. 17

Type 42 .. .9

Type 43

Type

44 .. .1 Type
.2
.3

44 .. .4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9

3. Horizontal clamp type 43

This hanger clamp corresponds to the traditional shape made from flat steel. Its use is
limited to an economical range up to a unit
weight of approx. 25kg. Connection to the
load chain is made via connecting pins and
LISEGA eye nut type 60.

Dispensing completely with weldings, the

individual parts are form-fitted with non-welded
connections and bolted together with threaded securing studs.
(Patent-No. DE3817059)
The horizontal clamp type 44 is used where
type 43 reaches its economic limits.
This is essentially the high temperature, large
diameter or high load range.
Connection to the load chain is made via a lug
and LISEGA clevis type 61. The connection lug
is designed to accommodate connection pins
of a number of LISEGA load groups.
Material: S235JRG2 / S355J2G3
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5
21CrMoV5-7
1OCrMo9-1O
F91(1.4903)

Through the temperature dependence, the

load-related application range of the pipe
clamps can be extended over a number of
LISEGA load groups.
For this, the eye nuts are so designed that
at least 3 corresponding pin diameters can
be accommodated.
Material: S235JRG2, 16Mo3
13CrMo 4-5, 10CrMo9-10
F91(1.4903)

Comparison of a LISEGA pipe clamp type 44 with a

clamp of traditional design following the same criteria.
(Load 32kN, temperature 300C) 

Type 44 .. 51
.2
.3
.4
.5

pipe clamp with U-bolt type 44

weight 14kg

4.3

pipe clamp type 43

weight 27kg

RISER CLAMPS
TYPE 45, 46, 48
1. Riser clamp type 45
With the riser clamp type 45, the lower
range suited to this design is covered.
Connection to the vertical piping is made via
the shear lugs welded to the pipe. The design
and application of the lugs is the responsibility of the piping manufacturer.

Material: S235JRG2
S355J2G3
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5
10CrMo9-10
Only for type 48
F91(1.4903)
3. Special designs

Connection to the load chain is made via

connection pins and LISEGA eye nuts type
60. Up to 3 LISEGA load groups can be
accommodated.
When ordering, the desired span (dimension L)
is to be given.
Material: S235JRG2
13CrMo4-5
2. Riser clamp type 46/48
The design of this riser clamp exploits the box
shape as the best precondition for the economical use of material. The individual parts
are bolted together without weldings via
socket connections.
(Patent no. DE3817015)

Riser clamp type 45 with

connecting parts

For equipping austenitic pipe systems,

all pipe clamps can be fitted with
austenitic inlay plates.
For special diameters not contained in
the selection table, corresponding intermediate sizes are available or, for minimal
diameter differences, appropriate inlay
plates are supplied.
The riser clamp type 48 can quite easily
be supplied as a special design in conjunction with LISEGA rigid struts type 39
as an axial stop for both directions, also
for dynamic loads (see Special Designs
on page 4.7).

Connection to the vertically assembled piping

can be made in two different ways and therefore demands two different designs:

Riser clamp type 46 with

connecting parts

Riser clamp type 48 with

connecting parts

Type 46 for load support through either

4 or 2 shear lugs welded to the pipe.
In general, two lugs are used only at
ND  150mm and are to be so arranged
that they lie laterally to the longitudinal
axis.
Type 48 for load support through
trunnions welded to the pipe.
The bore diameter for the trunnions is
approximately 1/3 of the pipe diameter,
based on ASME Code case N-392-3 and
DIN EN 13480-3.
Connection to the load chain is formed by
integrated lugs designed for connection to
LISEGA clevises, type 61.
The connection lugs are designed to accommodate the connection pins for a number of
LISEGA load groups.

 Type 43 with inlay plate  Type 44 with inlay plate

Special design of a riser clamp

type 46

4.4

CLAMP BASE
TYPE 49
The fixed installation heights relate, for all
diameters, to the respective lower rim of the
pipe and have a dimension range of 50 or
100mm increments.

Clamp bases are generally used as slide

bearings (loose supports) for horizontally
arranged piping systems.
As with pipe clamps, the application spectrum embraces a diameter range of
OD 21.3 to OD 914.4mm and a temperature
range up to 600C.

The standard dimensions selected for the

support height of pipes as well as the length
of the slide bases cover the most common
cases of application.

Besides the support load, the operational

temperature of the piping is an essential
design criterion in the design of clamp bases.
The material to be used is determined by
this. The installation height is governed by
the thickness of the heat insulation.

Different application conditions through

temperature and loading demand different
clamp base designs.
If required, components with special dimensions can be supplied (see also Special
Designs, page 4.7).

To keep within a clear level of available sizes,

fixed installation heights are assigned to the
temperature ranges.

 Clamp base heights dependent on temperature of the medium and pipe diameter.

Possible stress effects on a

clamp base

The load limits in the selection tables on pages 4.12

to 4.45 can be exceeded
by 80%, if the arrangement of the clamp bases
involves seating them on a
trapeze or a PTFE slide
pad.
Example:
Type 49 32 14 at 100C
20kN acc. to table
page 4.32;
for use as trapeze bases
or on PTFE slide plates the
permissible load amounts
to 36kN

4.5

Temp. up to

50

100

150

200

350C

pipe

21.3-88.9

21.3-558.8

108-914.4

323.9-914.4

Temp. up to

100

150

200

250

300

500C

pipe

21.3-26.9

33.7-76.1

88.9-193.7

219.1-457.2

508-914.4

Temp. up to

150

200

250

300

560C

pipe

21.3-76.1

88.9-168.3

193.7-323.9

355.6-914.4

Temp. up to

150

200

250

300

600C

pipe

21.3-76.1

88.9-168.3

193.7-323.9

355.6-914.4

4
1. Design for lower temperatures and
smaller pipe diameters
The design for this field of application consists
of two shaped halves. On installation with the
piping, the lower section of both halves is
bolted on firmly and provides the slide base.
In the upper section the pipe is secured in
position via a preset screw.
Through the free space under the pipe allowed by the design of the component, constant ventilation of the area is assured.
This is essential for cold piping systems, because otherwise permanent moisture would
develop here after only a short time, causing
corrosion of the piping.
Material:

S235JRG2
S380MC

2. Design for medium and high

temperatures
This design consists of a shaped lower metal
part firmly welded to two pipe clamps.
The lower section is fitted, according to the
respective design load, with a reinforcement
gusset.
The clamp bases are versatile in application.
By the use of two lower sections set against
each other, a double guide can easily be produced. By the additional application of lateral
guides, a manifold guiding system can be
provided. The shape of the support plate
permits the simple mounting of lift-off
restraints. The lower section is so designed
that it can be equipped with a stainless steel
plate as a sliding surface for a PTFE bearing.

Material: S235JRG2
16Mo3
13CrMo4-5
10CrMo9-10
Applications of clamp bases on trapezes
or PTFE see page 4.5.
3. Special designs
For the support of austenitic piping systems,
all clamp bases can be fitted with
corresponding stainless steel inlay plates.

Clamp base for smaller pipe

diameters type 49 .. .1, 49 .. .2

Special lengths or heights are possible

if required. In cases of great expansion
it might be more expedient to arrange
for correspondingly long support surfaces
on site.
The slide bearings of all clamp bases
can be supplied as sliding surfaces for
a PTFE or graphite bearing.
For special diameters not contained in the
selection table, corresponding intermediate
sizes are supplied. For minimal diameter
differences suitable inlay plates are
provided.

Clamp base for medium and high

temperatures type 49 .. .3,
.. .4, .. .5

The clamp bases can if required be fitted

with lift-off restraints.
Two-fold or manifold guidings using
standard clamp bases can be supplied
if required (see Special Designs on
page 4.7).

Clamp base type 49 with PTFE

slide bearing to standard design.

 Clamp base with lift-off

restraints, permissible loads and
dimensions, see page 4.54 (Fig. 1)
 Clamp base as double guide
(horizontal application) (Fig. 2)
 Clamp base as manifold guide
(vertical application) (Fig. 3)

(Fig. 1)

(Fig. 2)

(Fig. 3)

4.6

SPECIAL DESIGNS

The use of standard components in the field of pipe

supports has long since
proven its superiority, leading to enormous savings
in time and costs associated with engineering, delivery and installation.
This especially includes
pipe clamps and clamp
bases.
However, because of an
extremely wide range of
applications and the
complexity of piping, in
some cases special designs
are required. In such
situations it is important to
have experts on hand to
ensure tried and tested
solutions and to profit from
proven calculation procedures.

Special designs
Although the standardized LISEGA range of
pipe surrounding support components is
comprehensive and covers all common areas
of application, more complicated cases
sometimes arise where only a special solution can solve the problem.
Among other cases, special designs are most
often required especially for the following
specific applications:
exceptionally restricted areas
interferences insurmountable
by common techniques
tailor-made fixed point designs
exceptionally high load requirements
especially high temperatures
(up to 1000C)
abnormal insulation thicknesses
irregularly inclining pipes
special trunnion diameters
LISEGAs customers are not left on their own
in this regard. For such particular assignments
an experienced team of technicians and
engineers is available, ready to react speedily
and flexibly with appropriate solutions. They
are supported by a kit of special tools such
as modern CAD programs and individual inhouse calculation software. In addition to
this, a broad repertoire of well proven basic
designs is on hand.
Every problem has a solution this conviction motivates LISEGAs experts in support
technology. For our clients this can be
demonstrated as required at any time!

4.7

U-BOLTS
TYPE 40

U-bolts
type 40 01 .8 to 40 91 .8

OD

Type 40 serves mainly to

secure piping of max. 80C
temp. to secondary steel
structure.

Type
40 01 .8
40 02 .8
40 03 .8
40 04 .8
40 05 .8
40 06 .8
40 07 .8
40 09 .8
40 10 .8
40 11 .8
40 14 .8
40 17 .8
40 22 .8
40 27 .8
40 32 .8
40 36 .8
40 41 .8
40 46 .8
40 51 .8
40 61 .8
40 71 .8
40 76 .8
40 91 .8

OD
21.3
26.9
33.7
42.4
48.3
60.3
73.0
88.9
108.0
114.3
139.7
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
457.2
508.0
609.6
711.2
762.0
914.4

5. digit:

A
30
35
40
53
60
72
87
103
123
130
155
188
238
295
350
381
432
485
537
638
740
790
943

B
70
70
70
75
75
85
95
100
115
115
130
155
180
215
245
260
285
320
345
395
450
475
550

d2 x L
M6 x 65
M6 x 65
M6 x 65
M10 x 65
M10 x 65
M10 x 70
M12 x 75
M12 x 75
M12 x 75
M12 x 75
M12 x 75
M16 x 95
M16 x 95
M20 x 110
M20 x 110
M20 x 110
M20 x 110
M24 x 125
M24 x 125
M24 x 125
M24 x 125
M24 x 125
M24 x 125

E
11
13
17
21
24
30
37
44
54
57
70
84
110
137
162
178
203
229
254
305
356
381
457

weight
(kg)
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.30
0.32
0.36
0.37
0.42
0.91
1.08
2.07
2.35
2.55
2.80
4.55
4.90
5.70
6.50
6.90
8.00

1 = S235JRG2 (St 37)

3 = stainless steel 1.4301

4.8

WELD-ON LUGS FOR PIPES

TYPE 41
Weld-on lugs for pipes
Type 41 D9 11 to 41 79 12
 Permissible load at 80C
= normal load (load case A)
of the corresponding load
group (3rd digit of the type
designation, see Max.
permissible load for static
components, page 0.5)

OD

Stress present in the given

welding seam  50N/mm2
at 4 load angle.
Material: S235JRG2
Type 41 .. 11 Smax = 10mm
Type 41 .. 12 Smax = 100mm

Reduction factors of the

permiss. load at increased
temperatures:

Order details:
Weld-on lug for pipes,
type 41 .9 1.

4.9

Type

d3

41 D9 11
41 D9 12
41 29 11
41 29 12
41 39 11
41 39 12
41 49 11
41 49 12
41 59 11
41 59 12
41 69 11
41 69 12
41 79 11
41 79 12

30
30
35
65
45
70
80
120
85
130
120
165
170
230

10.5
10.5
12.5
12.5
16.5
16.5
20.5
20.5
24.5
24.5
34
34
41
41

25
115
25
115
30
120
40
125
40
130
50
140
60
150

15
15
17.5
17.5
22.5
22.5
30
30
32.5
32.5
40
40
50
50

15
15
22
22
28
28
37
37
40
40
50
50
65
65

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

8
8
10
10
12
12
15
15
20
20
25
25
30
30

F perm. (T)

250C
350C

0.7 F perm. (80C)

0.5 F perm. (80C)

a
3
3
3
3
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5

weight
(kg)
0.06
0.23
0.11
0.49
0.21
0.75
0.53
1.60
0.75
2.30
1.60
4.10
3.20
7.30

WELD-ON LUGS FOR PIPES

TYPE 41
E

41 06 13
41 07 13
41 08 13
41 09 13
41 09 14
41 10 13
41 10 14
41 11 13
41 11 14
41 13 13
41 13 14
41 14 13
41 14 14
41 16 13
41 16 14
41 17 13
41 17 14
41 19 13
41 19 14
41 22 13
41 22 14
41 24 13
41 24 14
41 26 13
41 26 14
41 27 13
41 27 14
41 32 13
41 32 14
41 36 13
41 36 14
41 37 13
41 37 14
41 41 13
41 41 14
41 42 13
41 42 14
41 46 13
41 46 14
41 51 13
41 51 14
41 56 13
41 56 14
41 61 13
41 61 14
41 66 13
41 66 14
41 71 13
41 71 14
41 76 13
41 76 14

35
30
35
30
35
30
35
30
35
25
30
25
40
25
40
25
40
20
35
20
35
15
30
10
25
15
25
15
25
-10
5
0
15
-15
-5
-10
5
-20
0
-30
-10
-40
-20
-45
-30
-55
-35
-65
-45
-75
-55

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4.5
3
4.5
3
5.5
3
5.5
3
5.5
3
5.5
3
5.5
3
5.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5
5.5
6.5

Type
41 06 15
41 07 15
41 08 15
41 09 15
41 09 16
41 10 15
41 10 16
41 11 15
41 11 16
41 13 15
41 13 16
41 14 15
41 14 16
41 16 15
41 16 16
41 17 15
41 17 16
41 19 15
41 19 16
41 22 15
41 22 16
41 24 15
41 24 16
41 26 15
41 26 16
41 27 15
41 27 16
41 32 15
41 32 16
41 36 15
41 36 16
41 37 15
41 37 16
41 41 15
41 41 16
41 42 15
41 42 16
41 46 15
41 46 16
41 51 15
41 51 16
41 56 15
41 56 16
41 61 15
41 61 16
41 66 15
41 66 16
41 71 15
41 71 16
41 76 15
41 76 16

smax =100mm
weight
E
a
(kg)
0.42
135 3
0.41
135 3
0.41
135 3
0.41
135 3
0.66
140 4.5
0.43
135 3
0.69
140 4.5
0.42
135 3
0.66
140 4.5
0.44
135 3
0.69
140 4.5
0.43
135 3
1.6
145 4.5
0.44
135 3
1.7
145 4.5
0.68
140 4.5
2.1
150 5.5
0.7
135 4.5
2.2
145 5.5
0.69
135 4.5
2.2
145 5.5
0.71
130 4.5
2.2
145 5.5
0.71
125 4.5
2.2
140 5.5
0.7
130 4.5
2.2
145 5.5
1.6
130 4.5
3.3
145 6.5
1.7
115 4.5
3.3
125 6.5
1.7
120 4.5
3.3
130 6.5
1.7
105 4.5
3.3
115 6.5
1.7
115 4.5
3.3
125 6.5
2.2
100 5.5
6.7
120 6.5
2.3
95 5.5
6.7
110 6.5
2.3
85 5.5
6.7
105 6.5
2.3
80 5.5
6.6
95 6.5
2.3
70 5.5
6.6
85 6.5
2.3
60 5.5
6.6
80 6.5
2.3
50 5.5
6.6
70 6.5

Permissible load at 80C is normal load

(load case A) of the highest of the load
groups indicated (see Max. permissible

OD
60.3
73
76.1
88.9
88.9
108
108
114.3
114.3
133
133
139.7
139.7
159
159
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267
267
273
273
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368
368
406.4
406.4
419
419
457.2
457.2
508
508
558.8
558.8
609.6
609.6
660.4
660.4
711.2
711.2
762
762

Load 
group C
C-2 22
C-2 22
C-2 22
C-2 22
2-3 28
C-2 22
2-3 28
C-2 22
2-3 28
C-2 22
2-3 28
C-2 22
3-4 37
C-2 22
3-4 37
2-3 28
4-5 40
2-3 28
4-5 40
2-3 28
4-5 40
2-3 28
4-5 40
2-3 28
4-5 40
2-3 28
4-5 40
3-4 37
5-6 50
3-4 37
5-6 50
3-4 37
5-6 50
3-4 37
5-6 50
3-4 37
5-6 50
4-5 40
6-7 65
4-5 40
6-7 65
4-5 40
6-7 65
4-5 40
6-7 65
4-5 40
6-7 65
4-5 40
6-7 65
4-5 40
6-7 65

R1

d3

17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
22.5
17.5
30
17.5
30
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
22.5
32.5
30
40
30
40
30
40
30
40
30
40
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50
32.5
50

8
8
8
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
15
8
15
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
15
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25
18
25

12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
16.5
12.5
20.5
12.5
20.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
16.5
24.5
20.5
34
20.5
34
20.5
34
20.5
34
20.5
34
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41
24.5
41

loads for static components, page 0.5).

Stress present in the given welding seam
 50N/mm2 at 4 load angle.

Weld-on lugs for pipes

(R1.5 OD)
type 41 06 13
up to 41 76 16

R1
a

41 .. 13
14
15
16

678678

Type

weight
(kg)
0.12
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.21
0.11
0.21
0.11
0.21
0.11
0.21
0.11
0.56
0.11
0.57
0.78
0.45
0.21
0.79
0.2
0.77
0.2
0.78
0.21
0.78
0.2
0.76
0.54
1.2
0.55
1.2
0.55
1.2
0.55
1.2
0.55
1.2
0.77
3.1
0.77
3.1
0.76
3
0.76
3
0.76
3
0.76
2.9
0.76
2.9

OD

smax = 10mm

smax
=10mm
smax
=100mm

Reduction factors of the

permiss. load at increased
temperatures:
T

F perm. (T)

250C
350C

0.7 F perm. (80C)

0.5 F perm. (80C)

Order details:
Weld-on lugs for pipes
R1.5 OD
type 41 .. 1.

4.10

SELECTION OF PIPE CLAMPS

AND CLAMP BASES
The selection tables on the following pages
offer a general view of the fields of application. They have been arranged in ascending
order according to pipe diameters. All pipe
clamps and clamp bases to be considered for
a given design of pipe system can therefore
be found clearly set out on one page.
The following points are important for application purposes:
1. In the selection table, all the information
can be found that is required for determining
the correct component and placing an order
free of uncertainty.
2. The component with the lowest permissible
load to cover in the appropriate temperature
range is at the same time the most economical of all those listed.
3. The geometrical values of the connections
are compatible with those of LISEGA connection components. Via the wide load application range, connections in various LISEGA
load groups can be linked up.
4. The lengths of connection lugs are so designed that the connection points lie outside
the economical insulation thicknesses.
5. For use in pipe systems made of austenitic
material, all pipe clamps and clamp bases can
be equipped with corresponding inlay plates.
6. In selecting an appropriate pipe clamp, the
following procedure should be followed:
6.1 Determination of the correct page for the
external dimensions (OD) of the piping to be
supported.
6.2 Determination of the correct temperature
range in the column for the desired support
type, horizontal or vertical.
6.3 Determination of the permissible load to
be covered.
By coupling two pipe clamps with
type 77 (see page 4.55), the loads
can be doubled

4.11

6.4 Checking of the installation dimension

E and width B for agreement with the
installation conditions prevailing.

6.5 For riser clamps, checking of the span

(L-dimension).
6.6 For riser clamps of Type 46/48, the decision as to whether shear lugs or trunnions
should be used.
6.7 On the basis of the properly fitting LISEGA
load group ranges provided, the conformity
of the connection with the load chain required can be ascertained.
6.8 Determination of the selected component
through specification of the appropriate
LISEGA type designation.
7.0 In selecting a suitable clamp base, proceed according to points 6.1 6.3.
In addition, attention should be paid to the
choice of the correct height (dimension H)
which is determined by the thickness of the
heat insulation.
7.1 The heights given (dimension H) as well
as the lengths (dimension A) are standard
dimensions and cover the most common
application cases. If required, components
of different dimensions can be supplied.
8. The supply of pipe clamps and clamp bases
is possible as special designs for particular
uses and conditions (see pages 4.4 and 4.6
in this regard).
9. In the design and construction of LISEGA
pipe clamps and clamp bases, nuclear applications have also been considered.
However, separate fabrication is required in
this case with strict adherence to the LISEGA
quality management system. The type designation hereby differs in the 5th digit by addition of a 5 (see also page 0.7 in this respect).

SELECTION TABLE
OD 21.3

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 21.3 (ND 15), types 42, 43, 45, 49
Type
42 01 17

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
2.5

Type
42 01 19

100
5.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.0 3.0

580

560

600C

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d4 E
10.5 22

A B
43 26

kg
0.14

load
group
C-D

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M10

E
28

B
30

kg
0.3

load
group
C-2

510

530

560

580

600C

3.0

2.2

1.2
2.4

1.8

1.3

d1
12
12
12

E
100
135
135

B
30
30
30

kg
0.5
0.6
0.6

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

B
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
70
70

L
250
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600

kg
2.0
2.3
3.0
3.6
4.2
3.9
5.0
6.1
7.2

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 01 19
43 01 39
43 01 49

Type
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 11
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 31
45 01 31

100
6.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.5 3.0
5.8 5.2 3.5

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
4.4 3.6 2.5
3.7 2.9 2.1
2.7 2.2 1.5
2.1 1.7 1.2
1.9 1.4 1.0
8.0 7.2 4.8 4.2 3.0 1.6
5.9 5.4 3.6 3.1 2.2 1.2
4.7 4.3 2.8 2.5 1.7 0.9
3.9 3.5 2.3 2.0 1.4 0.8

Type
100
49 01 11 1.1
49 01 12 1.6
49 01 25
49 01 35
49 01 45

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510 530
0.8 0.6
1.2 0.9
1.0 0.9 0.6
2.2 1.6 1.4 1.0

560

580

600C

0.6
1.2

0.9

0.6

d1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

E
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

E
61
111
111
161
161

A
100
150
175
175
175

B
40
65
65
90
90

C
225
225
225

H
50
100
100
150
150

kg
0.6
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.3

4.12

SELECTION TABLE
OD 26.9

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 26.9 (ND 20), types 42, 43, 45, 49
Type
42 02 17

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
2.5

Type
42 02 19

100
5.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.0 3.0

510

560

530

580

560

d4 E
10.5 25

600C

580

d2
M10

600C

A B
48 26

kg
0.15

load
group
C-D

E
33

kg
0.3

load
group
C-2

B
30

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 02 19
43 02 39
43 02 49

100
6.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.5 3.0
5.8 5.2 3.5

510

530

560

580

600C

3.0

2.2

1.2
2.4

1.8

1.3

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
45 02 11 4.6 3.7 2.6
45 02 11 3.7 3.0 2.1
45 02 11 2.7 2.2 1.6
45 02 11 2.2 1.7 1.2
45 02 11 1.8 1.4 1.0
45 02 31
8.2 7.4 5.0 4.3 3.1 1.7
45 02 31
6.1 5.5 3.6 3.2 2.3 1.2
45 02 31
4.8 4.3 2.9 2.5 1.8 1.0
45 02 31
4.0 3.6 2.4 2.1 1.5 0.8

Type
49 02 11
49 02 12
49 02 25
49 02 35
49 02 45

4.13

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
1.1 0.8 0.6
1.6 1.2 0.9
1.0 0.9 0.6
2.2 1.6 1.4 1.0

560

580

600C

0.6
1.2

0.9

0.6

E
110
135
135

d1
12
12
12

d1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

E
63
113
113
163
163

E
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

A
100
150
175
175
175

B
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
70
70

B
40
65
65
90
90

B
30
30
30

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

kg
0.5
0.6
0.6

L
250
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600

C
225
225
225

kg
2.0
2.3
3.0
3.6
4.2
3.9
5.0
6.1
7.2

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4

H
50
100
100
150
150

kg
0.6
1.4
1.6
2.1
2.3

SELECTION TABLE
OD 33.7

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 33.7 (ND 25), types 42, 43, 45, 49
Type
42 03 17

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
2.5

Type
42 03 19

100
5.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.0 3.0

560

580

560

d4 E
10.5 32

600C

580

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

530

600C

510

530

560

580

600C

3.0

2.2

1.2
2.8

2.1

1.6

A B
54 26

kg
0.16

load
group
C-D

E
36

B
30

kg
0.4

load
group
C-2

d1
12
12
12

E
120
165
165

B
30
30
40

kg
0.6
0.8
1.1

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

E
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

B
60
60
60
60
60
70
90
70
90
70
90
70
90

L
250
300
400
500
600
300
300
400
400
500
500
600
600

kg
2.4
2.8
3.5
4.3
5.0
3.9
10.1
5.0
12.9
6.1
15.7
7.2
18.6

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4

d2
M10

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 03 19
43 03 39
43 03 49

Type
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 11
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32
45 03 31
45 03 32

100
6.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.5 3.0
5.8 5.2 3.5

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
5.8 4.6 3.3
4.7 3.8 2.7
3.4 2.7 2.0
2.6 2.2 1.5
2.2 1.8 1.3
8.5 7.7 5.1 4.5 3.2 1.7
9.6 8.1 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.4
6.2 5.6 3.7 3.3 2.3 1.3
9.6 8.1 7.8 7.7 7.6 6.5
4.9 4.4 2.9 2.6 1.8 1.0
9.6 8.1 7.8 7.7 7.6 5.1
4.0 3.6 2.4 2.1 1.5 0.8
9.6 8.1 7.8 7.7 7.6 4.2

d1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C E
67
49 03 11 1.1 0.8 0.6
117
49 03 12 1.6 1.2 0.9
167
49 03 25
1.2 1.0 0.7
167
49 03 35
2.5 1.9 1.6 1.2 0.7
49 03 45
1.4 1.1
0.7 167

A
100
150
175
175
175

B
45
70
100
100
100

C
225
225
225

H
50
100
150
150
150

kg
0.7
1.5
2.3
2.3
2.5

4.14

SELECTION TABLE
OD 42.4

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 42.4 (ND 32), types 42, 43, 45, 49
Type
42 04 17

Type
42 04 19

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
2.5

100
5.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.0 3.0

560

560

580

600C

580

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d4 E
10.5 45

A
66

d2
M10

E
40

510

530

600C

510

530

560

580

600C

3.0

2.2

1.2
2.8

2.1

1.6

kg
0.19

load
group
C-D

B kg
30 0.4

load
group
C-2

B
26

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 04 19
43 04 39
43 04 49

Type
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 11
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32
45 04 39
45 04 31
45 04 32

100
6.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.5 3.0
5.8 5.2 3.5

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
9.0 7.2 5.1
6.5 5.2 3.7
5.1 4.0 2.9
4.1 3.3 2.4
5.0 3.4
15 13 9.8 8.7 6.2 3.4
22 19 18 18 15 8.7
5.0 4.7 2.6
11 10 7.5 6.6 4.7 2.6
22 19 18 16 12 6.6
5.0 3.8 2.1
9.3 8.4 6.0 5.3 3.8 2.1
22 19 15 13 9.6 5.3
5.0 4.4 3.1 1.7
7.8 7.0 5.0 4.4 3.1 1.7
19 17 12 11 8.0 4.4

d1
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16

permissible load (kN)

E
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
49 04 11 1.1 0.8 0.6
71
49 04 12 1.6 1.2 0.9
121
49 04 25
171
1.2 1.0 0.7
49 04 35
171
2.5 1.9 1.6 1.2 0.7
49 04 45
1.4 1.1
0.7 171
Type

4.15

d1
12
12
12

E
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30

A
100
150
175
175
175

E
135
180
180

B
70
70
70
70
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100

B
45
70
100
100
100

B
30
30
40

kg
0.7
0.9
1.2

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

L
300
400
500
600
350
350
350
450
450
450
550
550
550
650
650
650

kg
4.2
5.3
6.4
7.5
7.1
7.1
13.3
8.8
8.8
16.4
10.4
10.4
19.5
12.1
12.1
22.7

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

C
225
225
225

H
50
100
150
150
150

kg
0.7
1.6
2.4
2.4
2.6

SELECTION TABLE
OD 48.3

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 48.3 (ND 40), types 42, 43, 45, 49
Type
42 05 17

Type
42 05 19

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
2.5

100
5.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.0 3.0

560

580

600C

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d4 E A
10.5 54 77

B
26

kg
0.25

load
group
C-D

E
45

B
30

kg
0.4

load
group
C-2

E
140
185
185

B
30
30
40

kg
0.7
0.9
1.2

load
group
C-2
C-2
C-2

L
300
400
500
600
350
350
350
450
450
450
550
550
550
650
650
650

kg
4.8
6.1
7.3
8.6
8.2
8.2
16.0
10.1
10.1
19.8
12.0
12.0
23.5
13.9
13.9
27.3

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M10

510

530

560

580

600C

3.0

2.2

1.2
2.8

2.1

1.6

d1
12
12
12

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 05 19
43 05 39
43 05 49

Type
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 11
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32
45 05 39
45 05 31
45 05 32

100
6.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.5 3.0
5.8 5.2 3.5

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
10 8.1 5.8
7.7 5.9 4.2
5.9 4.6 3.3
4.9 3.7 2.7
5.0 4.0
18 16 11 10 7.3 4.0
22 19 18 18 18 10
5.0 3.0
13 12 8.8 7.7 5.5 3.0
22 19 18 18 14 8.1
5.0 4.4 2.4
10 9.8 7.1 6.2 4.4 2.4
22 19 18 16 11 6.5
5.0 3.7 2.0
9 8.2 5.9 5.1 3.7 2.0
22 19 15 13 9.8 5.4

d1
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16

E
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30

permissible load (kN)

E
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
A
49 05 11 1.1 0.8 0.6
74 100
49 05 12 1.6 1.2 0.9
124 150
49 05 25
174 175
1.3 1.1 0.8
49 05 35
174 175
2.9 2.2 1.9 1.4 0.8
49 05 45
174 175
1.5 1.1
0.8
Type

B
80
80
80
80
80
80
120
80
80
120
80
80
120
80
80
120

B
50
75
100
100
100

C
225
225
225

H
50
100
150
150
150

kg
0.8
1.7
2.4
2.4
2.6

4.16

SELECTION TABLE
OD 60.3

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 60.3 (ND 50), types 42, 43, 45, 49
Type
42 06 17

Type
42 06 19

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
2.5

100
7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 4.0

560

580

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d4 E
10.5 75

600C

A
94

B
26

kg
0.27

load
group
C-D

E
55

B
40

kg
0.8

load
group
C-2

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M12

510

530

560

580

600C

4.6

3.3

1.8
4.0

2.9

2.2

d1
12
12
12

E
155
200
200

B
40
50
50

kg
1.2
1.6
2.1

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4

E
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30

B
70
80
70
80
70
80
70
80
100
100
120
100
100
120
100
100
120
100
100
120

L
300
300
400
400
500
500
600
600
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600
700
700
700

kg
4.3
7.3
5.4
9.2
6.5
11.1
7.6
13.0
11.4
11.4
18.0
13.8
13.8
21.8
16.2
16.2
25.6
18.5
18.5
29.3

load
group
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 06 19
43 06 39
43 06 49

Type
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 11
45 06 12
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32
45 06 39
45 06 31
45 06 32

100
7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 4.0
8.7 7.9 5.2

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
9.0 6.7 4.8
24 18 13
6.5 4.8 3.4
17 13 9.4
5.1 3.8 2.7
13 10 7.4
4.1 3.1 2.2
11 8.5 6.1
5.0 4.4
20 17 12 11 7.9 4.4
22 19 18 18 17 9.7
5.0 3.4
15 13 9.9 8.6 6.2 3.4
22 19 18 18 13 7.5
5.0 2.8
12 11 8.1 7.1 5.0 2.8
22 19 17 15 11 6.1
5.0 4.3 2.3
10 9.5 6.8 6.0 4.3 2.3
22 19 15 13 9.3 5.1

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
49 06 11 1.2 0.9 0.7
49 06 12 1.7 1.3 0.9
49 06 25
1.3 1.1 0.8
49 06 35
2.9 2.2 1.9 1.4 0.8
49 06 45
1.8 1.2
0.8
Type

4.17

d1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16

E
80
130
180
180
180

A
B
150 50
200 75
225 110
225 110
225 110

C
285
285
285

H
50
100
150
150
150

kg
1.3
2.4
3.5
3.5
3.8

SELECTION TABLE
OD 73
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 73 (ND 65), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 07 17

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
5

Type
42 07 19

100
7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 4.0

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

580

560

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d4
13

600C

E A
B
95 120 32

kg
0.52

load
group
C-2

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M12

E
60

B
40

kg
0.8

load
group
C-2

510

530

560

580

600C

4.6

3.3

1.8
4.0

2.9

2.2

d1
12
12
12

E
165
215
215

B
40
50
50

kg
1.2
1.8
2.3

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4

E
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30

B
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100

L
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600

load
kg group
6.2 C-D
6.2 1-4
8.8 1-4
7.8 C-D
7.8 1-4
11.1 1-4
9.5 C-D
9.5 1-4
13.5 1-4
11.1 C-D
11.1 1-4
15.8 1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 07 19
43 07 39
43 07 49

100
7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 4.0
8.7 7.9 5.2

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
45 07 19
5.0
45 07 11 17 13 9.2
45 07 12 27 23
16
45 07 19
5.0
45 07 11 14 10 7.5
45 07 12 22 16
11
45 07 19
5.0
45 07 11 11 8.3 6.0
45 07 12 17 12 9.1
45 07 19
5.0 4.7
45 07 11 9.0 6.6 4.7
45 07 12 13 10 7.3
permissible load (kN)
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
4. 07 31
4
16 15 11 10 7
4. 07 32
21 20 15 13 10 6
4. 07 33
43 35 26 23 17 10
4. 07 41
4
7
5
4. 07 42
6
11 8
4. 07 43
18 13 10

d3
21
21
25
21
21
25

d1
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16

EK ER
15 70
25 75
30 100
15 70
25 85
30 115

min.
350
350
350
350
350
350

L
kg
max. min. max.
750
8 14
750
9 17
750 12 25
750
7 15
750
9 19
750 11 26

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5
C-4
C-4
3-5

 Type 46

 Type 48

36

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 12% less..

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500
49 07 11 1.2 0.9 0.7
49 07 12 1.7 1.3 0.9
49 07 25
1.7 1.4 1.0
49 07 35
4.3 3.3
49 07 45

510 530 560 580 600C

2.9

2.1

1.2
2.4

1.7

1.2

E
87
137
187
187
187

A
150
200
225
225
225

B
55
80
110
110
110

C
285
285
285

H
50
100
150
150
150

kg
1.5
2.6
3.7
3.7
3.9

4.18

SELECTION TABLE
OD 76.1

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 76.1 (ND 65), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 08 17

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
5

Type
42 08 19

100
7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 4.0

560

580

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

d4
13

600C

A B
E
95 120 32

kg
0.54

load
group
C-2

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M12

E
60

B
40

kg
0.9

load
group
C-2

510

530

560

580

600C

4.6

3.3

1.8
4.0

2.9

2.2

d1
12
12
12

E
165
215
215

B
40
50
50

kg
1.2
1.8
2.3

load
group
C-4
C-4
C-4

L
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
600
600
600

kg
6.6
6.6
9.3
8.2
8.2
11.6
9.9
9.9
14.0
11.5
11.5
16.3

load
group
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 08 19
43 08 39
43 08 49

100
7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 4.0
8.7 7.9 5.2

permissible load (kN)

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
45 08 19
5.0
45 08 11 17 13 9.2
45 08 12 27 23 16
45 08 19
5.0
45 08 11 14 10 7.5
45 08 12 22 16 11
45 08 19
5.0
45 08 11 11 8.3 6.0
45 08 12 17 12 9.1
45 08 19
5.0 4.7
45 08 11 9.0 6.6 4.7
45 08 12 13 10 7.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

36

permissible load (kN)

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3
4. 08 31
4
16 15 11 10 7
21
4. 08 32
21 20 15 13 10 6
21
4. 08 33
43 35 26 23 17 10
25
4. 08 41
4
5
7
21
4. 08 42
6
11 8
21
4. 08 43
10 25
18 13

d1
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16

E
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30

B
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100

L
kg
load
EK ER min. max. min. max. group
C-4
15 70 350 750
8 14
C-4
25 75 350 750
10 17
3-5
30 100 350 750
14 25
C-4
15 70 350 750
7 15
C-4
25 85 350 750
9 19
3-5
30 115 350 750
13 27

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 14% less.

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500
49 08 11 1.2 0.9 0.7
49 08 12 1.7 1.3 0.9
49 08 25
1.7 1.4 1.0
49 08 35
4.3 3.3
49 08 45

4.19

510 530 560 580 600C

2.9

2.1

1.2
2.4

1.7

1.2

E
88
138
188
188
188

A
150
200
225
225
225

B
55
80
110
110
110

C
285
285
285

H
50
100
150
150
150

kg
1.5
2.6
3.7
3.7
4.0

SELECTION TABLE
OD 88.9

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 88.9 (ND 80), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 09 17

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530
5.0

Type
42 09 19

100
6.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.5 3.5

510

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

580

560

530

560

d4 E A
B
13 100 121 32

600C

580

kg
0.60

load
group
C-2

E
70

B
40

kg
1.0

load
group
C-2

d1
12
16
12
16
12

E
170
170
235
235
235

B
40
40
50
50
50

kg
1.4
1.4
1.9
1.9
2.5

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-4

E
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30
25
30
30

B
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100
70
70
100

L
300
300
300
450
450
450
600
600
600
750
750
750

d2
M12

600C

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
100
43 09 18
43 09 19 7.5
43 09 38
43 09 39
43 09 49

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
2.5
5.5 4.0
8.7

7.9

5.2

510

530

560

580

600C

4.6

2.5
3.3

1.8
1.8
4.0

2.9

2.2

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
45 09 19
5.0
45 09 11 17 13 9.5
45 09 12 27 23 16
45 09 19
5.0
45 09 11 12 8.9 6.4
45 09 12 19 14 10
45 09 19
5.0
45 09 11 9.0 6.6 4.7
45 09 12 13 10 7.3
45 09 19
5.0 3.7
45 09 11 7.1 5.2 3.7
45 09 12 10 7.9 5.6
permissible load (kN)
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3
21
4. 0931
4
16 15 11 10 7
21
4. 09 32
21 20 15 13 10 6
25
4. 09 33
43 35 26 23 17 10
21
4. 09 41
4
7
5
21
4. 09 42
6
11 8
4. 09 43
10 25
19 13
Type

EK
15
25
35
15
25
35

d1
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16
12
16
16

ER
75
85
100
75
100
105

load
kg group
6.7 C-D
6.7 1-4
9.4 1-4
9.1 C-D
9.1 1-4
12.9 1-4
11.6 C-D
11.6 1-4
16.5 1-4
14.1 C-D
14.1 1-4
20.0 1-4

L
kg
load
min. max. min. max. group
C-4
9 19
350 850
C-4
9 25
350 850
3-5
350 850 13 32
C-4
8 18
350 850
C-4
9 24
350 850
3-5
350 850 12 35

 Type 46

 Type 48

36

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 15% less.

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 09 11 1.8 1.4 1.0
49 09 12 2.5 1.9 1.3
49 09 25
2.3 1.9 1.4
49 09 35
5.2 3.9
49 09 45
Type

510 530 560 580 600C

3.4

2.5

1.5
2.9

2.2

1.5

E
94
144
244
244
244

A
150
200
275
275
275

B
60
85
145
145
145

C
335
335
335

H
50
100
200
200
200

kg
2.3
3.8
5.4
5.6
5.7

4.20

SELECTION TABLE
OD 108

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 108 (ND 100), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Type
100
42 10 19 10

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 6.0

510

530

560

580

E
90

d2
M16

600C

B
50

kg
2.0

load
group
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
100
43 10 19 10
43 10 29
43 10 38
43 10 39
43 10 49

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 6.0
2.9 1.8
11

10

7.1

510

530

560

580

600C

6.2

2.5
4.3

2.4
2.4
6.0

4.4

3.3

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
45 10 19
5.0
45 10 11 17 13 9.7
45 10 19
5.0
45 10 11 12 9.3 6.7
45 10 19
5.0
45 10 11 9.4 7.0 5.0
45 10 19
5.0 4.0
45 10 11 7.5 5.6 4.0
 Type 46

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 10 12 18 14 10
4. 10 31
21 20 17 15
4. 10 32
36 30 23 20
4. 10 33
62 50 40 35
4. 10 41
4. 10 42
4. 10 43

 Type 48

530 560 580 600C d3

25
11 6
21
15 8
25
25 15
34
6
8
11
21
8
14 10
25
24 18 15 34

EK
5
15
25
35
15
25
35

d1
16
12
12
16
16

d1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16

E
200
240
270
270
270

E
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30

B
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

load
group
1-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

B
50
40
50
50
70

kg
2.5
1.3
3.0
3.0
4.1

L
350
350
500
500
650
650
800
800

load
kg group
8.4 C-D
8.4 1-4
11.2 C-D
11.2 1-4
14.0 C-D
14.0 1-4
16.9 C-D
16.9 1-4

L
kg
load
ER min. max. min. max. group
70 350 800
9 18
3-5
85 350 950 10 26
C-4
85 350 950 15 36
3-5
120 350 950 17 46
3-6
100 350 950 10 28
C-4
110 350 950 14 36
3-5
130 350 950 18 53
3-6

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 16% less.

51

permissible load (kN)

Type
100 250 350 450 500
49 10 11 2.3 1.8 1.3
49 10 12 3.2 2.4 1.8
49 10 25
3.1 2.7 2.0
49 10 35
5.4 4.8
49 10 45

4.21

510 530 560 580 600C

4.1

3.1

1.8
3.3

2.4

1.8

E
154
204
254
254
254

A
150
200
275
275
275

C
B
95 125 150 345
150 345
150 345

H
100
150
200
200
200

kg
4.0
6.3
7.9
8.1
8.2

SELECTION TABLE
OD 114.3

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 114.3 (ND 100), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 11 19

100
10

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 6.0

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M16

510

530

560

580

600C

6.2

2.5
4.3

2.4
2.4
6.0

4.4

3.3

d1
16
12
12
16
16

E
90

B
50

kg
2.1

load
group
1-4

E
200
240
270
270
270

B
50
40
50
50
70

kg
2.6
1.5
3.0
3.0
4.2

load
group
1-4
C-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

B
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

L
350
350
500
500
650
650
800
800

kg
8.7
8.7
11.5
11.5
14.3
14.3
17.2
17.2

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

100
Type
43 11 19 10
43 11 29
43 11 38
43 11 39
43 11 49

Type
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11
45 11 19
45 11 11

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 6.0
2.9 1.8
11

10

7.1

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
5.0
17 13 9.7
5.0
12 9.3 6.7
5.0
9.4 7.0 5.0
5.0 4.0
7.5 5.6 4.0

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 1112 18 14 10
4. 11 31
21 20 17 15
4. 11 32
36 30 23 20
4. 11 33
62 50 40 35
4. 11 41
4. 11 42
4. 11 43
Type

530 560 580 600C d3

25
11 6
21
15 8
25
25 15
34
11 8
6
21
14 10
8
25
24 18 15 34

EK
5
15
25
35
15
25
35

d1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16

ER
70
85
85
120
100
110
130

E
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30

L
kg
load
min. max. min. max. group
9 18
350 800
3-5
350 950 10 28
C-4
350 950 15 36
3-5
350 950 18 47
3-6
350 950 10 29
C-4
350 950 15 36
3-5
350 950 19 53
3-6

 Type 46

 Type 48

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 17% less.

51

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 11 11 2.3 1.8 1.3
49 11 12 3.2 2.4 1.8
49 11 25
3.1 2.7 2.0
49 11 35
5.4 4.8
49 11 45
Type

510 530 560 580 600C

4.1

3.1

1.8
3.3

2.4

1.8

E
157
207
257
257
257

A
150
200
275
275
275

B
95
125
150
150
150

C
345
345
345

H
100
150
200
200
200

kg
4.1
6.4
7.9
8.1
8.3

4.22

SELECTION TABLE
OD 133

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 133 (ND 125), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
Type
100
42 13 19 10

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 5.6

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

530

560

580

600C

E
d2
M16 100

B
50

kg
2.2

load
group
1-4

510

530

560

580

600C

6.5

4.7

2.5
2.6
6.0

4.4

3.3

d1
16
12
16
12
16
16

E
220
270
270
290
290
290

B
50
50
50
60
60
70

kg
2.8
2.3
2.3
3.9
3.9
5.6

load
group
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

E
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30

B
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90

L
400
400
550
550
700
700
850
850

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

100
Type
43 13 19 10
43 13 28
43 13 29
43 13 38
43 13 39
43 13 49

Type
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11
45 13 19
45 13 11

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 6.0
2.5
4.6 2.8
12

11

7.5

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
5.0
18 14 10
5.0
13 9.7 6.9
5.0
9.9 7.4 5.3
5.0 4.2
8.0 5.9 4.2

d1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16

load
kg group
10.7 C-D
10.7 1-4
13.9 C-D
13.9 1-4
17.1 C-D
17.1 1-4
20.2 C-D
20.2 1-4

 Type 46

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 13 12 22 18 13
4. 13 31
23 20 20 17
4. 13 32
37 35 26 23
4. 13 33
65 55 45 40
4. 13 41
4. 13 42
4. 13 43
Type

 Type 48

530 560 580 600C d3

25
21
12 7
25
17 10
34
29 17
21
12 9
7
25
18 13 10
34
31 23 17

EK
10
15
30
40
15
30
40

ER
70
95
100
130
105
115
145

510 530 560 580 600C

E
167
217
267
267
267

L
min. max.
400 850
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000

kg
load
min. max. group
12 22
3-5
13 35
C-4
17 42
3-5
26 57
4-6
13 34
C-4
18 45
3-5
26 67
4-6

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 18% less.

51

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 13 11 2.5 2.0 1.4
49 13 12 3.8 3.0 2.0
4.5 3.7 2.7
49 13 25
8.6 6.5
49 13 35
49 13 45
Type

4.23

5.7

4.2

2.4
4.4

3.3

2.4

A
150
200
275
275
275

B
105
130
160
160
160

C
350
350
350

H
100
150
200
200
200

kg
5.3
8.3
9.6
9.8
9.7

SELECTION TABLE
OD 139.7
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 139.7 (ND 125), types 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49
100
Type
42 14 19 10

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.4 5.3

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

530

560

580

600C

E
d2
B
M16 105 50

kg
2.4

load
group
1-4

510

530

560

580

600C

6.5

4.7

2.5
2.6
6.0

4.4

3.3

d1
16
12
16
12
16
16

E
225
275
275
295
295
295

B
50
50
50
60
60
70

kg
2.9
2.5
2.5
4.1
4.1
5.7

load
group
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
1-4

E
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30

B
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90

L
400
400
550
550
700
700
850
850

kg
11.1
11.1
14.3
14.3
17.5
17.5
20.6
20.6

load
group
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4
C-D
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
100
43 14 19 10
43 14 28
43 14 29
43 14 38
43 14 39
43 14 49

Type
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11
45 14 19
45 14 11

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.6 6.0
2.5
4.6 2.8
12

11

7.5

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
5.0
18 14 10
5.0
13 9.7 6.9
5.0
9.9 7.4 5.3
5.0 4.2
8.0 5.9 4.2

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 14 12 22 17 12
4. 14 31
23 20 20 17
4. 14 32
37 35 26 23
4. 14 33
65 55 45 40
4. 14 41
4. 14 42
4. 14 43
Type

530 560 580 600C d3

25
12 7
21
17 10
25
29 17
34
12 9
7
21
18 13 10 25
31 23 17 34

EK
10
15
30
40
15
30
40

d1
12
16
12
16
12
16
12
16

ER
70
95
100
130
105
115
145

L
min. max.
400 850
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000
400 1000

kg
load
min. max. group
3-5
11 24
C-4
13 35
3-5
20 41
4-6
24 57
C-4
14 35
3-5
20 47
4-6
26 66

 Type 46

 Type 48

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

51

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 14 11 2.5 2.0 1.4
49 14 12 3.8 3.0 2.0
49 14 25
4.5 3.7 2.7
49 14 35
8.6 6.5
49 14 45
Type

510 530 560 580 600C

5.7

4.2

2.4
4.4

3.3

2.4

E
170
220
270
270
270

A
150
200
275
275
275

B
105
130
160
160
160

C
350
350
350

H
100
150
200
200
200

kg
5.5
8.5
9.7
9.8
9.8

4.24

SELECTION TABLE
OD 159

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 159 (ND 150), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
Type
100
42 16 19 9.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
6.6 4.8

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
E
B
M16 115 50

kg
2.5

load
group
1-4

510

530

560

580

600C

10

7.5

4.2
8.2

6.1

4.5

d1
16
16
16
16

E
245
300
315
315

kg
3.1
3.4
6.9
8.4

load
group
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4

kg
min. max.
12 23
13 33
16 35
20 48
30 72
17 38
22 51
33 80

load
group
C-4
3-5
C-4
3-5
4-6
C-4
3-5
4-6

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

100
Type
43 16 19 10
43 16 29
43 16 39
43 16 49

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.5
5.4
7.5 5.5 3.5
12
15 14

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 16 11 18 14 10
4. 16 12 28 22 16
23 20 19 17
4. 16 31
46 40 31 27
4. 16 32
75 58 53 46
4. 16 33
4. 16 41
4. 16 42
4. 16 43
Type

 Type 46

530 560 580 600C d3

21
25
21
13 7
25
20 11
34
34 20
21
7
12 9
25
11
19 14
35 26 20 34

EK
15
15
25
40
50
25
40
50

ER
90
85
100
120
150
110
130
165

510 530 560 580 600C

E
180
230
280
280
280

L
min. max.
450 900
450 900
450 1050
450 1050
450 1050
450 1050
450 1050
450 1050

B
50
50
80
80

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 16% less.

 Type 48

63

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 16 11 2.5 2.0 1.4
49 16 14 4.4 3.7 3.5
5.6 5.2 3.8
49 16 25
9.1
12
49 16 35
49 16 45
Type

4.25

8.0

5.9

3.4
6.4

4.8

3.4

A
200
250
320
320
320

B
115
140
170
170
170

C
340
395
400
400

kg
H
100 6.7
150 9.8
200 11.0
200 12.3
200 12.4

SELECTION TABLE
OD 168.3
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 168.3 (ND 150), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
100
Type
42 17 19 8.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
6.3 4.5

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

530

560

580

600C

E
d2
B
M16 120 50

kg
2.6

load
group
1-4

510

530

560

580

600C

10

7.5

4.2
8.2

6.1

4.5

d1
16
16
16
16

E
250
300
320
320

kg
3.2
3.6
7.3
8.5

load
group
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
100
43 17 19 9.5
43 17 29
43 17 39
43 17 49

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7.2
5.1
8.0 7.3 4.5
12
15 14

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 1711 18 14 10
4. 17 12 28 22 16
23 20 19 17
4. 17 31
46 40 31 27
4. 17 32
75 58 53 46
4. 17 33
4. 17 41
4. 17 42
4. 17 43
Type

530 560 580 600C d3

21
25
13 7
21
20 11
25
34 20
34
7
12 9
21
11 25
19 14
35 26 20 34

EK
15
15
25
40
50
25
40
50

L
ER min. max.
90 450 900
85 450 900
100 450 1050
120 450 1050
150 450 1050
110 450 1050
130 450 1050
165 450 1050

B
50
50
80
80

kg
load
min. max. group
C-4
12 23
3-5
17 33
C-4
16 38
3-5
22 50
4-6
31 72
C-4
17 39
3-5
23 53
4-6
34 81

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

 Type 46

 Type 48

63

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 17 11 2.5 2.0 1.4
49 17 14 4.7 4.0 3.8
5.7 5.2 3.8
49 17 25
12 9.1
49 17 35
49 17 45
Type

510 530 560 580 600C

8.0

5.9

3.4
6.5

4.9

3.4

E
184
234
284
284
284

A
200
250
320
320
320

B
120
150
170
170
170

C
340
395
400
400

H
100
150
200
200
200

kg
6.9
10.1
11.1
12.4
12.5

4.26

SELECTION TABLE
OD 193.7

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 193.7 (ND 175), types 42, 43, 46, 48, 49
100
Type
42 19 19 7.1

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.5 3.9

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

530

560

580

600C

E
d2
B
M16 135 50

510

530

560

580

600C

8.5
16

8.0
13

6.0
7.2
13

10

7.5

d1
16
16
16
20
20

kg
2.9

load
group
1-4

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

100
Type
43 19 19 12
43 19 29
43 19 38
43 19 39
43 19 49

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.1
6.5
6.0 3.7
10 9.5 9.0
18
22 20

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4. 1911 24 19 13
4. 19 12 37 29 21
4. 19 21
25 22 16
4. 19 22
40 34 25
4. 19 31
15
4. 19 32
28 25
4. 19 33
39 34
4. 19 34
71 58
4. 19 41
4. 19 42
4. 19 43
4. 19 44
Type

 Type 46

 Type 48

d3
21
25
21
25
21
25
25
41
21
25
25
41

EK
15
20
15
30
25
30
40
50
25
30
40
50

ER
80
90
100
110
110
110
130
160
115
130
140
160

510 530 560 580 600C

E
197
247
297
347
347

530 560 580 600C

10
18
25
43

6
10
14
25
10
17
24
45

8
13
18
33

6
10
14
25

E
270
335
355
355
355

L
min. max.
500 950
500 950
500 1000
500 1000
550 1150
550 1150
550 1150
550 1150
550 1150
550 1150
550 1150
550 1150

B
kg
50 4.7
50 4.2
70 10.8
70 10.8
100 15.4

load
group
1-5
1-5
1-3
3-6
3-6

kg
load
min. max. group
14 28
C-4
18 41
3-5
18 39
C-4
24 52
3-5
19 41
C-4
27 55
3-5
35 64
3-5
49 98
4-7
20 42
C-4
28 58
3-5
37 78
3-5
54 109 4-7

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 19% less.

63

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
49 19 13 4.4 3.8 3.6
49 19 14 7.1 6.1 5.8
8.2 6.9 5.0
49 19 25
12
16
49 19 35
49 19 45
Type

4.27

11

7.7

4.5
9.1

6.8

4.5

A
250
250
320
320
320

B
130
150
180
200
200

C
345
350
400
415
415

H
100
150
200
250
250

kg
9.3
12.1
13.6
19.0
18.7

SELECTION TABLE
OD 219.1

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 219.1 (ND 200), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 22 19

100
7.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.2 3.7

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

E
d2
M16 145

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
16

510

530

560

580

600C

9
23
35

8
18
29

5
11
17
9
19
33

6
14
24

5
11
17

kg
3.1

load
group
1-4

B
50
50

kg
5.0
5.6

load
group
1-5
1-5

B
75
95
95
120
98
100
130

kg
9
9
13
22
10
15
24

load
group
3-6
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

B
50

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 22 19
43 22 29

Type
44 22 12
44 22 31
44 22 32
44 22 33
44 22 41
44 22 42
44 22 43

100
12

100
29

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.1 6.5
9.0 8.0 5.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
23
18
9
10
24
26
29
38
45
53

51

d3
34
21
34
46
21
34
46

E
295
365

E
275
375
375
375
375
375
375

 Type 46

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4.2211 24 18 13
4. 22 12 42 32 23
4. 22 21
33 31 22
4. 22 22
47 42 31
4. 22 31
15
4. 22 32
36 31
4. 22 33
51 42
4. 22 34
88 72
4. 22 41
4. 22 42
4. 22 43
4. 22 44
Type

530 560 580 600C

10
23
31
53

6
13
18
31
10
23
32
55

8
17
24
41

6
13
18
31

d3
21
25
25
34
21
25
41
46
21
25
41
46

EK
15
25
35
40
25
40
50
60
25
40
50
60

ER
105
110
120
150
130
150
170
200
130
155
185
200

L
min. max.
500 1100
500 1100
500 1200
500 1200
550 1350
550 1350
550 1350
550 1350
550 1350
550 1350
550 1350
550 1350

kg
load
min. max. group
16 38 C-4
23 53 3-5
26 60 3-5
31 72 4-6
21 50 C-4
36 79 3-5
44 101 4-7
65 142 5-8
22 55 C-4
39 94 3-5
48 115 4-7
70 167 5-8

 Type 48

79

 Weights for Type 46 - for Type 48 approx. 18% less.

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C E
A
210 250
49 22 13 6.8 5.9 5.6
260 250
49 22 14 10 8.6 8.2
360 320
6.5
9.5 8.9
49 22 25
360 320
15 13 10 5.8
20
49 22 35
10 8.1
5.8 360 320
49 22 45
Type

B
130
155
210
210
210

C
350
365
400
415
415

H
100
150
250
250
250

kg
10.6
14.1
16.6
19.7
20.0

4.28

SELECTION TABLE
OD 244.5

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps. clamp bases, OD 244.5 (ND 225), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 24 19

100
6.3

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.7 3.4

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M16

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
16

510

530

560

580

600C

8.5
23
35

8
18
29

5
11
17
9
18
33

6
14
24

5
11
17

kg
3.3

load
group
1-4

B
50
50

kg
6.1
5.8

load
group
1-5
1-5

B
75
80
95
95
120
98
100
130

kg
9
12
10
14
23
11
16
25

load
group
3-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

B
50

E
160

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 24 19
43 24 29

Type
44 24 12
44 24 13
44 24 31
44 24 32
44 24 33
44 24 41
44 24 42
44 24 43

100
12

100
20
38

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
11 8.4
9.0 8.0 5.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
16
12
35
29
9.5 9.0
30
26
24
52
45
38

51

E
310
390

d3
34
46
21
34
46
21
34
46

E
300
330
390
390
390
390
390
390

min.
500
500
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
550

L
max.
1100
1100
1200
1200
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350

 Type 46

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510
4.2411 30 23 17
4. 24 12 50 40 28
4. 24 21
38 34 24
4. 24 22
53 45 34
17
4. 24 31
40 34
4. 24 32
56 46
4. 24 33
96 80
4. 24 34
4. 24 41
4. 24 42
4. 24 43
4. 24 44
Type

 Type 48

79
64

530 560 580 600C d3

25
34
25
34
7
12
25
24 14
25
34 20
41
58 34
46
12
9
7 25
25 18 14 25
36 27 20 41
61 46 34 46

EK
25
35
40
45
30
45
50
60
30
45
50
60

ER
100
120
130
150
110
150
160
180
120
150
160
190

kg
min. max.
20 46
27 60
30 66
39 77
25 59
40 85
51 111
73 155
26 61
43 101
54 125
78 180

load
group
3-5
4-6
3-5
4-6
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 22% less.

permissible
100 250 350
49 24 13 7.0 6.0 5.6
49 24 14 11 9.7 9.2
13
49 24 25
49 24 35
49 24 45
Type

4.29

load (kN)
450 500

12
27

8.5
20

510 530 560 580 600C

18

13

7.5
15

11

7.5

E
222
272
372
372
372

A
250
250
320
320
320

B
130
170
220
220
220

C
350
365
410
420
420

H
100
150
250
250
250

kg
11.1
15.5
20.5
24.2
24.6

SELECTION TABLE
OD 267

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 267 (ND 250), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 26 19

100
6.6

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.9 3.5

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M20

E
175

B
60

kg
4.6

load
group
3-4

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24
24

E
340
340
410

B
70
70
70

kg
12.0
12.0
10.5

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

510

530

560

580

600C

8
21
35

8
17
29

5
11
18
8
20
33

6
15
24

5
11
18

B
75
110
95
95
120
104
115
130

kg
10
20
10
15
24
13
19
26

load
group
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 26 18
43 26 19
43 26 29

100
9.3
29

Type
44 26 12
44 26 13
44 26 31
44 26 32
44 26 33
44 26 41
44 26 42
44 26 43

100
26
59

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
18
14
11 7.5

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
21
16
54
42
9 8.5
23 22
47
40 38

49

d3
34
46
21
34
46
21
34
46

E
340
360
425
425
425
425
425
425

 Type 46

permissible load (kN)

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3
25
4.2611 35 28 20
34
4. 26 12 53 41 30
40 36 26
25
4. 26 21
54 50 36
34
4. 26 22
20 15
8
25
4. 26 31
41 35 25 15
25
4. 26 32
59 49 36 21
41
4. 26 33
100 84 61 36
46
4. 26 34
8
14 10
25
4. 26 41
27 20 15
25
4. 26 42
38 28 21
41
4. 26 43
65 49 36
46
4. 26 44
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 20% less.

permissible
100 250 350
Type
49 26 13 8.5 7.3 6.9
49 26 14 16 14 13
15
49 26 25
49 26 35
49 26 45

load (kN)
450 500

14
32

10
24

EK
35
45
45
50
30
50
50
70
30
50
50
70

510 530 560 580 600C

21

15

9.0
17

13

L
ER min. max.
105 550 1150
130 550 1150
140 600 1300
150 600 1300
120 600 1400
150 600 1400
160 600 1400
185 600 1400
140 600 1400
175 600 1400
165 600 1400
205 600 1400

E
234
284
384
384
384

A
250
260
350
350
350

B
160
170
225
225
225

kg
load
min. max. group
24 55 3-5
30 67 4-6
35 75 3-5
43 94 4-6
35 67 3-5
48 96 3-5
57 121 4-7
84 173 5-8
36 75 3-5
51 112 3-5
65 138 4-7
92 201 5-8

C
360
395
450
460
460

H
100
150
250
250
250

 Type 48

92
80

kg
14.7
20.4
24.4
28.2
28.4

4.30

SELECTION TABLE
OD 273

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 273 (ND 250), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 27 19

100
6.4

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.7 3.4

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M20

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24
24

510

530

560

580

600C

8.5
22
35

8
18
29

5
11
18
8
20
33

6
15
24

5
11
18

E
180

kg
4.7

load
group
3-4

B
70
70
70

kg
12.5
12.5
11.0

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

B
75
110
95
95
120
104
115
130

kg
10
20
10
16
25
13
19
27

load
group
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8
C-4
4-6
5-8

B
60

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 27 18
43 27 19
43 27 29

100
9.3
29

Type
44 27 12
44 27 13
44 27 31
44 27 32
44 27 33
44 27 41
44 27 42
44 27 43

100
26
59

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
18
14
13 8.8

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
21
16
54
42
9 8.5
25 23
48
40 38

49

d3
34
46
21
34
46
21
34
46

E
340
340
415

E
340
360
425
425
425
425
425
425

 Type 46

 Type 48

92
80

permissible load (kN)

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530
4.2711 35 28 20
4. 27 12 53 42 30
41 36 26
4. 27 21
54 50 36
4. 27 22
20 15
4. 27 31
41 35 25
4. 27 32
59 49 36
4. 27 33
100 84 61
4. 27 34
4. 27 41
4. 27 42
4. 27 43
4. 27 44
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx.

Type
49 27 13
49 27 14
49 27 25
49 27 35
49 27 45

4.31

560 580 600C d3

25
34
25
34
8
25
15
25
21
41
36
46
14 10
8
25
27 20 15 25
38 28 21 41
65 49 36 46

EK
35
45
45
50
30
50
50
70
30
50
50
70

L
ER min. max.
105 550 1150
130 550 1150
140 600 1300
150 600 1300
120 600 1400
150 600 1400
160 600 1400
185 600 1400
140 600 1400
175 600 1400
165 600 1400
205 600 1400

kg
load
min. max. group
27 57 3-5
33 70 4-6
37 76 3-5
47 95 4-6
36 68 3-5
48 96 3-5
58 122 4-7
90 175 5-8
37 76 3-5
52 113 3-5
66 139 4-7
96 206 5-8

22% less.

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
8.5 7.3 6.9
16 14 13
15 14 10
32 24 21 15 9.0
17 11
9

E
237
287
387
387
387

A
250
260
350
350
350

B
160
170
225
225
225

C
360
395
450
460
460

H
100
150
250
250
250

kg
14.8
20.5
24.5
28.3
28.7

SELECTION TABLE
OD 323.9

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 323.9 (ND 300), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 32 19

100
5.7

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
4.2 3.0

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

kg
5.3

load
group
3-4

B
80
80
70

kg
16.0
16.0
15.0

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

E
375
390
470
470
470
470
470
470

B
70
115
110
115
160
115
130
170

kg
17
28
19
27
47
22
31
52

load
group
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8

max.
1200
1200
1200
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400

kg
load
min. max. group
57 3-5
30
75 4-6
40
94 5-7
52
72 3-5
43
58 107 4-6
75 128 5-8
90 3-5
52
79 136 4-7
91 167 5-8
108 192 5-8
149 240 6-9
56 107 3-5
84 155 4-7
99 192 5-8
117 226 5-8
156 271 6-9

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M20

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24
24

E
375
375
440

510

530

560

580

600C

19
32
54

17
27
47

10
17
29
20
33
55

15
24
41

10
17
29

d3
46
51
25
41
46
25
41
46

E
205

B
60

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
22
16
18
17
11

Type
43 32 18
43 32 19
43 32 29

100
9.3
30

Type
44 32 12
44 32 13
44 32 31
44 32 32
44 32 33
44 32 41
44 32 42
44 32 43

100
37
70

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
32
23
60
50
21
20
37
35
70
60
58

59

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
23 17
42 30
62 46
27 20
60 51 37
83 70 51
28
63 51
85 69
110 95
145 119

Type 100
530
4.3211 30
4. 32 12 53
4. 32 13 84
4. 32 21
4. 32 22
4. 32 23
4. 32 31
21
4. 32 32
38
4. 32 33
51
4. 32 34
70
4. 32 35
88
4. 32 41
4. 32 42
4. 32 43
4. 32 44
4. 32 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx.

permissible
Type
100 250 350
49 32 13 13 11 10
49 32 14 20 17 16
49 32 25
20
49 32 35
49 32 45

load (kN)
450 500

18
35

13
32

560 580 600C d3

25
34
41
25
34
46
12
25
22
41
30
46
39
46
51
51
21 16 12 25
40 29 22 41
54 40 30 46
70 53 39 46
93 70 51 51

EK
35
40
55
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

ER
120
140
135
120
150
160
150
180
195
205
200
165
180
210
225
235

min.
600
600
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
800
700
700
700
700
800

 Type 46

 Type 48

118
93

22% less.

510 530 560 580 600C

28

21

12
22

16

12

E
262
362
412
412
412

A
250
260
350
350
350

B
180
225
245
250
250

C
375
395
450
460
460

H
100
200
250
250
250

kg
18.1
27.8
27.0
31.3
32.5

4.32

SELECTION TABLE
OD 355.6

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 355.6 (ND 350), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 36 19

100
5.3

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
3.9 2.8

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M20

E
220

B
60

kg
5.7

load
group
3-4

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24
24

E
390
390
470

B
90
90
90

kg
19.0
19.0
20.5

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

510

530

560

580

600C

19
35
54

17
28
47

10
17
29
20
33
55

15
24
42

10
17
29

B
75
115
110
120
160
115
130
170

kg
20
30
21
31
49
24
32
55

load
group
6-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 36 18
43 36 19
43 36 29

Type
44 36 12
44 36 13
44 36 31
44 36 32
44 36 33
44 36 41
44 36 42
44 36 43

100
9.3
31

100
44
70

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
23
16
22
20
13

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
38
28
60
53
21
20
39
37
70
60
58

59

d3
46
51
25
41
46
25
41
46

E
400
420
485
485
485
485
485
485

 Type 46

 Type 48

118
93

permissible load (kN)

Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530
4.3611 37 29 21
4. 36 12 66 50 38
4. 36 13 93 73 53
24 17
4. 36 21
33 24
4. 36 22
75 65 47
4. 36 23
94 80 59
4. 36 24
24 17
4. 36 31
32 24
4. 36 32
67 56 41
4. 36 33
113 95 69
4. 36 34
166 135 100
4. 36 35
4. 36 41
4. 36 42
4. 36 43
4. 36 44
4. 36 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx.

permissible
Type
100 250 350
49 36 13 22 19 18
49 36 14 27 23 22
49 36 25
26
49 36 35
49 36 45

4.33

load (kN)
450 500

23
45

17
41

L
560 580 600C d3
34
34
46
25
34
41
51
10
25
14
34
24
41
40
46
59
51
18 13 10 25
25 19 14 34
43 32 24 41
72 54 40 46
107 80 59 51

EK
35
40
60
30
40
40
45
40
50
60
60
70
40
50
60
60
70

ER
120
130
145
115
140
155
160
135
160
180
205
230
155
170
190
240
245

min.
700
700
700
700
700
800
800
700
700
800
800
800
700
700
800
800
800

max.
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500

kg
load
min. max. group
72 4-6
43
53 100 4-6
67 120 6-8
73 3-5
38
95 4-6
58
85 135 5-7
95 155 6-9
92 3-5
52
64 118 4-6
94 160 4-7
124 228 5-8
177 290 6-9
56 103 3-5
68 130 4-6
105 184 4-7
137 254 5-8
188 339 6-9

23% less.

510 530 560 580 600C

36

26

15
28

21

15

E
278
378
428
478
478

A
300
300
400
400
400

B
230
235
260
280
280

C
440
455
510
525
525

H
100
200
250
300
300

kg
26
35
34
44
46

SELECTION TABLE
OD 368

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 368 (ND 350), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 37 19

100
5.1

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
3.9 2.8

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M20

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24
24

E
395
395
475

B
90
90
90

510

530

560

580

600C

19
35
54

17
28
47

10
18
29
20
33
55

15
24
42

10
18
29

d3
46
51
25
41
46
25
41
46

E
400
420
490
490
490
490
490
490

B
75
115
110
120
160
115
130
170

B
60

E
225

kg
5.8

load
group
3-4

kg
18.5
18.5
20.5

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

kg
20
31
21
31
50
24
33
55

load
group
6-8
6-9
3-5
5-7
5-8
3-5
5-7
5-8

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 37 18
43 37 19
43 37 29

100
9.3
30

Type
44 37 12
44 37 13
44 37 31
44 37 32
44 37 33
44 37 41
44 37 42
44 37 43

100
44
70

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
22
16
22
20
13

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
38
27
60
53
21
20
39
37
71
60
58

59

L
kg
permissible load (kN)
load
250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3 EK ER min. max. min. max. group
73 4-6
29 21
34 35 120 700 1300 45
50 38
34 40 130 700 1300 55 100 4-6
72 53
46 60 145 700 1300 68 122 6-8
75 3-5
24 17
25 30 115 700 1400 39
89 4-6
33 24
34 40 140 700 1400 50
75 65 47
41 40 155 800 1400 80 138 5-7
94 80 59
46 45 160 800 1400 97 157 6-8
93 3-5
24 17 10
25 40 135 750 1500 55
32 24 14
34 50 160 750 1500 67 116 4-6
69 56 41 24
41 60 180 750 1500 91 163 4-7
113 95 69 40
46 60 220 750 1500 125 232 5-8
166 135 100 59
51 70 230 850 1500 184 295 6-9
18 13 10 25 40 155 750 1500 59 105 3-5
25 19 14 34 50 170 750 1500 72 132 4-6
43 32 24 41 60 190 750 1500 101 182 4-7
72 54 40 46 60 240 750 1500 137 258 5-8
106 80 59 51 70 245 850 1500 198 343 6-9

Type
100
4.3711 37
4. 37 12 66
4. 37 13 93
4. 37 21
4. 37 22
4. 37 23
4. 37 24
4. 37 31
4. 37 32
4. 37 33
4. 37 34
4. 37 35
4. 37 41
4. 37 42
4. 37 43
4. 37 44
4. 37 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

Type
49 37 13
49 37 14
49 37 25
49 37 35
49 37 45

100
22
28

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
19
18
24
23
18
26
24
42
46

510

530

560

580

600C

37

27

16
30

22

16

E
284
384
434
484
484

A
300
300
400
400
400

B
230
240
260
290
290

C
440
455
510
525
525

H
100
200
250
300
300

 Type 46

 Type 48

118
93

kg
26
35
35
46
48

4.34

SELECTION TABLE
OD 406.4

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 406.4 (ND 400), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 41 19

100
8.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
6.3 4.5

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M24

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24
24

510

530

560

580

600C

19
38
63

17
34
58

10
23
38
19
41
62

14
30
46

10
23
34

B
70

E
255

kg
9.7

load
group
3-5

kg
23.0
23.0
24.5

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

kg
26
34
25
38
23
43
62
26
58
89

load
group
6-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

144
118

Type
43 41 18
43 41 19
43 41 29

100
9.3
31

Type
44 41 12
44 41 13
44 41 22
44 41 23
44 41 31
44 41 35
44 41 36
44 41 41
44 41 45
44 41 46

100
59
86

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
45
37
76
61
26
24
48
38
40
66

97

d3
51
61
41
51
25
46
51
25
46
51

E
430
430
500

E
440
450
500
500
520
520
520
520
520
520

B
100
100
100

B
80
115
115
130
110
140
145
115
145
185

L
kg
permissible load (kN)
load
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3 EK ER min. max. min. max. group
34 30 155 800 1400 59 89 4-6
4.4111 44 35 25
4. 41 12 72 55 41
41 40 160 800 1400 71 122 5-7
4. 41 13 110 84 63
46 55 175 800 1400 94 142 6-8
4. 41 21
28 20
25 40 145 800 1500 58 92 3-5
4. 41 22
39 28
34 40 150 800 1500 75 120 4-6
4. 41 23
89 77 55
41 50 180 850 1500 108 176 5-7
4. 41 24
111 95 69
46 60 180 850 1500 121 200 6-8
4. 41 31
28 20 12
25 45 160 800 1600 70 117 3-5
4. 41 32
45 35 20
41 50 180 800 1600 99 165 4-7
4. 41 33
79 65 48 28
46 70 200 800 1600 121 208 5-8
4. 41 34
112 95 69 40
46 70 220 800 1600 149 250 5-8
4. 41 35
194 160 118 69
51 80 260 900 1600 227 380 6-9
4. 41 41
21 16 12 25 45 175 800 1600 77 136 3-5
4. 41 42
36 27 20 41 50 205 800 1600 108 189 4-7
4. 41 43
50 38 28 46 70 225 800 1600 132 236 5-8
4. 41 44
72 54 40 46 70 225 800 1600 166 292 5-8
4. 41 45
125 94 69 51 80 265 900 1600 250 426 6-9
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 21% less.

Type
49 41 13
49 41 14
49 41 25
49 41 35
49 41 45

4.35

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
23
16
22
20
13

100
26
48

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
22 21
38 35
37 26 21
60 52

510

530

560

580

600C

46

34

20
40

30

20

E
303
403
453
503
503

A
300
300
400
400
400

B
260
240
270
300
300

C
450
480
530
550
550

H
100
200
250
300
300

kg
35
45
47
64
64

SELECTION TABLE
OD 419

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 419 (ND 400), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 42 19

100
8.0

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
6.2 4.4

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M24

E
260

B
70

kg
9.7

load
group
3-5

kg
23
23
24

load
group
1-3
3-6
3-6

kg
26
60
26
45
23
43
63
27
58
93

load
group
6-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 42 18
43 42 19
43 42 29
Type
44 42 12
44 42 15
44 42 22
44 42 25
44 42 31
44 42 35
44 42 36
44 42 41
44 42 45
44 42 46

100
9.3
30

100
59
150

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
23
16
22
20
13
permissible load (kN)
250 350 450 500
45
37
110 82
26
24
56
50

68

510

530

560

580

600C

510

530

560

580

600C

19
40
65

17
34
58

10
24
39
19
41
62

14
30
46

10
23
34

98

d1
16
24
24

d3
51
61
41
51
25
46
51
25
46
51

B
100
100
100

E
445
460
500
500
525
525
525
525
525
525
L

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510 530 560
35 25
55 41
84 63
28 20
39 28
89 77 55
111 95 69
28 20 12
45 35 20
79 65 48 28
113 95 69 40
194 160 118 69
21
36
50
72
125

Type

E
435
435
500

580 600C d3 EK ER min. max.

100
4.4211 44
34 30 155 800 1400
4. 42 12 72
41 40 160 800 1400
4. 42 13 110
46 55 175 800 1400
4. 42 21
25 40 145 800 1500
4. 42 22
34 40 150 800 1500
4. 42 23
41 50 180 850 1500
4. 42 24
46 60 180 850 1500
4. 42 31
25 45 160 800 1600
4. 42 32
41 50 180 800 1600
4. 42 33
46 70 200 800 1600
4. 42 34
46 70 220 900 1600
4. 42 35
51 80 260 900 1600
4. 42 41
12 25 45 175 800 1600
16
4. 42 42
20 41 50 205 800 1600
27
4. 42 43
28 46 70 225 800 1600
38
4. 42 44
40 46 70 225 900 1600
54
4. 42 45
69 51 80 265 900 1600
94
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 21% less.

Type
49 42 13
49 42 14
49 42 25
49 42 35
49 42 45

100
33
48

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C
26
22
38
35
37
29 23
60 57 51 38 22
42 32 22

E
310
410
460
510
510

A
300
300
400
400
400

B
240
240
270
300
300

B
80
145
115
140
110
140
145
115
145
185

kg
load
min. max. group
92 4-6
59
71 120 5-7
95 147 6-8
92 3-5
60
76 118 4-6
105 174 5-7
126 204 6-8
72 119 3-5
96 167 4-7
123 205 5-8
160 265 5-8
232 385 6-9
78 138 3-5
107 187 4-7
135 239 5-8
178 296 5-8
255 431 6-9

C
420
480
530
550
550

H
100
200
250
300
300

 Type 46

 Type 48

118
144

kg
31
46
48
65
65

4.36

SELECTION TABLE
OD 457.2

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 457.2 (ND 450), types 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 46 19

100
7.7

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.8 4.1

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M24

E
280

510

530

560

580

600C

d1
16
24

E
450
450

530

560

580

600C

13
29
57
94

10
18
35
58
18
32
62
90

14
24
46
66

10
18
34
49

d3
51
51
61
41
51
51
25
46
51
51
25
46
51
51

E
470
470
480
540
540
540
560
560
560
560
560
560
560
560

kg
10.4

load
group
3-5

B
100
100

kg
24
24

load
group
1-3
3-6

B
110
115
145
95
120
135
100
130
145
205
115
140
185
215

kg
30
35
62
24
35
45
25
40
65
112
29
44
93
143

load
group
6-9
7-9
7-10
5-7
6-9
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9

B
70

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
43 46 18
43 46 19
Type
44 46 12
44 46 13
44 46 15
44 46 22
44 46 23
44 46 25
44 46 31
44 46 32
44 46 35
44 46 36
44 46 41
44 46 42
44 46 45
44 46 46
Type
 Type 46

 Type 48

118
144

100
59
70
150

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
9.0 8.5
21
15

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
38
50
49
62
82
110
22
20
44
37
55
50
14
32
62 60
101 100

117

kg
L
permissible load (kN)
load
100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3 EK ER min. max. min. max. group
45 35 25
34 35 150 850 1450 68 106
4-6
59 46 33
41 40 155 850 1450 75 115
5-7
120 92 69
46 50 170 850 1450 112 166
6-8
150 112 88
51 60 185 850 1450 122 199
6-9
34 24
34 45 160 850 1600 80 125
4-6
54 40
41 50 170 850 1600 103 162
5-7
129 109 80
46 55 185 950 1600 161 247
6-8
149 125 90
51 55 200 950 1600 175 289
7-9
46 34 20
41 50 180 900 1700 118 185
4-7
54 40 23
46 50 190 900 1700 133 208
5-8
113 95 69 40
46 60 220 900 1700 186 290
5-8
227 185 137 80
51 70 245 1000 1700 307 465
6-9
257 210 154 90
61 85 250 1000 1700 340 520 7-10
36 27 20 41 50 195 900 1700 130 213
4-7
41 31 23 46 50 210 900 1700 143 244
5-8
72 54 40 46 60 235 900 1700 199 329
5-8
145 109 80 51 70 295 1000 1700 322 533
6-9
163 122 90 61 85 295 1000 1700 361 584 7-10

4.4611
4. 46 12
4. 46 13
4. 46 14
4. 46 21
4. 46 22
4. 46 23
4. 46 24
4. 46 31
4. 46 32
4. 46 33
4. 46 34
4. 46 35
4. 46 41
4. 46 42
4. 46 43
4. 46 44
4. 46 45
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 24% less.

Type
49 46 13
49 46 14
49 46 25
49 46 35
49 46 45

4.37

100
9.3
29

100
36
67

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
32
23
51
37
40
34
27
67
64

510

530

560

580

600C

61

45

26
48

36

26

E
329
429
479
529
529

A
350
350
400
400
400

B
240
260
290
320
320

C
485
500
535
550
550

H
100
200
250
300
300

kg
36
49
51
68
69

SELECTION TABLE
OD 508

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 508 (ND 500), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 51 19

100
7.2

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
5.4 3.8

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M24

510

530

560

580

600C

17
36
79
110

16
33
62
94

10
20
40
60
19
38
63
121

15
29
46
90

10
20
35
65

d3
21
34
51
61
71
25
41
51
61
25
46
51
61
25
46
51
61

E
305

B
70

kg
11.4

load
group
3-5

B
80
80
90
120
195
100
100
120
160
125
140
190
195
130
145
195
235

kg
25
27
35
56
106
28
31
42
75
37
48
81
115
42
62
106
183

load
group
1-4
4-6
6-9
7-10
8-30
3-5
5-7
6-9
7-10
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
44 51 14
44 51 15
44 51 16
44 51 17
44 51 18
44 51 25
44 51 26
44 51 27
44 51 28
44 51 35
44 51 36
44 51 37
44 51 38
44 51 45
44 51 46
44 51 47
44 51 48

100
10
29
57
98
196

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
7
8
17
24
35
46
60
72
150 120
10
13
20
22
40
45
80
95

83
131

181

E
500
500
500
500
520
570
570
570
570
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590

permissible load (kN)

load
L
kg
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3 EK ER min. max. min. max. group
4.5111 45 35 25
84 120
34 35 160 900 1500
4-6
4. 51 12 68 51 37
89 139
41 40 175 900 1500
5-7
4. 51 13 120 92 67
46 60 175 900 1500 128 175
6-8
4. 51 14 170 125 100
51 65 180 900 1500 143 215
6-9
4. 51 21
40 29
34 50 170 950 1650 104 149
4-6
4. 51 22
54 40
41 60 180 950 1650 122 185
5-7
4. 51 23
127 109 79
46 60 200 1050 1650 185 292
6-8
4. 51 24
156 134 98
61 60 220 1050 1650 230 325 7-10
4. 51 31
45 35 20
41 60 200 1000 1800 139 210
4-7
4. 51 32
54 40 23
46 70 200 1000 1800 155 235
5-8
4. 51 33
113 90 69 40
46 80 230 1000 1800 210 330
5-8
4. 51 34
227 185 137 80
51 80 265 1050 1800 330 518
6-9
4. 51 35
283 230 170 100
61 90 300 1050 1800 400 600 7-10
4. 51 41
36 27 20 41 60 210 1000 1800 152 239
4-7
4. 51 42
41 31 23 46 70 225 1000 1800 171 272
5-8
4. 51 43
72 54 40 46 80 250 1000 1800 232 383
5-8
4. 51 44
145 109 80 51 80 315 1050 1800 367 594
6-9
4. 51 45
182 137 100 61 90 315 1050 1800 434 693 7-10
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

Type
49 51 13
49 51 14
49 51 25
49 51 35
49 51 45

100
45
82

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
36 26
62 45
53 43 34
83 79

510

530

560

580

600C

74

55

32
68

50

32

E
354
454
554
554
554

A
350
350
400
400
400

B
240
280
330
330
330

C
500
500
550
565
580

H
100
200
300
300
300

 Type 46

 Type 48

173

kg
41
53
70
81
87

4.38

SELECTION TABLE
OD 558.8

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 558.8 (ND 550), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 56 19

100
18

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
13 9.9

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M30

510

530

560

580

600C

36
79
105
150

33
62
82
130

20
40
55
80
40
63
90
127

29
47
66
94

20
35
50
70

d3
34
46
51
61
71
34
51
51
61
46
51
61
61
46
51
61
61

B
90

kg
24

load
group
5-6

B
85
90
110
120
195
100
120
130
160
135
190
195
215
145
195
205
245

kg
31
35
44
60
106
33
45
49
78
50
87
118
162
67
119
148
206

load
group
3-6
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-6
6-9
6-9
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10

E
350

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
44 56 14
44 56 15
44 56 16
44 56 17
44 56 18
44 56 25
44 56 26
44 56 27
44 56 28
44 56 35
44 56 36
44 56 37
44 56 38
44 56 45
44 56 46
44 56 47
44 56 48

 Type 46

 Type 48

144

173

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
15
17
26
35
45
60
62
77
160 120
18
19
40
45
50
53
80
90
83
120
155

141
200

Type 100
4.5611 45
4. 56 12 68
4. 56 13 130
4. 56 14 207
4. 56 21
4. 56 22
4. 56 23
4. 56 24
4. 56 31
4. 56 32
4. 56 33
4. 56 34
4. 56 35
4. 56 41
4. 56 42
4. 56 43
4. 56 44
4. 56 45
 Weights for

Type
49 56 13
49 56 14
49 56 25
49 56 35
49 56 45

4.39

100
20
44
74
100
196

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510 530 560
34 25
52 38
97 77
153 122
41 30
54 40
130 110 80
194 165 120
53 38 22
70 51 30
90 69 40
227 185 137 80
342 280 200 120
39
54
72
145
217

E
530
530
530
530
545
600
600
600
600
620
620
620
620
620
620
620
620
L

580 600C d3 EK
34 40
41 50
51 60
51 65
34 55
41 60
51 65
51 65
41 60
46 60
46 70
51 90
61 100
22 41 60
29
30 46 60
40
40 46 70
54
109 80 51 90
163 120 61 100

ER
170
185
195
205
180
190
205
240
200
230
240
270
320
225
220
260
285
360

min.
950
950
950
950
1000
1000
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1200
1100
1100
1100
1100
1200

max.
1550
1550
1550
1550
1700
1700
1700
1700
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900

load
kg
min. max. group
80 125
4-6
100 153
5-7
145 210
6-9
178 275
7-9
116 167
4-6
138 200
5-7
230 315
6-9
278 395
7-9
169 255
4-7
205 325
5-8
241 365
5-8
371 570
6-9
514 755 7-10
187 291
4-7
230 351
5-8
269 423
5-8
415 660
6-9
572 865 7-10

type 46 - for type 48 approx. 25% less.

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500
54 43 31
95 80 58
63 53 42
105 100

510

530 560 580

600C

89

65

38
73

38

54

E
380
480
580
580
580

A
400
400
450
450
450

B
240
290
340
350
350

C
570
585
620
635
650

H
100
200
300
300
300

kg
70
89
102
115
121

SELECTION TABLE
OD 609.6

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 609.6 (ND 600), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 61 19

100
17

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
13 9.3

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M30

E
375

B
90

kg
26

load
group
5-6

510

530

560

580

600C

38
78
105
160

33
61
85
133

20
39
60
90
38
62
115
155

29
46
86
114

20
34
60
85

d3
34
51
51
61
71
41
51
61
61
46
51
61
71
46
51
61
71

E
560
560
560
560
580
645
645
645
645
685
685
685
685
685
685
685
685

B
100
95
115
125
195
120
120
140
160
160
190
205
215
160
195
245
245

kg
37
43
50
65
112
43
49
73
84
61
98
140
180
75
118
214
238

load
group
3-6
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
6-9
7-10
7-10
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

Heat resistant materials see page 4.3

Type
44 61 14
44 61 15
44 61 16
44 61 17
44 61 18
44 61 25
44 61 26
44 61 27
44 61 28
44 61 35
44 61 36
44 61 37
44 61 38
44 61 45
44 61 46
44 61 47
44 61 48

100
29
58
80
116
200

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
20
24
35
45
48
65
73
87
165 120
20
22
38
42
55
65
82
90

115
175

152
239

permissible load (kN)

L
kg
Type 100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580 600C d3 EK ER min. max. min. max.
4.6111 60 47 34
41 40 185 1000 1600 114 168
4. 61 12 90 69 51
46 45 195 1000 1600 142 185
4. 61 13 127 96 76
51 50 190 1000 1600 166 220
4. 61 14 186 138 111
51 55 205 1000 1600 189 278
4. 61 15 223 165 132
61 65 230 1000 1600 232 320
4. 61 21
57 42
41 60 190 1100 1800 161 225
4. 61 22
110 80
51 60 220 1100 1800 254 350
4. 61 23
180 160 120
51 60 235 1100 1800 310 470
4. 61 24
230 200 150
61 70 265 1150 1800 382 525
4. 61 31
53 39 22
41 60 220 1200 2000 192 270
4. 61 32
90 69 40
46 70 235 1200 2000 277 400
4. 61 33
123 90 53
46 90 280 1200 2000 326 473
4. 61 34
220 180 132 78
51 90 285 1300 2000 431 620
4. 61 35
340 280 200 120
61 110 325 1300 2000 580 830
4. 61 36
420 350 260 150
71 110 360 1300 2000 691 970
4. 61 41
39 30 22 41 60 230 1200 2000 213 318
4. 61 42
72 54 40 46 70 275 1200 2000 304 466
4. 61 43
96 72 53 46 90 280 1200 2000 368 545
4. 61 44
141 106 78 51 90 295 1300 2000 490 715
4. 61 45
217 163 120 61 110 355 1300 2000 653 960
4. 61 46
272 205 150 71 110 365 1300 2000 774 1135
 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 26% less.

Type
49 61 13
49 61 14
49 61 25
49 61 35
49 61 45

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560
62 58 48
105 80 58
65 61 48
108 102 98 76 45
83

580

600C

62

45

E
455
505
605
605
605

A
400
400
450
450
450

B
270
310
360
370
370

C
570
585
620
635
650

H
150
200
300
300
300

load
group
4-7
6-8
6-9
7-9
7-10
4-7
6-9
7-9
8-10
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

 Type 46

 Type 48

199

kg
79
95
107
120
129

4.40

SELECTION TABLE
OD 660.4

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 660.4 (ND 650), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 66 19
Type

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

44 66 14
44 66 15
44 66 16
44 66 17
44 66 18
44 66 19
44 66 25
44 66 26
44 66 27
44 66 28
44 66 35
44 66 36
44 66 37
44 66 38
44 66 45
44 66 46
44 66 47
44 66 48
Type

 Type 46

 Type 48

172
224

4.6611
4. 66 12
4. 66 13
4. 66 14
4. 66 15
4. 66 21
4. 66 22
4. 66 23
4. 66 24
4. 66 31
4. 66 32
4. 66 33
4. 66 34
4. 66 35
4. 66 36
4. 66 41
4. 66 42
4. 66 43
4. 66 44
4. 66 45
4. 66 46

100
16
100
35
56
82
128
179
304

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
12 8.8
permissible load (kN)
250 350 450 500
24
28
34
44
53
65
78
95
135 105
240 180
22
20
45
40
75
70
132 120

175

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M30

510

530

560

580

600C

40
83
114
160

35
70
86
133

20
42
60
90
39
77
121
157

29
58
88
115

20
42
60
86

d3
41
51
51
61
71
71
41
51
61
71
46
51
61
71
46
51
61
71

158
242
100
60
90
135
215
256

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
46 33
70 51
100 80
155 125
190 150
63 45
110 80
190 160 120
240 200 150
60
90
155 125
225 185
340 280
420 350

B
90

kg
28

load
group
5-6

B
100
95
120
150
195
215
120
130
155
195
160
195
205
215
160
205
245
245

kg
40
47
65
77
115
170
44
54
82
133
64
124
145
188
79
157
217
244

load
group
4-7
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

E
400
E
610
610
610
610
610
635
680
680
680
680
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
L

530 560 580 600C d3

41
46
51
61
61
41
51
51
61
47 25
41
69 40
46
92 55
46
137 80
51
200 120
61
260 150
71
45 34 25 41
72 54 40 46
99 75 55 46
146 110 80 51
218 164 120 61
272 205 150 71

EK
40
50
55
60
70
65
65
70
80
65
65
90
90
100
110
65
65
90
90
100
110

ER
200
215
200
245
235
220
245
260
270
225
245
290
305
315
355
235
285
295
315
350
360

min.
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1250
1250
1250
1300
1250
1250
1250
1250
1350
1350
1250
1250
1250
1250
1350
1350

max.
1650
1650
1650
1650
1650
1900
1900
1900
1900
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050

kg
load
min. max. group
127 160 5-7
153 198 6-8
180 255 6-9
258 335 7-10
263 370 8-10
196 269 4-7
291 390 6-9
356 488 7-9
415 585 8-10
229 335 4-7
303 433 5-8
363 532 5-8
471 675 6-9
632 895 7-10
748 1055 8-30
245 366 4-7
335 495 5-8
405 590 5-8
515 775 6-9
705 1020 7-10
835 1210 8-30

 Weights for type 46 - for type 48 approx. 23% less.

Type
49 66 13
49 66 14
49 66 25
49 66 35
49 66 45

4.41

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580
74 65 48
120 92 67
74 66 57
127 120 115 89 52
96 72

600C

52

E
480
530
630
630
630

A
400
400
450
450
450

B
300
330
370
380
380

C
570
585
620
650
650

H
150
200
300
300
300

kg
85
100
112
134
137

SELECTION TABLE
OD 711.2

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 711.2 (ND 700), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 71 19

100
15

Type
44 71 14
44 71 15
44 71 16
44 71 17
44 71 18
44 71 19
44 71 25
44 71 26
44 71 27
44 71 28
44 71 29
44 71 35
44 71 36
44 71 37
44 71 38
44 71 39
44 71 45
44 71 46
44 71 47
44 71 48

100
43
95
124
150
177
307

Type
4.7111
4. 71 12
4. 71 13
4. 71 14
4. 71 15
4. 71 21
4. 71 22
4. 71 23
4. 71 24
4. 71 31
4. 71 32
4. 71 33
4. 71 34
4. 71 35
4. 71 36
4. 71 41
4. 71 42
4. 71 43
4. 71 44
4. 71 45
4. 71 46

Type
49 71 13
49 71 14
49 71 25
49 71 35
49 71 45

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
11 8.1
permissible load (kN)
250 350 450 500
30
36
60
75
72
88
88
120
145 115
225 180
26
24
43
40
65
60
95
80
131 120

165
225

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M30

510

530

560

580

600C

d3
41
51
61
71
71
71
41
51
61
71
71
46
51
61
71
71
46
51
61
71

40
72
105
155
195

35
62
85
125
170

239

100
74
118
180
236
275

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
57 42
90 70
133 105
175 142
200 160
70 50
110 80
195 170 125
240 195 156
60
90
175 140
225 185
340 280
440 365

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

25
40
60
80
107
42
89
127
156

31
66
94
115

23
47
68
86

B
90

kg
30

load
group
5-6

B
105
120
130
165
195
225
120
135
145
160
195
160
190
205
215
255
170
215
255
245

kg
57
71
81
98
121
186
50
62
88
99
140
70
107
154
195
253
95
179
239
256

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
5-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

E
430

E
630
630
630
630
630
650
720
720
720
720
720
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
740
L

530 560 580 600C d3

41
46
51
51
61
46
51
51
61
46 27
41
69 40
46
105 63
51
137 80
51
200 120
61
270 156
71
49 37 27 41
72 54 40 46
115 86 63 51
145 109 80 51
217 163 120 61
283 213 156 71

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580
85 67 49
130 100 72
92
82 65
150 142 135 99
58
108 81

EK
45
55
60
80
90
70
70
70
90
70
70
100
100
100
130
70
70
100
100
100
130

600C

58

ER
195
240
225
230
215
220
240
250
280
235
250
285
305
335
345
240
290
305
315
355
370

min.
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1250
1250
1350
1350
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1450
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1450

E
506
556
656
656
656

A
400
400
450
450
450

max.
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
2000
2000
2000
2000
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100

B
320
350
390
410
410

load
kg
min. max. group
155 198 5-7
185 250 6-8
235 339 7-9
277 385 7-9
299 420 8-10
232 315 5-8
315 428 6-9
404 570 7-9
491 650 8-10
257 367 4-7
336 465 5-8
450 645 6-9
536 725 6-9
689 960 7-10
856 1160 8-30
286 411 4-7
364 530 5-8
497 725 6-9
582 825 6-9
766 1090 7-10
944 1325 8-30

C
570
585
635
650
650

H
150
200
300
300
300

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

224

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 26% less.

kg
90
107
130
145
148

4.42

SELECTION TABLE
OD 762

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 762 (ND 750), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

250

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 24% less.

Type
42 76 19

100
14

Type
44 76 14
44 76 15
44 76 16
44 76 17
44 76 18
44 76 19
44 76 25
44 76 26
44 76 27
44 76 28
44 76 29
44 76 35
44 76 36
44 76 37
44 76 38
44 76 39
44 76 45
44 76 46
44 76 47
44 76 48
44 76 49

100
54
83
115
150
195
307

Type
4.7611
4. 76 12
4. 76 13
4. 76 14
4. 76 15
4. 76 21
4. 76 22
4. 76 23
4. 76 24
4. 76 31
4. 76 32
4. 76 33
4. 76 34
4. 76 35
4. 76 36
4. 76 41
4. 76 42
4. 76 43
4. 76 44
4. 76 45
4. 76 46
Type
49 76 13
49 76 14
49 76 25
49 76 35
49 76 45

4.43

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
10 7.7
permissible load (kN)
250 350 450 500
33
42
53
67
72
88
88
115
155 120
225 180
43
40
64
60
95
80
120 100
220 185 165

235

510

530

560

580

600C

d2
M30

510

530

560

580

600C

40
72
105
160
218

39
64
95
135
180

26
40
60
90
119
50
90
127
158
215

38
66
93
116
159

27
47
68
86
119

d3
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
71
46
51
61
71
71
46
51
61
71
71

230
335
100
74
120
183
245
310

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
57 42
91 69
135 105
180 140
230 185
70 50
110 80
200 180 130
280 235 180
69
90
140
225 185
340 280
510 400

530 560 580 600C d3

41
46
51
51
61
46
51
51
61
51 30
41
69 40
46
100 60
51
137 80
51
200 120
61
290 180
71
54 41 30 41
72 54 40 46
109 82 60 51
145 109 80 51
219 163 120 61
326 246 180 71

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580
95 85 62
147 110 80
104 94 76
171 162 155 120 70
128 96

EK
45
55
65
80
90
70
70
80
90
80
80
100
100
110
140
80
80
100
100
110
140
600C

70

ER
215
215
245
260
255
250
250
300
300
260
270
310
330
360
400
275
285
335
340
365
430

B
90

kg
31

load
group
5-6

B
135
120
130
165
195
210
135
145
160
195
215
170
190
205
225
255
195
215
255
255
275

kg
70
72
85
104
130
186
65
91
112
148
201
84
122
162
217
293
131
187
249
281
372

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

E
455
E
670
670
670
670
670
690
760
760
760
760
760
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
770

L
kg
load
min. max. min. max. group
1150 1750 170 223 5-7
1150 1750 218 280 6-8
1150 1750 262 353 7-9
1150 1750 308 442 7-9
1150 1750 350 480 8-10
1400 2200 269 380 5-8
1400 2200 372 490 6-9
1500 2200 486 680 7-9
1500 2200 587 780 8-10
1500 2300 326 453 4-7
1500 2300 396 535 5-8
1500 2300 516 705 6-9
1500 2300 601 820 6-9
1500 2300 800 1095 7-10
1600 2300 1082 1440 8-30
1500 2300 362 500 4-7
1500 2300 430 610 5-8
1500 2300 575 805 6-9
1500 2300 673 945 6-9
1500 2300 887 1240 7-10
1600 2300 1198 1625 8-30

E
531
581
681
681
681

A
400
400
450
450
450

B
340
370
400
420
420

C
590
585
635
650
650

H
150
200
300
300
300

kg
104
113
135
152
158

SELECTION TABLE
OD 812.8
Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 812.8 (ND 800), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 81 19

100
14

Type
44 81 14
44 81 15
44 81 16
44 81 17
44 81 18
44 81 19
44 81 25
44 81 26
44 81 27
44 81 28
44 81 29
44 81 35
44 81 36
44 81 37
44 81 38
44 81 39
44 81 45
44 81 46
44 81 47
44 81 48

100
54
90
122
153
205
307

Type
4.8111
4. 81 12
4. 81 13
4. 81 14
4. 81 15
4. 81 21
4. 81 22
4. 81 23
4. 81 24
4. 81 31
4. 81 32
4. 81 33
4. 81 34
4. 81 35
4. 81 36
4. 81 41
4. 81 42
4. 81 43
4. 81 44
4. 81 45
4. 81 46

Type
49 81 13
49 81 14
49 81 25
49 81 35
49 81 45

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
10 7.4
permissible load (kN)
250 350 450 500
34
42
57
70
71
88
88
115
165 125
225 180
43
40
65
60
90
80
125 105
220 190 170

220

530

560

580

600C

d2
M30

510

530

560

580

600C

d3
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71
71
51
61
71
71

62
85
125
150
180

221
332

100
90
135
212
276
330

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
69 55
100 80
155 123
205 163
245 195
70 50
110 80
220 180 140
310 260 200
80
100
140
220 185
340 280
560 400

100
105
150

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450
85
63
117
86
118 108
188

Twice the specified load is possible

by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

510

70
105
150
160
218

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46

40
60
85
100
118
85
126
157
217

64
92
115
161

45
68
86
119

E
480

E
700
700
700
700
700
720
790
790
790
790
790
810
810
810
810
810
810
810
810
810

EK
45
60
70
90
100
80
80
90
100
90
90
100
110
120
150
90
90
100
110
120
150

500 510 530 560 580 600C

86
178 170 131 82
151 113 82

ER
215
240
255
245
265
250
250
320
320
280
300
330
350
370
415
295
300
340
350
370
465

E
556
606
706
706
706

kg
33

load
group
5-6

B
135
120
130
165
205
210
135
145
170
195
215
190
205
225
220
255
215
255
255
285

kg
75
77
91
111
150
200
71
98
117
150
215
120
172
227
257
310
195
259
296
410

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

min.
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1500
1500
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600

load
kg
max. min. max. group
1800 205 250 5-8
1800 245 330 6-9
1800 315 423 7-10
1800 380 520 8-10
1800 418 575 9-30
2300 297 420 5-8
2300 404 535 6-9
2300 590 770 7-10
2300 763 975 8-30
2400 398 525 5-8
2400 468 640 5-8
2400 565 760 6-9
2400 669 910 6-9
2400 877 1175 7-10
2400 1230 1680 8-30
2400 436 600 5-8
2400 526 715 5-8
2400 635 875 6-9
2400 750 1025 6-9
2400 983 1345 7-10
2400 1360 1890 8-30

A
400
400
450
450
450

B
360
400
425
425
425

L
530 560 580 600C d3
46
51
61
61
71
46
51
61
71
59 34
46
80 46
46
100 60
51
137 80
51
200 120
61
340 200
71
60 45 34 46
82 62 46 46
108 81 60 51
146 108 80 51
219 163 120 61
365 272 200 71

B
90

C
590
585
635
650
650

H
150
200
300
300
300

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

 Type 48

198
250

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 26% less.

kg
109
119
143
157
168

4.44

SELECTION TABLE
OD 914.4

Temperatures up to
650C from page 4.46
Twice the specified load is possible
by use of type 77 (see page 4.55)

Pipe clamps, clamp bases, OD 914.4 (ND 900), types 42, 44, 46, 48, 49
Type
42 91 19
Type

Heat resistant materials

see page 4.3

 Type 46

44 91 14
44 91 15
44 91 16
44 91 17
44 91 18
44 91 19
44 91 25
44 91 26
44 91 27
44 91 28
44 91 29
44 91 35
44 91 36
44 91 37
44 91 38
44 91 46
44 91 47
44 91 48
Type

 Type 48

279

 Weights for type 46 - for

type 48 approx. 28% less.

4.9111
4. 91 12
4. 91 13
4. 91 14
4. 91 15
4. 91 21
4. 91 22
4. 91 23
4. 91 24
4. 91 25
4. 91 31
4. 91 32
4. 91 33
4. 91 34
4. 91 35
4. 91 36
4. 91 41
4. 91 42
4. 91 43
4. 91 44
4. 91 45
4. 91 46

Type
49 91 13
49 91 14
49 91 25
49 91 35
49 91 45

4.45

100
14
100
51
88
153
205
254
307

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500
10 7.7
permissible load (kN)
250 350 450 500
33
40
56
69
88
115
170 125
205 165
225 180
65
60
90
80
125 105
140 130
220 190 170

195
240

permissible load (kN)

250 350 450 500 510
71 57
100 80
155 125
205 165
245 195
80 60
115 85
210 180 140
290 250 200
360 300 240
90
140
185
400 330
580 480
680 550

580

530

510

530

560

580

600C

100
150
185
220

90
130
160
183

60
80
103
119
127
158
218

94
115
161

68
86
119

222
332
100
96
135
215
280
335

560

510

600C

d2
M30

E
530

B
100

kg
40

load
group
5-6

d3
41
51
61
71
71
71
51
71
71
71
71
61
71
71
71
61
71
71

E
760
760
760
760
760
785
840
840
840
840
840
870
870
870
870
870
870
870

B
135
120
165
205
210
210
145
170
195
215
215
205
225
220
255
255
255
285

kg
82
88
122
166
209
220
106
130
165
220
235
190
245
285
336
290
327
439

load
group
4-7
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30
7-9
8-30
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30
9-30
7-10
8-30
9-30

max.
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500

kg
load
min. max. group
245 305 5-8
295 365 6-9
380 490 7-10
448 600 8-10
500 670 9-30
385 500 5-8
490 635 6-9
670 855 7-10
868 1115 8-30
936 1265 9-30
503 650 5-8
640 835 5-8
775 1030 6-9
1120 1470 7-10
1452 1870 8-30
1611 2065 9-30
551 740 5-8
697 945 5-8
855 1160 6-9
1225 1665 7-10
1592 2105 8-30
1789 2410 9-30

L
530 560 580 600C d3
46
51
61
61
71
46
51
61
71
71
69 40
46
100 60
46
137 80
51
235 140
61
340 200
71
400 240
71
72 54 40 46
109 82 60 46
146 110 80 51
255 192 140 61
364 272 200 71
438 325 240 71

permissible load (kN)

100 250 350 450 500 510 530 560 580
130 102 75
235 163 132
148 130 120
250 238 227 176 110
210 156

EK
50
60
70
90
100
80
90
100
100
110
100
110
110
130
130
160
100
110
110
130
130
160

ER
255
240
240
265
295
250
270
300
325
345
300
330
350
385
455
440
300
345
370
445
445
490

600C

110

min.
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1700
1700
1700
1700
1800
1800
1700
1700
1700
1700
1800
1800

E
607
657
757
757
757

A
450
450
500
500
500

B
360
420
450
480
480

C
650
660
710
710
710

H
150
200
300
300
300

kg
127
148
177
195
210

SELECTION TABLE
OD 33.7 - 88.9, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 33.7 (ND 25), type 43
Type
43 03 59

610
3.2

permissible load (kN)

620
630
2.8
2.3

640
2.1

650C
1.8

d1
12

E
235

B
50

kg
1.4

load
group
C-2

650C
1.8

d1
12

E
240

B
50

kg
1.4

load
group
C-2

650C
1.8

d1
12

E
240

B
50

kg
1.4

load
group
C-2

Pipe clamps, OD 42.4 (ND 32), type 43

Type
43 04 59

610
3.2

permissible load (kN)

620
630
2.8
2.3

640
2.1

Pipe clamps, OD 48.3 (ND 40), type 43

Type
43 05 59

610
3.2

permissible load (kN)

620
630
2.8
2.3

640
2.1

Type 43

Pipe clamps, OD 60.3 (ND 50), type 43

Type
43 06 59

610
4.1

permissible load (kN)

620
630
3.5
2.9

640
2.6

650C
2.3

d1
12

E
250

B
55

kg
2.4

load
group
C-4

650C
2.3

d1
12

E
255

B
60

kg
2.5

load
group
C-4

Pipe clamps, OD 73 (ND 65), types 43, 48

Type
43 07 59
Type
48 07 51
48 07 52
48 07 53

610
4.1

permissible load (kN)

620
630
3.5
2.9

permissible load (kN)

610 620 630 640
4
6
5
7
6
9
8
10
11
15
13
17

640
2.6
650C
4
6
10

d3
21
21
25

dN
36
36
36

ER
70
70
100

L
min. max.
350 750
350 750
350 750

d1
12

E
255

kg
min. max.
6 13
7 15
9 21

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 76.1 (ND 65), types 43, 48

Type
43 08 59
Type
48 08 51
48 08 52
48 08 53

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
4.1
3.5
2.9
610
7
10
17

650C
2.3

640
2.6

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
4
6
5
4
6
9
8
6
11
15
13
10

d3
21
21
25

dN
36
36
36

L
min. max.
350 750
350 750
350 750

ER
70
70
100

kg
2.5

load
group
C-4

kg
min. max.
6 13
7 15
9 21

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5

B
60

Pipe clamps, OD 88.9 (ND 80), types 43, 48

Type
43 09 59
Type
48 09 51
48 09 52
48 09 53

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
4.1
3.5
2.9
permissible load (kN)
610 620 630 640
4
6
5
7
6
9
7
10
11
15
13
17

650C
2.3

640
2.6
650C
4
6
10

d3
21
21
25

dN
36
36
36

d1
12
ER
75
85
100

E
260
L
min. max.
350 850
350 850
350 850

kg
2.7

load
group
C-4

kg
min. max.
16
6
19
7
26
9

load
group
C-4
C-4
3-5

B
70

4.46

SELECTION TABLE
OD 108 - 159, TEMPERATURE 610 - 650C
Pipe clamps, OD 108 (ND 100), types 43, 48
Type
43 10 59
Type
48 10 51
48 10 52
48 10 53

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
8.9
7.7
6.3
610
10
13
27

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640
6
9
8
9
12
10
17
23
21

650C
5.0

640
5.7
650C
6
8
15

d3
21
25
34

dN
51
51
51

d1
16

E
270
L
min.
350
350
350

ER
85
95
140

B
70

kg
5.1
kg
min. max.
8 24
10 28
14 42

max.
950
950
950

load
group
1-4
load
group
C-4
3-5
3-6

Pipe clamps, OD 114.3 (ND 100), types 43, 48

Type
43 11 59

Type
Type 43

48 11 51
48 11 52
48 11 53

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
8.9
7.7
6.3

610
10
13
27

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640
6
9
8
9
12
10
17
23
21

650C
5.0

640
5.7

d1
16

E
275
L

650C
6
8
15

d3
21
25
34

dN
51
51
51

ER
85
95
140

min.
350
350
350

max.
950
950
950

B
70
kg
min.
8
10
14

kg
5.2

load
group
1-4

max.
24
28
42

load
group
C-4
3-5
3-6

kg
8.1

load
group
1-4

max.
27
34
49

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

kg
8.2

load
group
1-4

Pipe clamps, OD 133 (ND 125), type 43, 48

Type
43 13 59

Type
Type 48

48 13 51
48 13 52
48 13 53

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
10
8.7
7.1

610
12
17
29

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640
8
10
9
11
15
13
19
26
22

650C
5.6

640
6.5

d1
16

E
290

B
80

L
650C
7
10
17

d3
21
25
34

dN
51
51
51

ER
95
110
150

kg
max.
1000
1000
1000

min.
400
400
400

min.
10
12
17

Pipe clamps, OD 139.7 (ND 125), type 43, 48

Type
43 14 59

Type
48 14 51
48 14 52
48 14 53

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
10
8.7
7.1

610
12
17
29

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640
8
10
9
11
15
13
19
26
22

650C
5.6

640
6.5

d1
16

E
295

B
80

L
650C
7
10
17

d3
21
25
34

dN
51
51
51

ER
95
110
150

kg
max.
1000
1000
1000

min.
400
400
400

max.
28
35
49

min.
10
13
18

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

Pipe clamps, OD 159 (ND 150), type 43, 48

Type
43 16 59

Type
48 16 51
48 16 52
48 16 53

4.47

permissible load (kN)

610
620
630
10
8.7
7.1

610
12
19
36

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640
8
10
9
12
16
15
23
30
27

650C
5.6

640
6.5

d1
16

E
315

B
80

L
650C
7
11
20

d3
21
25
34

dN
63
63
63

ER
100
125
150

min.
450
450
450

kg
8.8

load
group
1-4

max.
31
41
60

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

kg
max.
1050
1050
1050

min.
12
16
23

SELECTION TABLE
OD 168.3 - 244.5, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 168.3 (ND 150), Type 43, 48
Type
43 17 59

permissible load (kN)

620
610
630
8.7
10
7.1

640
6.5

650C
5.6

d1
16

E
320

kg
9.1

load
group
1-4

max.
31
42
60

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-6

kg
16

load
group
3-6

max.
33
46
56
82

load
group
C-4
3-5
3-5
4-7

kg
21
36
56

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
51
71
86
123

load
group
C-4
3-5
4-7
5-8

B
80

4
Type 43

Type
48 17 51
48 17 52
48 17 53

permissible load (kN)

610 620 630 640 650C
8
10
9
12
7
12
16
15
19
11
23
30
27
36
20

dN
63
63
63

d3
21
25
34

ER
100
125
150

kg
max.
1050
1050
1050

min.
450
450
450

min.
12
16
23

Pipe clamps, OD 193.7 (ND 175), Type 43, 48

Type
43 19 59

Type
48 19 51
48 19 52
48 19 53
48 19 54

permissible load (kN)

620
610
630
14
17
12

610
10
17
25
44

640
11

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
6
9
8
6
11
15
13
10
16
21
19
14
28
38
34
25

650C
9

d1
20

E
355

B
100

L
d3
21
25
25
41

dN
63
63
63
63

ER
110
125
150
160

kg
max.
1150
1150
1150
1150

min.
550
550
550
550

min.
16
21
25
38

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 219.1 (ND 200), Type 44, 48

Type
44 22 51
44 22 52
44 22 53
Type
48 22 51
48 22 52
48 22 53
48 22 54

permissible load (kN)

640
620
630
610
5
7
6
8
12
17
14
19
19
26
22
30
610
10
23
31
54

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
8
7
9
6
17
15
20
13
24
20
27
18
41
35
46
31

650C
5
11
17

d3
21
34
46

E
430
460
485

max
B
115
105
165

max
ISO
280
280
280

L
d3
21
25
41
46

dN
79
79
79
79

ER
130
150
170
200

kg
max.
1350
1350
1350
1350

min.
550
550
550
550

min.
18
26
32
48

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 244.5 (ND 225), Type 44, 48

Type
44 24 51
44 24 52
44 24 53
Type
48 24 51
48 24 52
48 24 53
48 24 54

permissible load (kN)

640
620
630
610
5
7
6
8
12
17
14
19
19
26
22
30
610
12
25
36
60

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
8
11
9
7
16
21
19
14
24
31
28
20
40
53
45
34

650C
5
11
17

d3
21
34
46

E
440
475
500

max
B
120
105
170

max
ISO
280
280
280

L
d3
25
25
41
46

dN
79
79
79
79

ER
110
150
160
180

min.
550
550
550
550

kg
23
37
59

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
56
75
95
130

load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

kg
max.
1350
1350
1350
1350

min.
20
28
37
50

4.48

SELECTION TABLE
OD 267 - 323.9, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 267 (ND 250), Type 44, 48
Type
44 26 51
44 26 52
44 26 53

Type
48 26 51
48 26 52
48 26 53
48 26 54

permissible load (kN)

630
640
610
620
6
5
8
7
14
12
19
17
23
20
31
27

610
14
26
37
65

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
11
9
12
8
20
17
22
15
29
24
32
21
50
42
56
36

650C
5
11
18

d3
21
34
46

E
455
485
505

max
B
125
110
180

max
ISO
280
280
280

L
d3
25
25
41
46

dN
92
92
92
92

ER
120
150
160
195

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
64
84
105
146

load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

kg
24
40
64

load
group
C-4
4-6
5-8

max.
64
84
105
147

load
group
3-5
3-5
4-7
5-8

kg
39
63
87

load
group
3-5
4-6
5-8

max.
84
115
139
161
200

load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

kg
max.
1400
1400
1400
1400

min.
600
600
600
600

kg
24
40
63

min.
24
32
43
59

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 273 (ND 250), Type 44, 48

Type
44 27 51
44 27 52
44 27 53

Type
Type 48

48 27 51
48 27 52
48 27 53
48 27 54

permissible load (kN)

640
620
630
610
5
7
6
8
12
17
14
19
20
27
23
31

610
14
26
37
65

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
11
9
12
8
20
17
22
15
29
24
32
21
50
42
56
36

650C
5
11
18

d3
21
34
46

E
455
485
505

max
B
125
110
180

max
ISO
280
280
280

L
d3
25
25
41
46

dN
92
92
92
92

ER
120
150
160
195

kg
max.
1400
1400
1400
1400

min.
600
600
600
600

min.
24
33
43
60

Pipe clamps, OD 323.9 (ND 300), Type 44, 48

Type
44 32 51
44 32 52
44 32 53

Type
48 32 51
48 32 52
48 32 53
48 32 54
48 32 55

4.49

permissible load (kN)

620
630
610
15
13
17
26
22
30
44
38
51

610
21
39
53
68
90

640
11
19
33

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
14
18
16
12
25
33
30
22
34
45
40
30
44
58
52
39
58
77
69
51

650C
10
17
29

d3
25
34
46

E
500
510
530

max
B
100
175
145

max
ISO
290
290
290

L
d3
25
41
46
46
51

dN
118
118
118
118
118

ER
150
180
180
210
250

min.
700
700
700
700
800

kg
max.
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400

min.
37
55
65
74
99

SELECTION TABLE
OD 355.6 - 406.4, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 355.6 (ND 350), Type 44, 48
Type
44 36 51
44 36 52
44 36 53

Type
48 36 51
48 36 52
48 36 53
48 36 54
48 36 55

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
13
15
17
22
26
30
38
44
51

610
18
25
42
71
105

640
11
19
33

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
11
13
15
10
16
19
21
14
27
32
36
24
47
54
62
40
68
81
91
59

650C
10
17
29

d3
25
34
46

E
520
525
545

max
B
105
180
145

max
ISO
290
290
290

L
d3
25
34
41
46
51

dN
118
118
118
118
118

ER
140
160
180
220
240

load
group
3-5
4-6
5-8

max.
87
102
133
183
235

load
group
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9

kg
max.
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500

min.
700
700
800
800
800

kg
43
67
91

min.
36
49
66
89
114

4
Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 368 (ND 350), Type 44, 48

Type
44 37 51
44 37 52
44 37 53

Type
48 37 51
48 37 52
48 37 53
48 37 54
48 37 55

permissible load (kN)

620
630
610
15
13
17
27
23
31
44
38
51

610
18
25
42
71
105

640
11
20
33

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
11
15 13
10
16
21 19
14
27
36 32
24
47
62 54
40
68
91 81
59

650C
10
18
29

d3
25
34
46

E
530
535
550

max
B
110
190
150

max
ISO
290
290
290

L
d3
25
34
41
46
51

dN
118
118
118
118
118

ER
140
160
180
220
240

load
group
3-5
4-6
5-8

max.
88
103
133
184
236

load
group
3-5
4-6
4-7
5-8
6-9

kg
48
88
134

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9

max.
109
141
172
214
303

load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

kg
max.
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500

min.
750
750
750
750
850

kg
45
72
94

min.
38
52
63
86
120

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 406.4 (ND 400), Type 44, 48

Type
44 41 51
44 41 52
44 41 53

Type
48 41 51
48 41 52
48 41 53
48 41 54
48 41 55

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
13
15
17
30
35
40
50
58
67

610
21
36
49
72
124

640
11
26
44

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640 650C
14
18 16
12
24
32 27
20
32
42 37
28
47
63 55
40
82
109 94
69

650C
10
23
38

d3
25
46
51

E
560
580
580

max
B
110
136
200

max
ISO
300
300
300

L
d3
25
41
46
46
51

dN
144
144
144
144
144

ER
160
180
200
240
230

min.
800
800
800
800
900

kg
max.
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600

min.
56
70
85
102
158

4.50

SELECTION TABLE
OD 419 - 508, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 419 (ND 400), Type 44, 48
Type
44 42 51
44 42 52
44 42 53

Type
48 42 51
48 42 52
48 42 53
48 42 54
48 42 55

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
13
15
17
31
37
42
51
60
69

permissible load
610 620 630
16
18
21
27
32
36
37
42
49
55
63
72
94
124 109

(kN)
640
14
24
32
47
82

640
11
27
45

650C
10
24
39

d3
25
46
51

d3
25
41
46
46
51

dN
144
144
144
144
144

E
565
585
585

max
B
115
136
210

L
650C
12
20
28
40
69

ER
160
180
200
240
230

max.
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600

min.
800
800
800
900
900

max
ISO
300
300
300

kg
min.
57
70
86
111
160

kg
50
92
140

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9

max.
109
142
173
214
305

load
group
3-5
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9

kg
55
81
140
203

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9
6-9

max.
156
174
237
365
393

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

kg
59
95
168
226

load
group
3-5
5-8
6-9
7-10

max.
178
197
272
412
469

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 457.2 (ND 450), Type 44, 48

Type
44 46 51
44 46 52
44 46 53
44 46 54

Type
Type 48

48 46 51
48 46 52
48 46 53
48 46 54
48 46 55

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
13
15
17
23
27
31
46
54
62
73
86
100

permissible load
610 620 630
27
31
36
31
35
41
53
61
70
143 126 109
160 140 123

(kN)
640
23
26
46
95
106

640
11
20
40
65

650C
10
18
35
56

d3
25
46
51
51

d3
41
46
46
51
61

dN
144
144
144
144
144

E
590
600
605
620

max
B
120
136
195
315

max
ISO
300
300
300
300

L
650C
20
23
40
80
90

ER
170
190
230
255
275

kg
max.
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700

min.
900
900
900
1000
1000

min.
82
92
119
199
215

Pipe clamps, OD 508 (ND 500), Type 44, 48

Type
44 51 51
44 51 52
44 51 53
44 51 54

Type
48 51 51
48 51 52
48 51 53
48 51 54
48 51 55

4.51

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
13
15
17
26
30
35
52
61
70
79
92
106

permissible load
610 620 630
27
31
36
31
36
41
54
61
71
143 122 109
177 156 135

(kN)
640
23
27
46
92
118

640
11
23
46
69

650C
10
20
40
60

d3
25
46
51
61

d3
41
46
46
51
61

dN
173
173
173
173
173

E
615
630
635
650

max
B
120
136
230
210

max
ISO
300
300
300
300

L
650C
20
23
40
80
100

ER
185
200
235
275
310

min.
1000
1000
1000
1050
1050

kg
max.
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800

min.
98
110
140
228
257

SELECTION TABLE
OD 558.8 - 660.4, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 558.8 (ND 550), Type 44, 48
Type
44 56 51
44 56 52
44 56 53
44 56 54
Type
48 56 51
48 56 52
48 56 53
48 56 54
48 56 55

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
26
30
35
52
61
70
79
92
106
105
123
141
permissible load
610 620 630
30
34
39
41
47
54
54
63
71
140 121 107
215 186 164

(kN)
640
26
36
47
91
140

640
23
46
69
93

650C
20
40
60
80

d3
46
51
61
61

d3
41
46
46
51
61

dN
173
173
173
173
173

E
655
665
675
690

max
B
136
240
215
290
L

650C
22
30
40
80
120

ER
200
235
240
280
355

max.
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900

min.
1100
1100
1100
1100
1200

max
ISO
300
300
300
300
kg
min.
115
141
159
246
337

kg
104
184
242
305

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10

max.
203
250
296
444
578

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 609.6 (ND 600), Type 44, 48

Type
44 61 51
44 61 52
44 61 53
44 61 54

Type
48 61 51
48 61 52
48 61 53
48 61 54
48 61 55
48 61 56

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
26
30
35
52
61
70
79
92
106
118
139
159

permissible load
610 620 630
30
34
39
56
62
73
71
81
93
140 123 107
213 183 161
264 233 202

(kN)
640
26
47
61
93
138
176

640
23
46
69
104

650C
20
40
60
90

d3
46
51
61
71

d3
41
46
46
51
61
71

dN
199
199
199
199
199
199

E
695
705
715
740

max
B
136
255
225
230

L
650C
22
40
53
78
120
150

ER
220
225
280
295
355
350

max.
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

min.
1200
1200
1200
1300
1300
1300

max
ISO
310
310
310
310

kg
min.
136
193
219
299
382
452

kg
117
206
266
350

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

max.
231
334
379
491
631
735

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

kg
124
220
285
374

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

max.
298
362
419
534
679
790

load
group
4-7
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30

Type 48

Pipe clamps, OD 660.4 (ND 650), Type 44, 48

Type
44 66 51
44 66 52
44 66 53
44 66 54
Type
48 66 51
48 66 52
48 66 53
48 66 54
48 66 55
48 66 56

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
26
30
35
52
61
70
79
92
106
118
139
159
permissible load
610 620 630
34
39
45
55
62
72
75
85
99
143 126 109
217 187 166
267 235 204

(kN)
640
29
47
64
95
141
177

640
23
46
69
104

650C
20
40
60
90

d3
46
51
61
71

d3
41
46
46
51
61
71

dN
224
224
224
224
224
224

E
720
730
745
770

max
B
136
260
230
235
L

650C
25
40
55
80
120
150

ER
230
230
280
310
330
350

min.
1250
1250
1250
1250
1350
1350

max.
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050

max
ISO
310
310
310
310
kg
min.
161
217
248
319
420
493

4.52

SELECTION TABLE
OD 711.2 - 812.8, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 711.2 (ND 700), Type 44, 48
Type
44 71 51
44 71 52
44 71 53
44 71 54
44 71 55
Type
48 71 51
48 71 52
48 71 53
48 71 54
48 71 55
48 71 56

permissible load (kN)

620
610
630
38
44
32
61
70
52
92
106
79
123
141
105
162
186
138
permissible load
610 620 630
37
43
49
54
61
72
85
95
111
140 120 106
217 189 166
279 246 213

(kN)
640
32
46
72
91
142
185

640
29
46
69
93
121

650C
25
40
60
80
105

d3
46
51
61
61
71

d3
41
46
51
51
61
71

dN
224
224
224
224
224
224

E
740
760
770
785
795

max
B
165
270
240
215
285

max
ISO
310
310
310
310
310

L
650C
27
40
63
80
120
156

ER
230
230
280
310
335
355

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
7-10
8-30

max.
318
376
489
554
710
844

load
group
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

kg
170
258
328
445
585

load
group
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

max.
385
440
560
654
814
1068

load
group
4-7
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

kg
282
361
459
514
623

load
group
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30

kg
max.
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100

min.
1300
1300
1300
1400
1400
1450

kg
155
238
308
345
469

min.
176
229
299
350
444
544

Type 44

Pipe clamps, OD 762 (ND 750), Type 44, 48

Type
44 76 51
44 76 52
44 76 53
44 76 54
44 76 55
Type

Type 48

48 76 51
48 76 52
48 76 53
48 76 54
48 76 55
48 76 56

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
32
38
44
52
61
70
79
92
106
118
139
159
156
184
211
permissible load
610 620 630
41
46
54
55
63
72
81
91
106
142 122 108
215 189 164
320 283 245

(kN)
640
35
47
69
92
143
213

640
29
46
69
104
138

650C
25
40
60
90
119

d3
46
51
61
71
71

d3
41
46
51
51
61
71

dN
250
250
250
250
250
250

E
770
790
800
815
820

max
B
175
280
245
250
330

max
ISO
310
310
310
310
310

L
650C
30
40
60
80
120
180

ER
260
260
310
340
330
410

kg
max.
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300

min.
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1600

min.
251
283
360
411
508
697

Pipe clamps, OD 812.8 (ND 800), Type 44, 48

Type
44 81 51
44 81 52
44 81 53
44 81 54
44 81 55
Type
48 81 51
48 81 52
48 81 53
48 81 54
48 81 55
48 81 56

4.53

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
52
61
70
79
92
106
111
131
150
131
154
177
156
184
211
permissible load
610 620 630
47
53
61
63
72
82
82
92
107
143 123 109
218 188 166
361 313 276

(kN)
640
40
54
69
93
142
236

640
46
69
98
116
138

650C
40
60
85
100
119

d3
51
61
71
71
71

d3
46
46
51
51
61
71

dN
250
250
250
250
250
250

E
825
840
850
855
855

max
B
295
260
245
285
340

max
ISO
320
320
320
320
320

L
650C
34
46
60
80
120
200

ER
280
300
330
350
350
450

min.
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600

kg
max.
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

min.
294
326
396
452
561
783

max.
444
502
603
704
879
1231

load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
6-9
7-10
8-30

SELECTION TABLE
OD 914.4, TEMPERATURE 610-650C
Pipe clamps, OD 914.4 (ND 900), Type 44, 48
Type
44 91 51
44 91 52
44 91 53
44 91 54
44 91 55
Type
48 91 51
48 91 52
48 91 53
48 91 54
48 91 55
48 91 56

permissible load (kN)

630
620
610
52
61
70
79
92
106
111
131
150
131
154
177
156
184
211
610
71
108
143
251
363
429

permissible load (kN)

620 630 640
47
54
63
70
82
92
92
122 108
221 192 167
312 277 236
378 328 285

640
46
69
98
116
138

650C
40
60
85
100
119

d3
51
61
71
71
71

d3
46
46
51
61
71
71

dN
279
279
279
279
279
279

max
B
305
275
255
310
360

E
870
895
905
915
910

max
ISO
320
320
320
320
320

L
650C
40
60
80
140
200
240

ER
300
330
350
385
470
450

min.
1700
1700
1700
1700
1800
1800

kg
326
410
512
593
706

load
group
6-9
7-10
8-30
8-30
9-30

max.
523
630
786
1044
1346
1501

load
group
5-8
5-8
6-9
7-10
8-30
9-30

kg
max.
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500

min.
351
412
506
678
917
1042

Type 44

Type 48

LIFT-OFF RESTRAINT FOR

CLAMP BASES TYPE 49
Lift-off restraint for clamp
bases type 49
Type 49 00 01 to 49 00 04

Type
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 01
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 02
49 00 03
49 00 04

for clamp bases

49 01 11 to
49 01 12 to
49 01 25 to
49 01 35 to
49 01 45 to
49 19 13 to
49 16 14 to
49 13 25 to
49 07 35 to
49 13 45 to
49 36 13 to
49 56 13 to

49 17 11
49 14 12
49 11 25
49 06 35
49 11 45
49 32 13
49 32 14
49 32 25
49 32 35
49 32 45
49 51 45
49 91 45

35
35
35
35
35
55
55
55
55
55
80
110

15
15
15
15
15
32
32
32
32
32
45
50

23
23
23
23
23
35
35
35
35
35
55
80

8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
15
20

3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
7

weight/pair
(kg)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.7
1.5

The permissible occasional

lift-off load of the clamp
bases are 10% of the
catalog load.

Order details:
Lift-off restraint
Type 49 00 ..

4.54

CONNECTING PLATES
TYPE 77
Connecting plates for
coupling pipe clamps
Type 43
Type 77 09 39 to 77 19 39
Twice the specified load is
possible by coupling two
pipe clamps with Type 77.

Order details:
Connecting plate
Type 77 .. 39

Type

for clamps

77 09 39
77 17 39
77 19 39

43 01 19 up to 43 09 59
43 10 19 up to 43 17 59
43 19 19 up to 43 19 39, 43 19 59

Connecting plates for

coupling pipe clamps
Type 44, up to 600C

load group

d3

D-5
3-6
4-7

25
34
46

65
70
90

90
90
90

weight
(kg)
0.8
1.2
2.3

Type 60

Type 77 22 .. to 77 91 ..
Type designation of connecting
plates: the figures 44 of clamps to
be coupled are to be replaced by 77
e.g. connecting plate for
type 44 66 38
77 66 38.
 The load group for the upper
connection (Type 60) is to be
given when ordering

Order details:
Connecting plate
Type 77 .. .., load group ...

4.55

Type
77 22 .. up to 77 27 ..
77 32 .. up to 77 37 ..
77 41 .. up to 77 46 ..
77 51 .. up to 77 56 ..
77 61 .. up to 77 91 ..

load group 
5-10
5-30
6-30
7-50
7-50

d1
min max
60
33
70
33
70
40
90
45
90
45

Bmax

135
140
140
200
190

180
225
275
300
325

weight
(kg)
10-23
11-32
16-52
30-75
31-82

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

LISEGA pipe clamps and clamp bases are

supplied ready for use complete with all bolting required. The standard surface treatment
is outlined in Technical Specifications, page
0.11.
For safe operation and rational installation
the following points should be observed.
If stored in the open, components should be
protected from dirt and water.
Horizontal clamp type 42
This pipe clamp is used as a horizontal clamp
with eye nut type 60. When tightening bolting it must be ensured that the halves are
parallel to each other. Counter nuts are to
be used.
Horizontal clamp type 43
With this horizontal clamp, connection is
made via a separate connecting pin, with eye
nut type 60. It has to be made sure that the
pin is secured by the cotter pin provided.
Otherwise, proceed as with type 42.
Horizontal clamp type 44, U-bolt/strap
These horizontal clamps consist of an upper
part with connecting lug and, depending on
load or temperature range, of a U-bolt with
an inlay plate or strap as lower part. For
installation, the preassembled lower part is
taken off by loosening the fastening nuts or
removing the connecting pins. The upper
part is seated on top of the pipe and the
lower part fitted by screwing the U-bolt on or
pinning the flat steel strap on. After adjusting
the clamp, the connections are tightened.
The U-bolts are secured by counter nuts and
the flat steel straps by tab washers for the
hexagon nuts.
Pipe clamp type 44, over 600C
These clamps consist of a yoke with connecting lug and restraint, as well as a flat steel
strap for the lower part. To install, the
restraint and strap are taken off by removing
the outer threaded rods and connecting
bolts.
The upper part is then fitted into the hanger.
The restraint and strap are fitted again, bolted on, and the threaded rods mounted.
All parts are to be checked for secure fit.

Riser clamp type 45

During installation, care must be taken to
place the spacers between the clamp halves
at the bolting. The bolting has to be tightened and secured by counter nuts.
The clamp is mounted via the other supporting pins, which are secured by washers and
cotter pins. The clamp is to be adjusted to
the height indicated by tightening the supporting boltings so that it is form fitted for
load actuation onto the shear lugs.
Riser clamp type 46
This clamp is supplied loose, sealed in plastic
foil.
For installation we recommend hanging the
front plates  in the supports first. The parts
to be tightened should be set at their lowest
level. Afterwards both side plates  can be
inserted in the intake slot. With heavy
clamps, the other side should be momentarily supported. Then the top plates  for
the shear lugs can be fitted and bolted on
by adjusting and tightening the preassembled securing plates .
By tightening the hanging parts the clamp is
to be adjusted to the height indicated and
form fitted for load actuation onto the shear
lugs.

Type 44 with U-bolt

Type 44 with strap




Type 44 over 600C

 Type 46

4.56

Riser clamp type 48

This clamp is supplied loose, sealed in plastic
foil.

Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2

First, one of the side plates  should be

prepared using threaded rods . For installation, both side plates are to be seated on
the trunnions and connected by the rods,
and the nuts only lightly tightened.

If required, the base plate may be welded

to the supporting surface.




Type 49 .. .3, 4

 Type 48

Type 49 .. .3, 4, 5

For heavy clamps, support with wooden

blocks or ropes is required.
The front plates  are now fitted into the
intake slots and connected to the hanging
parts. Secure connection of the front and
side plates is made by adjusting and tightening the preassembled securing plates .
By tightening the supports the clamp is to
be adjusted to the height indicated and
form fitted for load actuation to the trunnions.

4.57

Clamp bases type 49

LISEGA clamp bases are sliding supports,
connected to the pipe by clamping tension.
During installation it is essential that the
base plate lies flush and can glide unobstructed over the given stretches.

According to the particular field of application, different designs are used with regard
to support height, pipe diameter, support load
and operating temperature. The following
points are hereby to be observed:
Type 49 .. .1 and 49 .. .2
This clamp base consists of two halves to be
fitted to each side of the pipes. The cornered
ends form the base plate. In the lower
part, both halves are firmly connected to
each other by bolting. Through clamping
tension, the upper bolting secures the
clamp base against slipping.
Type 49 .. .3 and 49 .. .5
The foot of this clamp base forms a solid
support into which the pipe can be fitted.
The upper part, providing clamping tension,
consists of half a clamp and is to be securely
bolted.

PIPE BEARING AND SADDLE COMPONENTS

5
PRODUCT
GROUP

PIPE BEARINGS
AND SADDLE COMPONENTS
CONTENTS

PAGE

Roller bearings, type 51 to 53______________________________________ 5.1

Cylinder roller bearings, type 51 .. 19 ______________________________ 5.3

Double taper roller bearings, single, type 52 .. 19 ____________________ 5.3

Double taper roller bearings, movable, type 52 .. 29 __________________ 5.3
Double cylinder roller bearings, type 53 .. 19 ________________________ 5.4

Double cylinder roller bearings, type 53 .. 29 ________________________ 5.4

Pipe saddle for welding on, type 54 .. 19____________________________ 5.5
Pipe saddle with pipe clamp, type 54 .. 29 __________________________ 5.5

Support tray with pipe clamp, type 54 .. 39 __________________________ 5.6

Lift-off restraint, type 55 .. 19 ______________________________________ 5.6

Insulated pipe supports, type 56 __________________________________ 5.7

Cold block pipe supports, type 56 ________________________________ 5.10
Weld-on pipe shoes, type 57 .. 11 and 57 .. 12 ____________________ 5.11

PRODUCT
GROUP

Stanchions for horizontal pipes, type 58 ..1. and 58 .. 2.______________ 5.12

Stanchions for short radius elbows
(R OD), type 58 .. 1. and 58 .. 2. ________________________________ 5.13
Stanchions for long radius elbows
(R 1.5OD), type 58 .. 1. and 58 .. 2. ______________________________ 5.14
Stanchions, type 58 ____________________________________________ 5.15

6
7

Elbow pads, type 58 .. 3. ________________________________________ 5.15

8
9
5.0

ROLLER BEARINGS
TYPE 51 TO 53
Piping systems arranged
horizontally over long
stretches are placed on
supports. To allow normal
thermal movement, the
support points are designed
as either sliding or roller
types.

LISEGA Standard Roller Bearings

& Pipe Saddles
These items are standardized in LISEGA
Product Group 5 for a wide range of applications.

For larger diameter piping

and especially when fluids
and insulation produce high
loads, roller bearings provide the optimum solution.

Specification and design of roller bearings

In the design of standard components, practical requirements find special consideration.

For applications outside the standard range,

special designs can be offered.

The standard roller bearing is hot-dip galvanized and provides optimum corrosion protection. Except for the movable double cylinder
roller bearing Type 53 .. 29, weldings have
been dispensed with.
The bearing axles are made from austenitic
material and have a polished surface.
The slide bearings incorporate bushings made
from a Teflon bronze sintered compound material fitted into the roller. The bearings are
maintenance free and guarantee dry running
qualities. The formed shoulder of each bushing
minimizes the stick-slip drag effect on lateral
loading. The bearing axles are permanently
fixed in the middle section of the base. Special locking on the side bracket is not required.
The rollers are made from high tensile carbon
steel. Their outer surfaces are machined.

To compensate for misaligned anchor bolts,

on site, the base holes are slotted for additional adjustment.
The height dimensions (E) within a load group
range are identical for all roller bearings, including the lateral movement type.
Information regarding material codes, standards, calculations and weldings are given
in the Technical Specification on page 0.9
and 0.10
Manufacture and Storing
For frequently used items, efficient serial production and stocking can be achieved through
standardization.
Modern order logistics is possible through a
single fabrication process or in small lots,
thus ensuring short fabrication and delivery
times.
Technical Data for Roller Bearings
rolling resistance of the rollers max 4%
rolling resistance on lateral movement
max 4%
temperature range at nominal load
-30C to 80C
permissible lateral loading 35% of
nominal load
permissible lift-off load 10% of
nominal load

5.1

5
The special design and quality of manufacture provide the following application
benefits:
maintenance of minimum roll
resistance (max 4%)
takeover of realistic lateral loading
for double taper and double cylinder
roller bearings (35% of the support
load)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Roller Bearings
The roller bearings can be fixed by simple
bolt connections or welded to the contact
surface of the pipe support. In each case the
complete width of the base plate must be
supported and secured.
Due to the slotted holes, roller bearings can
easily be adjusted even with slightly misaligned anchor bolts.
Pipe Saddles
Welded pipe saddles are supplied coated with
a weldable primer (30m) (see Technical
Specification page 0.10).

whole support load can be carried

by just one roller of the double
cylinder type
absorption of lateral displacements by
sideways sliding designs
simple and safe design of lift-off
restraints
use of pipe saddles enables favorable
load transfer into the pipe wall
design of pipe saddles minimizes
heat transfer
hot dip galvanized corrosion protection
for all roller bearings
maintenance free operation

Care must be taken that the specified minimum weld size is applied.
Pipe saddles with clamps are supplied ready
to install.
Care must be taken to ensure the correct positioning and adequate presetting of the bolts.
Lift-off restraints
When installing the lift-off restraint plate, care
must be taken to ensure that the gap between plate and roller is sufficient for normal
movement along the whole travel range.

stainless steel roller axle

Teflon bronze compound bushes
large range of sizes OD 60mm
OD 1350mm)
large load range (max support load
120kN)
short support height (see selection
chart for E dimension)

5.2

Single cylinder
roller bearing
type 51 08 19 to 51 35 19

Type

Order details:
Type 51 .. 19

51 08 19
51 16 19
51 35 19

Load FN
(kN)
8
16
35

A1

A2

90
120
145

70
100
120

80
100
130

50
60
85

35
55
60

60
75
95

20
24
26

10
12
14

5
6
10

Weight
(kg)
1.2
2.4
5.5

Double taper roller bearing

(single)
type 52 04 19 to 52 35 19

 E = 1.064 R +x

Order details:
Type 52 .. 19

Type
52 04 19
52 08 19
52 16 19
52 35 19

Load FN
R
(kN)
27 - 100
4
84 - 130
8
110 - 165
16
136 - 230
35

105
135
165
230

90
100
120
160

70
85
100
135

155
185
215
280

90
100
120
160

70
85
100
135

E
min. max.
83 160
153 202
191 250
247 347

55
75
90
130

70
75
90
120

20
20
24
26

10 4
10 6
12 8
14 12

105
120
140
180

70
75
90
120

20
20
24
26

10
10
12
14

4
6
8
12

54
64
74
102

x
54
64
74
102

Weight
(kg)
1.8
3.3
5.4
14.0

Double taper roller

bearing (sideways movable)
type 52 04 29 to 52 35 29

travel 50mm

 E = 1.064 R +x

Order details:
Type 52 .. 29

5.3

Type
52 04 29
52 08 29
52 16 29
52 35 29

Load FN
R
(kN)
27 - 100
4
84 - 130
8
110 - 165
16
136 - 230
35

E
min. max.
83 160
153 202
191 250
247 347

Weight
(kg)
2.0
3.6
6.0
15.5

DOUBLE CYLINDER ROLLER BEARING

TYPE 53

Double cylinder roller

bearing
type 53 08 19 to 53 12 19

Type
53 08 19
53 16 19
53 35 19
53 60 19
53 12 19

Load FN
R
(kN)
30 - 190
8
85 - 310
16
35 175 - 440
60 250 - 520
120 400 - 675

A1

A2

210
310
420
490
620

190
285
370
430
525

80
100
130
150
180

65
90
110
135
165

E
min. max.
72 242
135 375
240 520
329 615
495 785

140 60
230 75
320 90
370 100
460 115

20
24
26
31
31

10
12
14
18
22

5
6
10
12
18

x Weight
(kg)
2.5
40
5.5
45
53 14.0
63 23.0
70 48.0

 E = 1.064 R+x

Order details:
Type 53 .. 19
Double cylinder roller
bearing (sideways movable)
type 53 08 29 to 53 12 29

A + travel s 

Type
53 08 29
53 16 29
53 35 29
53 60 29
53 12 29

Load FN
R
(kN)
30 - 190
8
85 - 310
16
35 175 - 440
60 250 - 520
120 400 - 675

260
350
475
530
700

210
300
410
465
635

50
50
60
70
80

10
12
14
18
23

E
min. max.
72 242
135 375
240 520
329 615
495 785

 E = 1.064 R+x

145
160
215
250
315

165
185
245
290
360

65
90
110
130
160

60 5
75 5
100 6
120 8
145 10

40
45
53
63
70

Weight
(kg)
6
10
23
35
70

 Travel s= 100600mm
 Centre fixing point from
Travel s= 300mm
Weight at s= 100mm

Order details:
Type 53 .. 29
with s = ... mm

5.4

WELD-ON PIPE SADDLES

TYPE 54
Weld-on pipe saddle
type 54 06 19 to 54 81 19
OD

OD

Up to
OD 406.4

From
OD 508

L=300

 Load at pipe
temperature 150C.

Order details:
Type 54 .. 19
R = ... mm

Type
54 06 19
54 08 19
54 09 19
54 11 19
54 14 19
54 17 19
54 19 19
54 22 19
54 27 19
54 32 19
54 36 19
54 41 19
54 51 19
54 61 19
54 71 19
54 81 19

Pipe saddle with

pipe clamp
type 54 06 29 to 54 81 29

Load FN
(kN) 
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.8
4
4
5
8
12
20
20
38
50
65
100
120

OD
60.3
76.1
88.9
114.3
139.7
168.3
193.7
219.1
273
323.9
355.6
406.4
508
609.6
711.2
812.8

80
90
95
110
120
135
150
160
190
215
230
255
325
375
430
480

180
190
195
210
220
235
250
260
290
315
330
355
415
465
520
570

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6

3
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
10
12
12
15
10
12
15
20

Weight
(kg)
1.4 - 3.5
1.5 - 3.7
1.5 - 3.8
1.5 - 4.0
2.0 - 5.0
3.0 - 6.5
3.0 - 6.8
4.0 - 8.0
6.7 - 13.5
9.6 - 18
10 - 18
13 - 25
10 - 16
12 - 21
16 - 26
19 - 33

OD

OD

Up to
OD 406.4

From
OD 508

L=300

 Load at pipe
temperature 150C.

Order details:
Type 54 .. 29
R = ... mm

5.5

Type
54 06 29
54 08 29
54 09 29
54 11 29
54 14 29
54 17 29
54 19 29
54 22 29
54 27 29
54 32 29
54 36 29
54 41 29
54 51 29
54 61 29
54 71 29
54 81 29

Load FN
(kN) 
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.8
4
4
5
8
12
20
20
38
50
65
100
120

OD
60.3
76.1
88.9
114.3
139.7
168.3
193.7
219.1
273
323.9
355.6
406.4
508
609.6
711.2
812.8

R
80
90
95
110
120
135
150
160
190
215
230
255
325
375
430
480

180
190
195
210
220
235
250
260
290
315
330
355
415
465
520
570

40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
70
70
90
90
90

3
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
10
12
12
15
10
12
15
20

Weight
(kg)
2.5 - 4.8
2.8 - 5.8
3.1 - 6.0
5 - 7
6 - 9
7 - 12
8 - 13
9 - 15
15 - 20
19 - 26
21 - 30
30 - 40
32 - 38
63 - 72
75 - 86
84 - 98

PIPE TRAY WITH PIPE CLAMPS TYPE 54

LIFT-OFF RESTRAINT TYPE 55

Pipe tray with pipe clamps

type 54 06 39 to 54 81 39
OD

90

Type
54 06 39
54 08 39
54 09 39
54 11 39
54 14 39
54 17 39
54 19 39
54 22 39
54 27 39
54 32 39
54 36 39
54 41 39
54 51 39
54 61 39
54 71 39
54 81 39

L=300

Load FN
(kN)
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.5
4.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
10
15
20
35
40
60
80
100

OD

60.3
76.1
88.9
114.3
139.7
168.3
193.7
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
508.0
609.6
711.2
812.8

34
41
48
62
75
90
102
116
143
170
188
214
264
317
370
421

3
3
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
8
10
10
10
12
15
15

Weight
(kg)
1.7
2.0
2.6
4.7
5.4
5.9
6.6
7.5
11
14
16
24
28
56
68
75

Order details:
Type 54 .. 39
Lift-off restraint
type 55 08 19 to 55 12 19

OD

L=300

Type
55 08 19
55 16 19
55 35 19
55 60 19
55 12 19

compatible with
roller bearing, type
53 08 19
53 16 19
53 35 19
53 60 19
53 12 19

226
335
455
560
700

80
100
130
150
180

R
30
85
175
250
400

190
310
440
520
675

Order details:
Type 55 .. 19
for type 54 .. .9
R = ... mm

5.6

INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS

TYPE 56
Pipe Supports for Cryogenic Applications
LISEGA offer a complete range of insulated
pipe supports for all types of cryogenic piping
applications. Typically, these include industrial
processes involving the production, transportation and distribution of liquefied gases
including methane, propane, butane (LNG),
ethylene, oxygen, nitrogen and ammonia (LPG).
LISEGA standard insulated pipe supports are
designed in accordance with recognized engineering specifications and international standards for pipes ranging in size from OD
21.3mm to OD 914mm with insulation thicknesses from 25mm up to 250mm. The supports are manufactured using materials suitable for the loads specified and for temperatures ranging from ambient to 196C.
Insulation Material

The insulation material that

forms an integral part of the insulated pipe support assembly is manufactured
using fire-retarding high-density polyurethane
(PUF) foam. For the supply of the PUF components and consumables, LISEGA have
formed an alliance with Bains Harding
Industries Pty. Ltd., Australia. With more than
twenty five years experience in industrial
insulation, the company has extensive
experience in the manufacture of rigid
polyurethane insulation materials including
highdensity moulded products and provide
construction and maintenance services to
the liquefied natural gas industry (LNG) in
Australia and South East Asia.
PUF Manufacture
The PUF is monolithically molded in heavy
duty steel molds under carefully controlled
temperature and humidity conditions. This
ensures compliance with dimensional specifications and provides clean, sharp edges
that fit neatly with the adjacent line insulation material on site. Careful attention is
given to the curing of the PUF after molding
to ensure dimensional stability.
Both single and multilayer PUF cradle
systems are manufactured in accordance

5.7

with ASTM C-585 and incorporate stepped

radial and offset longitudinal joints. This provides a reliable interlocking interface with
each layer of the adjacent line insulation on
site and prevents a direct vapor path to the
insulation surface.
All exposed PUF cradle surfaces are sealed
with cryogenic fire-retarding elastomeric vapor
barrier mastic to prevent moisture ingress.
A laminated aluminum/polyester foil is bonded to the outermost surface of the PUF
cradle assembly. This has an overlap allowance designed to cover the adjacent line
insulation material on site. Finally, a sheet
metal jacket forms part of the PUF cradle
assembly and fits over the aluminum/polyester foil to provide additional support and
insulation protection.
The PUF cradles are available in three standard densities to provide for varying load
requirements
160 kg/m3,
224 kg/m3,
320 kg/m3.

5
Material properties of the insulation
Unit
kg/m3

Density
Compressive strength

20C
-165C

Linear coefficient of
expansion
Closed cell content
Thermal conductivity

Steel Clamp Base

LISEGA standard insulated pipe supports are
designed to clamp onto the pipe mechanically.
The steel clamp base support that the PUF
cradle assembly fits into is manufactured
from carbon steel and supplied with a hot
dip galvanized finish as standard.
Material grades, welding and surface treatment
are in accordance with the LISEGA standard
specifications shown on pages 0.9 and 0.10
of the catalog.

Nominal thickness
of insulation
80
100
130
150
180
200
250

MPa
MPa
1/K
%

20C
-165C

W/mK
W/mK

Test
standard
ASTM
D1622
ASTM
D1621
BS 4370
ASTM
D2856
ASTM
C177

160

224

320

 4.0
 7.0
 2.0
 5.75  12.25
 3.675
-6
-6
 70x10-6  70x10  70x10
 90

 90

 90

 0.032
 0.021

 0.035
 0.027

 0.041
 0.034

Thickness
of the layering
40 / 40
50 / 50
30 / 50 / 50
50 / 50 / 50
50 / 80 / 50
50 / 100 / 50
50 / 50 / 100 / 50

The quality control system employed by LISEGA

in the manufacture and assembly of pipe
supports is described on page 0.15. The inspection and test procedure includes a trial
fitting of each pipe support to a suitable
section of pipe to ensure compliance with
the specification.

5.8

CRYOGENIC CLAMP BASES

TYPE 56 .. 10 TO 56 .. 69
Cryogenic clamp bases
Type 56 01 10 to 56 91 69

75
230
300
450
600
800

230
300
450
600
800

100
50

Width of the
clamp base B
100
150
200
300
400
500

sheet metal jacket

OD

150

C minus 20

 160

Type
56 01 ..
56 02 ..
56 03 ..
56 06 ..
56 09 ..
56 11 ..
56 17 ..
56 22 ..
56 27 ..
56 32 ..
56 36 ..
56 41 ..
56 46 ..
56 51 ..
56 56 ..
56 61 ..
56 66 ..
56 71 ..
56 76 ..
56 81 ..
56 91 ..

Permissible load (kN) at 170C 

Table of outer diameter D of the insulation (excluding sheet metal jacket)

Nominal insulation thickness
OD
21.3
26.9
33.7
60.3
88.9
114.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
457.2
508.0
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4

25
71
77
84
110
139
164
218
269
323

40
101
107
114
140
169
194
248
199
353
404

50
121
127
134
160
189
214
268
319
373
424
456

80
181
187
194
220
249
274
328
379
433
484
516
566

100
221
227
234
260
289
314
368
419
473
524
556
606
657
708
759
810
860
911
962
1013
1114

130
287
294
320
349
374
428
479
533
584
616
666
717
768
918
870
920
971
1022
1073
1174

150

360
689
414
468
519
573
624
659
706
757
808
859
910
960
1011
1062
1113
1214

180

449
474
528
579
633
684
716
766
817
868
919
970
1020
1071
1122
1173
1274

6th digit of type designation

200

514
568
619
673
724
756
806
857
908
959
1010
1060
1111
1162
1213
1314

250

614
668
719
773
824
856
906
957
1008
1059
1110
1160
1211
1262
1313
1414

2.3
2.9
3.7
6.7
9.8
12
18
24
30
36
39
45
50
56
62
67
73
79
84
90
100

..
..
..
..

 Maximum lateral loading 30% of vertical load

5.9

1.
2.
4.
6.

Length
Length
Length
Length

C:
C:
C:
C:

300;
500;
500;
500;

density
density
density
density

105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
240
275

265
290
320
345
370
400
425
480

5th digit of type designation

56 .. .0 56 .. .1 56 .. .2 56 .. .3 56 .. .4 56 .. .5 56 .. .6 56 .. .7 56 .. .8 56 .. .9 56 .. 1.
..
..
..
..

2.3
2.9
3.7
6.7
9.8
21
31
40
50
60
65
75
84
94
100
110
120
130
140
150
165

of
of
of
of

insulation
insulation
insulation
insulation

160kg/m3
160kg/m3
224kg/m3
320kg/m3

56 .. 2.

56 .. 4. 56 .. 6.

COLD BLOCK PIPE SUPPORTS

TYPE 56 .. 91
Pipe Supports for Cryogenic Applications
LISEGA standard cold block supports are designed in accordance with recognized engineering specifications and international standards for pipes ranging in size from OD 21.3mm
to OD 914mm. The supports are manufactured
using materials that are suitable for the loads
specified and temperatures ranging from
ambient to 196C.

Steel Clamp Bases

LISEGA standard cold block pipe supports are
designed to mechanically clamp onto the pipe.
The steel clamp base support is manufactured
from stainless steel and is supplied self-color
as standard. The cold block is bolted between
the underside of the clamp base and a carbon
steel base plate. Material grades, welding and
surface treatment are in accordance with the
LISEGA standard specifications.

Cold Block Material

The cold block insulation material forming
an integral part of the cold block pipe support
assembly is designed to provide a sufficient
thermal insulation barrier between the pipe
operating at subzero temperatures and the
supporting structure that is at ambient temperature.

Other pipe support configurations can be supplied (pipe support stanchions, cradles, anchors)
on request.
LISEGA cold block pipe supports are supplied
with detailed installation instructions. Each pipe
support is clearly marked in accordance with
the LISEGA Type Designation System.

LISEGA standard cold block supports incorporate Lignostone densified wood blocks
that are manufactured from selected beech
veneers, impregnated under vacuum with
thermosetting synthetic resin and densified
under heat and pressure. The Lignostone
blocks combine high strength with low thermal conductivity, have proven cryogenic
capability and are used exclusively for cold
pipe applications throughout the world.

LISEGA cold block pipe supports are supplied

fully assembled and packed to protect the finished product from superficial damage and moisture ingress during storage and transportation.

Temperature C
Thermal
conductivity W / (Km)

Alternative cold block insulation materials

suitable for cryogenic applications are available on request.
Type
56 01 91
56 02 91
56 03 91
56 06 91
56 09 91
56 11 91
56 17 91
56 22 91
56 27 91
56 32 91
56 36 91
56 41 91
56 46 91
56 51 91
56 56 91
56 61 91
56 66 91
56 71 91
56 76 91
56 81 91
56 91 91

OD
21.3
26.9
33.7
60.3
88.9
114.3
168.3
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
457.2
508.0
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4

permissible
load in kN 
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.7
5.5
7.1
10
13
17
20
22
25
28
31
34
38
41
44
47
50
57

+20

-100

-180

OD

-196

0.309 0.243 0.205 0.199

175
175
175
175
175
175
175
240
240
360
360
360
410
440
490
490
590
590
590
590
690

200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400

100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

111
113
117
130
144
207
234
260
287
312
328
353
379
404
429
455
480
506
531
556
607

73
80
84
117
139
183
223
258
315
354
375
438
477
528
598
640
690
741
792
843
944

36
40
42
58
70
92
111
129
158
177
187
219
239
264
299
320
345
371
396
421
472

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25

135
135
135
135
135
135
135
200
200
320
320
320
370
400
450
450
550
550
550
550
650

Length=B

 permissible loads at
cryogenic temperature

5.10

WELD-ON PIPE SHOES

TYPE 57 .. 11 AND 57 .. 12
Weld-on pipe shoes made
from T/C section
For use with small pipe
loads and temperature
 80C
type 57 .. 11 to 57 .. 12

Material: S235JRG2
Surface: primer
Type designation:
57 .. 11 (T Shoe)
57 .. 12 (C Shoe)

 Field weld For the weld

size and permissible loads

specified, the stress in the
weld is less than 50 N/mm2.

Order details:
Weld-on pipe shoe
type 57 .. 1.

5.11

Type
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 03 11
57 07 11
57 07 11
57 07 11
57 07 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 13 11
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 24 12
57 36 12
57 36 12
57 36 12
57 42 12
57 42 12
57 42 12
57 51 12
57 51 12
57 61 12
57 61 12

Load F [kN]
at 80C
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
10
10
10
10
12
15
15
20
20

OD

21.3
26.9
33.7
42.4
48.3
60.3
73.0
76.1
88.9
108.0
114.3
133.0
139.7
159.0
168.3
193.7
219.1
244.5
267.0
273.0
323.9
355.6
368.0
406.4
419.0
457.2
508.0
558.8
609.6
660.4

100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
160
160
160
200
200
200
240
240
300
300

81
83
87
91
94
100
107
108
115
154
157
167
170
180
184
135
150
163
175
178
210
226
233
255
262
283
312
340
370
400

a
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Weight
(kg)
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
6.3
6.3
6.3
8.3
8.3
11.6
11.6

48.3
60.3
60.3
73.0
73.0
76.1
76.1
88.9
88.9
108.0
108.0
114.3
114.3
133.0
133.0
139.7
139.7
159.0
159.0
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267.0
267.0
273.0
273.0
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368.0
368.0
406.4
406.4
419.0
419.0
457.2
457.2
508.0
508.0
558.8
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4

Stanchion
type
33.7 x 4.5
a
33.7 x 4.5
a
48.3 x 5
b
33.7 x 4.5
a
48.3 x 5
b
33.7 x 4.5
a
48.3 x 5
b
33.7 x 4.5
a
48.3 x 5
b
48.3 x 5
b
73.0 x 5.6
c
48.3 x 5
b
73.0 x 5.6
c
48.3 x 5
b
73.0 x 5.6
c
73.0 x 5.6
c
88.9 x 5.6
d
73.0 x 5.6
c
88.9 x 5.6
d
73.0 x 5.6
c
88.9 x 5.6
d
88.9 x 5.6
d
114.3 x 8.8
e
88.9 x 5.6
d
114.3 x 8.8
e
88.9 x 5.6
d
114.3 x 8.8
e
114.3 x 8.8
e
139.7 x 10
f
114.3 x 8.8
e
139.7 x 10
f
139.7 x 10
f
219.1 x 8
g
139.7 x 10
f
219.1 x 8
g
139.7 x 10
f
219.1 x 8
g
139.7 x 10
f
219.1 x 8
g
139.7 x 10
f
219.1 x 8
g
219.1 x 8
g
323.9 x 10
h
219.1 x 8
g
323.9 x 10
h
219.1 x 8
g
323.9 x 10
h
323.9 x 10
h
323.9 x 10
h
323.9 x 10
h
323.9 x 10
h
323.9 x 10
h
323.9 x 10
h
Dxs

a
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
5
7
5
7
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
5
7
5
7
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

E min

E max

24
30
30
37
37
38
38
44
44
54
54
57
57
67
67
70
70
80
80
84
84
97
97
110
110
122
122
134
134
137
137
162
162
178
178
184
184
203
203
210
210
229
229
254
254
279
279
305
330
356
381
406
457

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
400
400
450
450
450
450
500
500
500
500
550
550
550
600
600
650
650
700

1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1350
1350
1350
1350
1400
1400
1450
1450
1500
1550

Type 58 .. 11
2

150

58 05 .1
58 06 .1
58 06 .2
58 07 .1
58 07 .2
58 08 .1
58 08 .2
58 09 .1
58 09 .2
58 10 .1
58 10 .2
58 11 .1
58 11 .2
58 13 .1
58 13 .2
58 14 .1
58 14 .2
58 16 .1
58 16 .2
58 17 .1
58 17 .2
58 19 .1
58 19 .2
58 22 .1
58 22 .2
58 24 .1
58 24 .2
58 26 .1
58 26 .2
58 27 .1
58 27 .2
58 32 .1
58 32 .2
58 36 .1
58 36 .2
58 37 .1
58 37 .2
58 41 .1
58 41 .2
58 42 .1
58 42 .2
58 46 .1
58 46 .2
58 51 .1
58 51 .2
58 56 .1
58 56 .2
58 61 .1
58 66 .1
58 71 .1
58 76 .1
58 81 .1
58 91 .1

OD

75

OD

Type

OD

STANCHIONS FOR HORIZONTAL PIPES

TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.

Type 58 .. 21
2
 ...  see page 5.15

Example: Telescopic stanchion for pipe OD= 244.5mm,

E= 800 (sliding)
The length of the stanchion is: L= E-N see data from
the selection table L=800-122= 678mm.
For stanchion D= 88.9mm (designation d)
Permissible load = 0.36 x 11kN (see tables on
page 5.15) = 3.96kN

Order details:
Type 58 24 21, E= 800mm

5.12

STANCHIONS FOR SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS

(R OD) TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.
OD

Type

Type 58 .. 13
4

150

75

OD

Type 58 .. 23
4
 ...  see page 5.15

Example: Stanchion for short radius elbow R OD,

OD= 419mm, E= 750 (anchor)
Length of stanchion: L= E-N (see data from the
selection table), L=750-50= 700mm.
For stanchion D= 139.7mm (designation f)
Permissible load = 0.41 x 22.5kN (see tables on
page 5.15) = 9.2kN

Order details:
Stanchions for short radius elbows
R  OD type 58 42 23, E = 750mm

5.13

58 05 .3
58 06 .3
58 06 .4
58 07 .3
58 07 .4
58 08 .3
58 08 .4
58 09 .3
58 09 .4
58 10 .3
58 10 .4
58 11 .3
58 11 .4
58 13 .3
58 13 .4
58 14 .3
58 14 .4
58 16 .3
58 16 .4
58 17 .3
58 17 .4
58 19 .3
58 19 .4
58 22 .3
58 22 .4
58 24 .3
58 24 .4
58 26 .3
58 26 .4
58 27 .3
58 27 .4
58 32 .3
58 32 .4
58 36 .3
58 36 .4
58 37 .3
58 37 .4
58 41 .3
58 41 .4
58 42 .3
58 42 .4
58 46 .3
58 46 .4
58 51 .3
58 51 .4
58 56 .3
58 56 .4
58 61 .3
58 66 .3
58 71 .3
58 76 .3
58 81 .3
58 91 .3

OD
48.3
60.3
60.3
73.0
73.0
76.1
76.1
88.9
88.9
108.0
108.0
114.3
114.3
133.0
133.0
139.7
139.7
159.0
159.0
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267.0
267.0
273.0
273.0
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368.0
368.0
406.4
406.4
419.0
419.0
457.2
457.2
508.0
508.0
558.8
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4

Dxs
33.7
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
114.3
139.7
114.3
139.7
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9

x 4.5
x 4.5
x 5
x 4.5
x 5
x 4.5
x 5
x 4.5
x 5
x 5
x 5.6
x 5
x 5.6
x 5
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 8.8
x 5.6
x 8.8
x 5.6
x 8.8
x 8.8
x 10
x 8.8
x 10
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10

Stanchion
type
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h

a

E min

E max

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
5
7
5
7
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
5
7
5
7
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
35
40
40
45
45
50
50
40
40
45
45
50
50
50
50
55
55
60
60
65
65
70
80
85
90
95
110

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
450
450
450
450
450
450
500
550

1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1150
1200

STANCHIONS FOR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS

R 1.5 OD, TYPE 58 .. 1. AND 58 .. 2.

58 05 .5
58 06 .5
58 06 .6
58 07 .5
58 07 .6
58 08 .5
58 08 .6
58 09 .5
58 09 .6
58 10 .5
58 10 .6
58 11 .5
58 11 .6
58 13 .5
58 13 .6
58 14 .5
58 14 .6
58 16 .5
58 16 .6
58 17 .5
58 17 .6
58 19 .5
58 19 .6
58 22 .5
58 22 .6
58 24 .5
58 24 .6
58 26 .5
58 26 .6
58 27 .5
58 27 .6
58 32 .5
58 32 .6
58 36 .5
58 36 .6
58 37 .5
58 37 .6
58 41 .5
58 41 .6
58 42 .5
58 42 .6
58 46 .5
58 46 .6
58 51 .5
58 51 .6
58 56 .5
58 56 .6
58 61 .5
58 66 .5
58 71 .5
58 76 .5
58 81 .5
58 91 .5

OD
48.3
60.3
60.3
73.0
73.0
76.1
76.1
88.9
88.9
108.0
108.0
114.3
114.3
133.0
133.0
139.7
139.7
159.0
159.0
168.3
168.3
193.7
193.7
219.1
219.1
244.5
244.5
267.0
267.0
273.0
273.0
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
368.0
368.0
406.4
406.4
419.0
419.0
457.2
457.2
508.0
508.0
558.8
558.8
609.6
660.4
711.2
762.0
812.8
914.4

Dxs
33.7
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
33.7
48.3
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
48.3
73.0
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
73.0
88.9
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
88.9
114.3
114.3
139.7
114.3
139.7
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
139.7
219.1
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
219.1
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9

x 4.5
x 4.5
x 5
x 4.5
x 5
x 4.5
x 5
x 4.5
x 5
x 5
x 5.6
x 5
x 5.6
x 5
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 5.6
x 8.8
x 5.6
x 8.8
x 5.6
x 8.8
x 8.8
x 10
x 8.8
x 10
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 8
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10
x 10

Stanchion
type
a
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
b
c
b
c
b
c
c
d
c
d
c
d
d
e
d
e
d
e
e
f
e
f
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
f
g
g
h
g
h
g
h
h
h
h
h
h
h

a
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
3
5
3
5
5
7
5
7
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
5
7
5
7
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

E min

E max

0
0
0
5
5
0
0
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
40
40
65
65
65
65
70
70
75
75
80
80
90
90
100
100
110
115
125
135
145
160

200
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
400
400
450
450
500
550

1100
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
950
950
950
950
950
900

Type 58 .. 15
6
OD

150

75

Type

Type 58 .. 25
6
 ...  see page 5.15

Example: Stanchion for long radius elbow R 1.5 OD,

OD= 419mm, E= 750 (anchor)
Length of stanchion: L= E+N (see data from the selection table), L=750+75= 825mm.
For stanchion D= 139.7mm (designation f)
Permissible load = 0.37 x 22.5kN (see tables on
page 5.15) = 8.3kN

Order details:
Stanchions for long radius elbows
R  1.5 OD
type 58 42 25, E = 750mm

5.14

STANCHIONS
TYPE 58
 Field

weld

 For weld size and permissible loads specified,

stress in weld less than
50 N/mm2


Type designation:

58 .. 1. Stanchion
58 .. 2. Telescopic
stanchion


Permissible load for

actual stanchion length
taken from chart

Type
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

Dxs
33.7
48.3
73.0
88.9
114.3
139.7
219.1
323.9

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Axt
90
115
130
150
190
215
305
405

4.5
5
5.6
5.6
8.8
10
8
10

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

10
10
10
10
12
15
20
25

Max. permissible load at 80C (kN)

Weight (kg)
only
for L= 200mm
per add.


58 .. 1. 58 .. 2. 100mm
vertical
sliding
fixed
load
anchor
0.32
1.8
1.3
1.1
1.9
9.5
0.53
4.0
2.1
2.3
3.7
22
0.9
4.2
3.1
5.0
7.9
34
1.2
6.6
4.0
7.1
11
40
2.3
10.8
7.7
16.0
25
78
3.2
15.8
11.7
22.5
35
96
4.2
26.8
22.1
43.5
69
150
7.7
54.1
45.7
113.0
185
330

Permissible load against length of sliding / fixed (anchor) stanchions.

 Maximum lateral load

is 100% of specified
vertical load

Material: S235
Surface: primer

Elbow pads for long radius

elbows (R  1.5 OD)

.5OD
R1

Type 58 06 3. to 58 11 3.


Field weld
6th digit of type
designation:

OD

1 = Material: S235JRG2
Surface: primer

Order details:
Type 58 .. 3.

5.15

58 06 3.
58 07 3.
58 09 3.
58 11 3.

OD
60.3
73.0
88.9
114.3

Type

2 = Material: 1.4301
(stainless steel)

95
115
140
180

95
105
125
165

4
5
5
6

Weight
(kg)
0.25
0.40
0.60
1.15

THREADED CONNECTING ELEMENTS

PRODUCT
GROUP

CONNECTING ELEMENTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

Connecting elements ______________________________________________6.1

Eye nut type 60 __________________________________________________6.2

Clevis with pin type 61 __________________________________________ 6.2

Turnbuckle type 62

______________________________________________6.3

Rod coupling type 64 ____________________________________________ 6.3

Connecting rods__________________________________________________ 6.4

Hexagon nut type 63 ______________________________________________6.5
Tie rod LR type 65 ________________________________________________6.5

Stud bolt type 67 ________________________________________________ 6.5

Tie rod type 66 __________________________________________________6.6

Threaded rod type 67 ____________________________________________ 6.6

5
PRODUCT
GROUP

7
8
9
6.0

CONNECTING ELEMENTS
TYPE 60 TO 64
In the connection component field, precision fit
threads, reliable material
grades and designs with
safe load reserves are the
prerequisite for the dependability of the entire load
chain.

The components in Product Group 6 are

specially designed threaded elements for
connecting the attachment rods to other
support components. In the load chains,
they connect components that in part have
differently designed connections such as
lugs, clevises or eye nuts.
The connecting parts in Product Group 6
form an independent group within the
modular system and have been specially
designed for optimum suitability as pipe
support components.

Eye nut, type 60

The components are drop forged, and designed (apart from turnbuckles type 62) to
allow slight length adjustments, despite
their limited installation height.
The permissible loads correspond with the
load table for statically determined pipe
supports on page 0.5 of the Technical
Specifications.
Eye nut Type 60 is used to join the rod to a
pin connection, the clevis Type 61 to join it
to a lug connection.

Clevis with pin, type 61

Turnbuckle Type 62 is supplied with a

right-hand thread at one end and a lefthand thread at the other. It is used together
with the tie rod Type 65 to provide length
adjustment and presetting of the load chains.
Coupling Type 64 is used to produce rod
lengths greater than 3m.
All threads (except in turnbuckles Type 62)
are right-hand and available in metric or UNC
standard.

Turnbuckle, type 62

For corrosion protection, all components are

supplied complete with a standard electrogalvanized finish (zinc thickness approx.
15m, yellow chromatized for metric and
white for UNC threads). For use in particularly
aggressive environments, the components
can be supplied with a hot dip galvanized
finish.
Material certification can be supplied for all
components if required.

Rod coupling, type 64

6.1

LISEGA connecting components offer

special advantages:
universal application
load and connection compatibility with
the LISEGA modular system
drop forged and heat treated
standard electrogalvanized or if
required, hot dip galvanized finish
qualification by special type testing

EYE NUT TYPE 60

CLEVIS WITH PIN TYPE 61

Eye nut
type 60 D9 19 to 60 50 12
Material: P250GH
drop forged
from load group 40:
Welded design
Material: S355J2G3

Type

60 D9 19
60 29 12
60 39 12
60 49 12
60 59 12
60 69 12
60 79 12
60 89 12
60 99 12
60 10 12
60 20 12
60 30 12
60 40 12
60 50 12

24
33
44
59
72
88
100
110
120
135
150
160
220
250

40
60
75
90
110
127
140
157
180
200
230
230
250
280

11
15
20
25
30
37
45
52
60
65
70
70
120
140

17
24
30
35
44
50
60
70
80
95
105
110
125
140

d2

d3

M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

13
17
25
29
35
42
47
52
62
62
72
72
82
92

25
40
45
55
65
75
75
85
85
105
130
130
100
120

5
6
10
10
15
17
20
25
30
40
40
40
50
60

15
19
26
35
44
54
62
72
78
80
85
90
110
125

15
20
30
35
45
52
65
72
95
95
100
100
150
160

Weight
(kg)
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.40
0.80
1.20
2.00
2.90
4.70
7.70
8.80
9.30
27.00
45.00

Order details:
Eye nut type 60 .. 1.
Clevis with pin
type 61 D9 19 to 61 50 12
Material: P250GH
from load group 10:
S355J2G3
drop forged
from load group 40:
flame cut design
Material: S355J2G3

Shape type 614012, 615012

Type

d1

61 D9 19
61 29 12
61 39 12
61 49 12
61 59 12
61 69 12
61 79 12
61 89 12
61 99 12
61 10 12
61 20 12
61 30 12
61 40 12
61 50 12

23
33
42
55
65
72
85
100
120
130
155
155
150
165

50
70
80
90
110
130
150
170
180
215
230
230
240
260

11
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
65
70
70
80
90

17
25
33
40
46
51
61
72
83
90
110
110

10
12
16
20
24
33
40
45
50
60
70
70
80
90

d2
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

35
50
50
55
65
80
90
100
95
120
130
125
130
140

11
12
17
20
22
27
32
37
42
50
60
60
56
64

50
60
70
90
105
125
140
165
185
210
245
245
230
240

25
34
44
57
68
80
93
110
130
150
175
175
150
165

21
24
32
46
53
64
80
90
100
120
150
150
150
180

5x9
8x12
11x15
16x21
19x25
19x29
22x36
27x40
33x44
30x45
35x55
35x55

90
110

15
20
30
35
45
50
60
70
85
95
100
105
110
120

Weight
(kg)
0.1
0.2
0.4
1.0
1.6
2.7
4.4
7.2
10.4
14.8
24.4
24.4
42.0
60.0

Pin
C35E + QT complete with
cotter pin DIN EN ISO 1234
and washer DIN 1441

Order details:
Clevis type 61 .. 1.

6.2

TURNBUCKLE TYPE 62
ROD COUPLING TYPE 64
Turnbuckle
type 62 D9 19 to 62 50 15
Material: S235JRG2
drop forged
from load group 10:
S355J2G3
Flame cut design

 one end right-hand thread,

the other left-hand.

Order details:
Turnbuckle type 62 .. 1.

SW

Type
62 D9 19
62 29 12
62 39 19
62 49 19
62 59 19
62 69 12
62 79 12
62 89 12
62 99 12
62 10 15
62 20 15
62 30 15
62 40 15
62 50 15

A
30
34
42
52
62
74
86
104
130
110
130
140
150
165

SW

d2

125
125
150
170
240
255
295
330
355
300
320
330
390
410

18
21
27
33
39
45
55
63
75
60
70
75
80
90

16
18
24
30
36
46
55
65
75
80
90
100
100
120

M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

35
35
50
60
80
85
95
100
105
80
80
80
90
90

9x 8
11x 9
14x11
17x14
22x17
23x20
28x23
32x27
40x35
80x23
90x28
100x30
100x33
120x37

45
45
50
55
80
85
100
115
125
110
120
125
150
160

Weight
(kg)
0.15
0.20
0.40
0.70
1.20
1.80
3.00
4.80
7.80
10.00
15.00
18.00
22.00
32.00

Rod coupling
type 64 D9 19 to 64 50 15
Material: S235JRG2
drop forged
from load group 10:
S355J2G3
Flame cut design

Type

Order details:
Rod coupling 64 .. 1.

6.3

64 D9 19
64 29 18
64 39 18
64 49 18
64 59 18
64 69 18
64 79 18
64 89 18
64 99 18
64 10 15
64 20 15
64 30 15
64 40 15
64 50 15

A
34
34
42
52
62
74
86
104
130
110
130
140
150
165

d2

45
45
60
75
90
105
120
150
180
190
220
240
250
280

15
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
60
70
75
80
90

21
21
27
32
39
45
55
63
75
80
90
100
100
120

M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

11x 9
11x 9
14x11
17x14
22x17
23x20
28x23
32x27
40x35
80x23
90x28
100x30
100x33
120x37

Weight
(kg)
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.2
1.6
2.6
5.1
7.0
11.0
14.0
15.0
23.0

CONNECTING RODS
TYPE 63 TO 67
Piping systems are embedded in load chains
where connecting rods form an indispensable
component. When selecting them, special
attention must be paid to quality to prevent
these seemingly simple units from becoming the weakest link in the chain. Decisive
factors for their loading capacity are, beside
adequate dimensions, material quality and
design.
Applications
Threaded rods and tie rods connect support
components to each other to bridge installation heights. In conjunction with connecting components they can be used as rigid
supports, and in elastic load chains can be
used with spring and constant hangers.
Materials and loadings
For the attachment rods, only materials with
guaranteed mechanical properties, with good
homogeneity and sufficient cold ductility are
used. The permissible loads correspond to
the load sufficient table for statically defined
components (see Technical specifications
page 0.5).
Rolled threads
All threads are manufactured using a rolling
process. Thread rolling does not sever milling fibres as in thread cutting. By means of
this thread rolling process the material is
made to flow and thereby plastically formed.
In this way, additional strengthening of the
surface is achieved, free of notches and
offering high surface quality.
In this way, frictional resistance is
reduced, with a favorable effect on the
adjustment of the rods under loading.
In addition, additional reserves for the
bending and tensile strength properties
result from this by comparison with the
design calculations.

constant hanger. The longer one is the fitting length and can be cut on site according
to installation length.
Standard lengths
In general, larger tolerance ranges in the
building structure of plants frequently lead
to problems when lengths cut to measure
for the connecting rods are used; they often
prove to be too short. Offering more flexibility
in application, connecting rods in standard
lengths have come into increasing use.
Fitting can be simply carried out with hanging rods already mounted at the upper end.
Awkward measurement involving the risk of
errors is thereby avoided. Structural tolerances can be favorably compensated.
Length adjustment
Tie rods type 65 with left/right hand threads
are always used together with turnbuckle
type 62 and form standard lengths. They are
designed for length adjustment and loadactuated presetting of load chains. All other
thread connections are exclusively righthand and have to be locked using hexagon
nut type 63.
Corrosion protection
All rods are electrogalvanized as standard
(coat thickness 15m, chromatized yellow
for metric and white for UNC standards).
Hot dip galvanizing is available on request.

Manufacturing process for threaded

rods.

Certification
Material certification can be supplied for all
components on request.

Special advantages:
materials with guaranteed properties
rolled threads

Types
Fully threaded rods type 67 up to M48 and
tie rods type 66 (from M20) are available in
500mm length increments from 500mm up
to 3000mm. Tie rods are threaded 300mm
at one end and 600mm at the other.
The shorter thread is for adjustment and,
for example, for connection to a variable or

notch-free surfaces
electrogalvanized finish
standard lengths
in-house manufacture

6.4

TIE ROD LR, TYPE 65

STUD BOLT, TYPE 67
HEXAGON NUTS, TYPE 63
Tie rod left/right
type 65 D1 19 to 65 50 13
Material:
M10 - M16: S235JRG2
from M20: S355JO
LISEGA threaded rod should
only be replaced in kind

Order details:
Tie rod LR type 65 .. 1.

right

left

Type

d

d2

65 D1 19
65 21 13
65 31 13
65 41 13
65 51 13
65 61 13
65 71 13
65 81 13
65 91 13
65 10 13
65 20 13
65 30 13
65 40 13
65 50 13

8.75
10.74
14.54
18.20
21.85
27.55
33.15
38.91
44.53
53.22
61.20
65.20
69.20
77.20

M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

250
250
250
250
350
350
350
450
450
550
550
550
600
600

Hexagon nut
type 63 D9 29 to 63 50 28
Material: grade 8
Hexagon nuts as counter
nuts for tie rods and threaded
rods M10 to M80x4.

L1
right
80
80
80
80
120
120
120
160
160
200
200
200
220
220

L2
left
130
130
130
130
190
190
190
220
220
270
270
270
300
300

Weight
(kg)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.4
4.2
5.5
9.6
12.7
14.4
17.7
22.1

Stud bolt
type 67 D1 19 to 67 91 13
Material:
M10 - M16: S235JRG2
from M20: S355JO
LISEGA threaded
rod should only
be replaced in kind

Type

Order details:
Hexagon nut
type 63 .. 2.

6.5

63 D9 29
63 29 28
63 39 28
63 49 28
63 59 28
63 69 28
63 79 28
63 89 28
63 99 28
63 10 28
63 20 28
63 30 28
63 40 28
63 50 28

Size
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

Weight
(kg)
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.06
0.11
0.22
0.39
0.65
0.98
1.40
1.90
2.25
2.60
3.40

Type

d2

67 D1 19
67 21 13
67 31 13
67 41 13
67 51 13
67 61 13
67 71 13
67 81 13
67 91 13

30
35
50
60
75
90
110
125
145

M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48

Order details:
Stud bolt type 67 .. 1.

Weight
(kg)
0.02
0.03
0.07
0.12
0.22
0.42
0.75
1.17
1.77

TIE ROD, TYPE 66

THREADED ROD, TYPE 67

Material:
M10 - M16: S235JRG2
from M20: S355JO
LISEGA threaded rod should
only be replaced in kind

Threaded rod type 67

300

600

Tie rod type 66

d2
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M

10
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48

500
67 D2 19
67 22 13
67 32 13
67 42 13
67 52 13
67 62 13
67 72 13
67 82 13
67 92 13

Type at L=
2000
1500
67 D5 19
67 D4 19
67 25 13
67 24 13
67 35 13
67 34 13
67 45 13
67 44 13
67 55 13
67 54 13
67 65 13
67 64 13
67 75 13
67 74 13
67 85 13
67 84 13
67 95 13
67 94 13

1000
67 D3 19
67 23 13
67 33 13
67 43 13
67 53 13
67 63 13
67 73 13
67 83 13
67 93 13

2500
67 D6 19
67 26 13
67 36 13
66 46 13
66 56 13
66 66 13
66 76 13
66 86 13
66 96 13

3000
67 D7 19
67 27 13
67 37 13
66 47 13
66 57 13
66 67 13
66 77 13
66 87 13
66 97 13

Weight
(kg/m)
0.5
0.7
1.3
2.0
2.9
4.7
6.8
9.3
12.2

Standard lengths avoid

problems from undersized
installation lengths and
allow flexibility by cutting
to length on site if required.

Connecting rods from

M56x4 upwards can be
ordered both as threaded
rods type 67 or as tie rods
type 66 with individual
rolled thread lengths.


L1

L2

Order details:
Threaded rod / Tie rod
type ...

 L = max 6000mm, longer lengths on request

d2
M
M
M
M
M

56x4
64x4
68x4
72x4
80x4

66
66
66
66
66

Type
(L / L1 / L2 please note at order)
67 10
10 13
67 20
20 13
67 30
30 13
67 40
40 13
67 50
50 13

13
13
13
13
13

Weight
(kg/m)
17.5
23.1
26.2
29.5
36.8

(at M56x4:)
Threaded rod / Tie rod
type ...
L = ...
L1 = ...
L2 = ...

6.6

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENT ELEMENTS

PRODUCT
GROUP

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS,
TRAPEZES
CONTENTS

PAGE

Structural attachments, trapezes ____________________________________ 7.1

Weld-on clevis type 73 ____________________________________________ 7.2

Weld-on eye plate type 75 ________________________________________ 7.2

Weld-on plate with spherical washer type 74 ________________________ 7.3
Beam clamp type 78

____________________________________________ 7.4

Trapeze type 79__________________________________________________ 7.4

Beam adapter type 76 ____________________________________________ 7.7

3
4
5
6
PRODUCT
GROUP

8
9
7.0

STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS, TRAPEZES

PRODUCT GROUP 7
The attachment of pipe
supports to the load bearing structure is produced
by means of special components to be welded or
clamped. The safety of the
connections depends on
their adaptation to the
prevailing situation and
their particular suitability
in each case.

Product Group 7
As well as trapezes, the components of
Product Group 7 include attachment elements
connecting directly to the structure, such as
trapezes.
The permissible loads correspond with the
load table for statically determined components on page 0.5 of the Technical
Specification.

Type 73

For weld-on clevis type 73 and weld-on eye

plate type 75, the minimum weld thicknesses
must be considered. These are designed in
such a way that the maximum weld stresses
do not exceed 75N/mm2 during normal
operating conditions.
The stress analysis is based on a load
applied conically at under 6 angulation.

Type 74

The weld-on clevis type 73 is particularly

suited for attachment to hollow sections.
The beam clamp type 78 is designed for
unwelded on site attachment. The beam
width is to be specified when ordering.
Trapeze types 79 are suitable for use with
clamp base type 49 and can be used as
rigid hangers or in conjunction with variable
and constant hangers.

Type 75

For protection against corrosion, the components are coated with a weldable primer
(30m) or electrogalvanized and then yellow chromatized (zinc thickness 15m).
The trapeze sections are coated to the LISEGA
standard.
Material certification can be supplied for all
components on request.

Standardized connecting parts

7.1

Type 76

Type 78

WELD-ON CLEVIS TYPE 73

WELD-ON EYE PLATE TYPE 75

Weld-on clevis
type 73 29 13 to 73 50 12
Material: S355J2G3
Drop forged
Pin: C35E + QT

From load group 20:

Flame cut design

Shape type 73 20 12 to 73 50 12

Type

A

d1

73 29 13
73 39 13
73 49 13
73 59 13
73 69 12
73 79 12
73 89 12
73 99 12
73 10 12
73 20 12
73 30 12
73 40 12
73 50 12

40
50
65
75
95
120
120
120
150
170x175
170x175
150x190
180x220

12
16
20
24
33
40
45
50
60
70
70
80
90

35
40
50
60
90
110
120
130
140
150
150
170
195

12
17
20
22
27
32
37
42
50
60
60
56
64

60
70
90
105
125
140
165
185
210
245
245
230
240

34
44
57
68
80
93
110
120
150
165
165
150
165

24
32
46
53
64
80
90
100
120
170
170
150
180

75
75
90
110

min.
Seam
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.5
7.5
8.5
9.0
10.5
12.5
13.5

Weight
(kg)
0.3
0.4
1.1
2.1
3.8
6.8
9.2
11.1
18.5
37.0
37.0
38.0
58.0

 Weld thickness is calculated

from the stress analysis and
based on a permissible stress of
75N/mm2 at normal load.

Order details:
Weld-on clevis type 73 .. 1.

Weld-on eye plate

type 75 D1 19 to 75 50 12
Material: S235JRG2
From load group 6:
S355J2G3

Type

d3

75 D1 19
75 21 12
75 31 12
75 41 12
75 51 12
75 61 12
75 71 12
75 81 12
75 91 12
75 10 12
75 20 12
75 30 12
75 40 12
75 50 12

30
35
45
60
65
80
100
120
130
150
170
180
220
250

10.5
12.5
16.5
20.5
24.5
34
41
46
51
61
71
71
81
91

40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150

18
22
28
37
40
50
65
75
80
90
100
110
120
135

6
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
30
40
45
45
50
60

min. 
Seam
3.0
4.0
4.5
6.0
7.0
8.5
9.5
10.5
13.5
15.5
18.0
20.5
18.5
20.0

Weight
(kg)
0.10
0.13
0.24
0.45
0.65
1.25
2.35
3.9
4.6
7.7
10.6
12.6
18.5
27.5

 Weld thickness is calculated

from the stress analysis and
based on a permissible stress of
75N/mm2 at normal load.

Order details:
Weld-on eye plate
type 75 .. 1.

7.2

SPHERICAL WASHER WITH

WELD-ON PLATE TYPE 74
Spherical washer with
weld-on plate
type 74 D1 19 to 74 50 13
Material:
spherical washer:
9SMnPb28K
from load group 5: C 15
weld on plate: S235JRG2
for S  20: S355J2G3

Type

Order details:
Spher. washer with
weld-on plate
type 74 .. ..

7.3

74 D1 19
74 21 13
74 31 13
74 32 13
74 33 13
74 41 13
74 42 13
74 43 13
74 51 13
74 52 13
74 61 13
74 62 13
74 71 13
74 72 13
74 81 13
74 82 13
74 91 13
74 92 13
74 10 13
74 20 13
74 30 13
74 40 13
74 50 13

for
rod
M10
M12
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M30
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48
M48
M56x4
M64x4
M68x4
M72x4
M80x4

A

B

D

d4

max. F

60
70
70
95
130
70
95
130
95
130
130
170
130
170
130
170
130
170
225
250
250
300
350

21
24
30
30
30
36
36
36
44
44
56
56
68
68
78
78
92
92
103
120
128
136
152

15
18
25
25
25
30
30
30
35
35
45
45
50
50
59
59
66
66
76
89
95
98
110

10.5
13
17
17
17
21
21
21
25
25
31
31
37
37
43
43
50
50
58
66
70
75
83

12
17
17
22
22
18
23
23
24
24
35
35
37
37
39
39
46
41
47
54
61
61
64

35
40
45
45
45
50
50
50
55
55
60
60
70
70
90
90
120
120
140
150
160
160
180

10
11
15
15
15
18
18
18
21
21
27
27
32
32
37
37
41
41
50
59
64
70
78

15
17
22
22
22
27
27
27
32
32
41
41
50
50
58
58
67
67
79
93
100
107
120

S
10
15
15
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
30
35
40
45
45
45

Weight
(kg)
0.3
0.6
0.6
1.4
2.7
0.6
1.4
2.7
1.4
2.7
4.0
6.8
4.0
6.8
4.0
6.8
4.5
6.8
13.9
19.6
22.0
31.8
43.3

BEAM CLAMP
TYPE 78

Beam clamp
type 78 21 11 to 78 71 11

Type

d3

78 21 11 17
78 31 11 21
78 41 11 25
78 51 11 34
78 61 11 41
78 71 11 51

A
80
80
125
125
180
180

46
55

82
55
70

E0 up to beam dim. b=
100 125 140 180
65
75
65
65
70
80
70
70

90
90
85

95 105
95

100

115

220
85
90
100
115
100
115

260

100
105
130
110
125

300

110
115
140
110
130

tmax 

8
10
15
15
20
20

15
20
25
25
30
30

Weight
(kg)
0.8 - 1.6
2.0 - 3.6
6.7 - 8.9
6.8 - 9.5
17.7 - 19.8
18.2 - 20.8

 Load groups 8 & 9 can be

connected. Permissible load 100kN
during normal operating condition.
 A larger t dimension can be
accommodated by increasing Eo
accordingly. Indicate complete
beam size when ordering.

Order details:
Beam clamp
type 78 .1 11 beam size

TRAPEZE
TYPE 79
Trapezes for small loads and
pipe diameters  80mm
type 79 C2 37 to 79 42 37

 80

 The permissible center load is

limited by the load group of the
individual trapeze (3rd digit of type
number).

Type

Lmax

d4

79 C2 37
79 D2 37
79 12 37
79 12 37
79 22 37
79 22 37
79 32 37
79 32 37
79 42 37
79 42 37

1000
1000
600
1000
600
1100
600
1200
600
1200

25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
40
40

40
60
60
70
70
80
80
100
100
130

22
25
25
28
28
32
32
35
38
42

11
11
11
11
14
14
14
14
18
18

Weight (kg) for L=

500mm +/- per 100mm
0.3
1.7
0.46
2.6
0.46
2.6
0.64
3.8
0.64
3.8
1.0
6.0
1.0
6.0
1.5
9.6
1.5
9.6
2.4
15.6

Order details:
Trapeze
type 79 .2 37, L=...

7.4

TRAPEZE
TYPE 79
Trapeze
type 79 22 34 to 79 20 34
1100

 The permissible center load is

limited by the load group of the
individual trapeze (3rd or 3rd and 4th
digit of type number).
 The L max dimension can be
extended to 2400mm by reducing
the permissible load by 5% for
every 100mm of extension.
 The trapeze is dimensionally
compatible with other components
in the LISEGA modular system
within the load groups specified.

Order details:
Trapeze
type 79 .2 34, L=...

79 22 34
79 32 34

Load- 
group
D - 4
D - 4

d3

21
21

s

10
10

79 42 34

3 - 4

21

12

79 52 34

4 - 5

25

18

79 62 34

5 - 6

34

20

79 72 34

6 - 7

41

25

79 82 34

6 - 8

46

25

79 92 34

7 - 9

51

30

79 10 34
79 20 34

8 - 10
9 - 10

61
61

30
30

Type

L max 

1700
1700
900
1800
1400
1800
1250
1800
1400
1800
1250
2400
1800
2400
2000
1800

20
20
20
40
40
40
40
55
60
65
70
80
85
90
95
95

80
80
80
120
120
140
140
180
180
200
200
260
260
300
300
300

140
140
140
190
190
200
200
230
230
250
250
310
310
350
350
350

Weight (kg)
1000mm +per 100mm
19
1.7
19
1.7
19
1.7
31
2.7
31
2.7
38
3.2
38
3.2
54
4.4
54
4.4
65
5.1
65
5.1
102
7.6
102
7.6
129
9.2
129
9.2
129
9.2

Trapeze
type 79 23 39 to 79 93 39
 The permissible center load is
limited by the load group of the
individual trapeze (3rd digit of
type number).
 The L max dimension 1700mm
& 1800mm of type 79 23 39 to
79 73 39 can be extended to
2400mm by reducing the permissible load by 5% for every
100mm of extension.
 The trapeze is dimensionally
compatible with other components in the LISEGA modular
system within the load groups
specified.

Order details:
Trapeze
type 79 .3 39, L=...

7.5

Type
79 23 39
79 33 39
79 43 39
79 53 39
79 63 39
79 73 39
79 83 39
79 93 39

Load- 
group
D- 4
D- 4
3- 5
4- 6
5- 7
6- 8
6- 9
7 - 10

d3

L max 

21
21
25
34
41
46
51
61

1700
1700
1800
1800
1800
1800
2400
2400

40
40
40
60
65
65
95
120

80
80
120
140
180
200
260
300

140
140
190
200
230
250
310
350

40
40
50
60
70
80
90
100

10
10
12
18
20
25
25
30

Weight (kg)
1000mm +per 100mm
19
1.7
19
1.7
32
2.7
40
3.2
56
4.4
68
5.1
108
7.6
138
9.2

7.6

BEAM ADAPTER
TYPE 76
For alterations or extensions to
pipe systems or structural steel
in existing plants, clamp connections are often preferred to welding for the necessary attachment
to the existing structure of pipe
supports or additional steel. The
use of this method is obligatory
when welding is ruled out for
safety reasons.
The long-lasting security of this
type of connection depends essentially on the condition of the contact
surfaces and the preset forces
applied. For a reliable connection,
the specific design of the clamp
elements used is decisive.

Offering the utmost reliability, LISEGA beam

adapters type 76 serve as secure connections
for this purpose.
These newly developed components enable
the attachment of diverse components to
existing steel without welding or drilling,
while installation is simple and time-saving.
LISEGA beam adapters adjust automatically
on tightening to the thickness of the component to be clamped. If the given torque
values are observed, the lasting security of
the connection is guaranteed. Existing corrosion protection, e.g. hot-dip galvanizing or
color coating, is not impaired.

Beam adapter
type 76 D2 11 to 76 42 11

Type
76 D2 11
76 22 11
76 32 11
76 42 11

Order details:
Beam adapter
type 76 .. 11

7.7

Bolts 8.8
support load
torque value
(kN)
(Nm) max.

2.5
6.0
8.5
15.0

35
70
150
300

d2

48
57
70
83

24
30
37
46

M10
M12
M16
M20

 The tabulated loads are normal operating loads

(load condition H). For emergency (HZ) and faulted
loads (HS) see table Max. permissible loads
on page 0.5

min

31
38
44
55

max

37
45
54
65

t (clamp thickness)
min

max

3
4
6
6

15
17
20
25

Weight
(kg)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.6

Hex. Bolt, Grade 8.8,

inclusive Hex. Nut, Grade 8
Bolt-Type

Dimensions

Weight/kg

76 D2 11 - 065
76 D2 11 - 080
76 D2 11 - 100
76 22 11 - 070
76 22 11 - 090
76 22 11 - 120
76 32 11 - 090
76 32 11 - 120
76 32 11 - 150
76 42 11 - 120
76 42 11 - 150
76 42 11 - 180

M10 x 65
M10 x 80
M10 x100
M12 x 70
M12 x 90
M12 x120
M16 x 90
M16 x120
M16 x150
M20 x120
M20 x150
M20 x180

0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.10
0.12
0.19
0.23
0.27
0.39
0.45
0.51

The unique feature of the LISEGA beam

adapters is represented by the special
contact elements. They adjust automatically
due to their shape to any position and any
existing sectional flange angles.

The hardened contact elements have a rounded grooved profile which presses into the
contact surface on tightening. This provides
a form-fit grip which offers mechanical security against shifting in any direction.
Cross connection:
The safe connection of beam sections to
each other is simple effected with an inlay
plate and eight LISEGA beam adapters. The
load capacity of a cross connection is given
in the table below.

Cross connection

Cross connection with LISEGA

beam adapters
Type
76 D2 11
76 22 11
76 32 11
76 42 11

Loading capacity (kN)

with 4 bolts 8.8
10
24
34
60

Thickness of
intermed. plate
10
12
15
18

Interconnection of sections can be made directly or by

the use of a support plate. The load capacity of a
cross connection can be taken from the table on the
left.

7.8

GUIDE WITH BEAM ADAPTERS

FOR CLAMP BASES TYPE 49 .. 3/4/5
Guide with beam adapters
for clamp bases
type 76 00 11 up to
76 00 14
Material:
Guide: S235JRG2

lift-off restraints

Order details:
Lateral guide
type 76 00 1.; b =
Order details:
Lateral guide with lift-off
restraint
type 76 00 2. - 49 .. ..
(Clamp base type); b =

type  with
lift-off restraint
76 00 11
76 00 21
76 00 12
76 00 22
76 00 13
76 00 23
76 00 14
76 00 24
Type

torque
value (Nm)
35
70
150
300

Fx
(kN)
1.0
1.7
2.8
4.7

Fz 
(kN)
3.5
4.5
6.5
6.5

a1

a2

bmin

tmax

30
30
40
40

50
60
80
80

42
50
64
73

40
45
55
65

15
17
20
25

weight (kg)
for b=100 +per 100mm

0.60
0.95
1.40
1.40

1.7
2.8
4.9
7.2

 The guides can be supplied if required with an additional lift-off restraint (width: 80mm) (when ordering, give
details in addition to designation of clamp base type).
Fz: the permissible short-term lift-off load is limited to 10% of the respective clamp base nominal load.

CANTILEVER WITH BEAM ADAPTERS

TYPE 76 .. 16
Cantilever with beam
adapters
type 76 C1 16 up to
76 21 16
Material:
Cantilever: S235JRG2

Lmin = Zero
Order details:
Cantilever with beam
adapters
type 76 .1 16;
b=L=

7.9

Type
76 C1 16
76 D1 16
76 11 16
76 21 16

Lmax = b/2 + c

torque value
(Nm) max.
35
70
150
300

axs

bmin

bmax

d4

tmax

40x6
60x6
70x7
80x8

42
50
55
64

300
300
300
300

40
45
55
65

11
11
14
17

25
45
48
55

15
17
20
25

Weight (kg)

Weight (kg)

for b=100 L = 50

+per 100mm

0.9
1.5
2.5
3.9

0.35
0.55
0.75
1.00

CANTILEVER WITH BEAM ADAPTER

TYPE 76 .. 17

Cantilever with beam

adapter
type 76 C1 17 up to
76 21 17
Material:
Cantilever: S235JRG2

L  b/2 + c
torque value
(Nm) max.
76 C1 17
35
76 D1 17
70
76 11 17 150
76 21 17 300
Type

a x s bmin c

d3 e

E tmax

40x6
60x6
70x7
80x8

11
11
14
14

20
20
25
25

46
55
64
73

40
45
55
65

22
25
28
30

15
17
20
25

Weight (kg)

Lmax up to beam dim. b=

82 100 125 140 180 220 260 300

120
105
110
145

230
170
140
160

270
200
170
190

310
250
200
235

320
280
230
265

340
340
290
290

360
360
350
310

380
380
380
330

for b=100
L=100

+per
100mm

1.0
1.8
2.8
4.4

0.35
0.55
0.75
1.00

Order details:
Cantilever with beam
adapter
type 76 .1 17;
b=L=

APPLICATION EXAMPLES
LISEGA beam adapters can be used in combination with all components suitable for
seating or flanging on beams. Here are two
further typical examples with LISEGA standard components:
Clamp base as fixed point

Roller bearing with side plates fitted at works

7.10

DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

LICAD
EASYSTEEL

PRODUCT
GROUP

LISEGA DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

CONTENTS

PAGE

LISEGA engineering software tools __________________________________8.1

LICAD design program ____________________________________________8.2

EASYSTEEL design program ________________________________________8.5

Component libraries ______________________________________________8.11
Interfaces to CAD programs________________________________________8.11

NAVISWORKS design viewer ______________________________________8.12

3
4
5
6
7
PRODUCT
GROUP

9
8.0

LISEGA DESIGN DEVELOPMENT TOOLS

The intelligent solution for support planning

LISEGAs unique modular system was the
prerequisite for the creation of highly sophisticated user software. The solutions on hand
open up new opportunities for increased
engineering design efficiency, improved quality
and significant savings in project manhours.
The general introduction of 2D and 3D CAD
modelling has already had a dramatic effect
on the design process for pipework systems.
However, the benefits for pipe support design
have been limited because supports were not
included in the 3D CAD programs.
The LICAD program has set new standards in
this field. It allows the generation of pipe support drawings, bills of materials and 3-D
models in minutes rather than hours. LICAD is
an intelligent front-end program that provides
all the required interface data for all common
CAD software programs from a single source.
From the point of view of quality this single
source function cannot be overemphasised.
To exploit further fields of application for

the LICAD user, LISEGA has also developed

supplementary software. The complete package includes:
LICAD planning and design software for
pipe supports
EASYSTEEL design program for
secondary steel
import and export interfaces for tables
and databases
interfaces with 3D CAD component
packages
2D / 3D libraries for different CAD
programs
interfaces to independent 3D
viewer programs
Internet communication systems for
downloading program updates and
transmitting project information
including drawings and orders

LICAD and EASYSTEEL are trademarks of LISEGA GmbH.

All other products, fonts and company names mentioned are
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

LICAD
EASYSTEEL

Via the export function, the

support designs can be integrated into complex 3D views

8.1

LICAD

SOFTWARE WITH PROFIT EFFECT

Needed first - designed last
As a rule, the planning and design of complex pipe systems runs through numerous
phases of optimization. Inevitably, the design
of pipe supports takes place at the end of
the whole process, and therefore often
comes too late to ensure prompt delivery.
Although the supports are needed on site
beforehand in order to ensure optimum
installation of the piping, they lie right at
the end of the planning chain.

The latest version is now

available as Release 8 in
the following languages:
English, German, Spanish,
Polish, French, Japanese
and Chinese

At this point, it is even more vital to avoid

unnecessary delay. The time factor is now all
important.
LICAD speeds up the planning process
LICAD, the unique LISEGA design program
for pipe supports, sets the highest standards
in efficiency. With LICAD, poring over catalogs
and the painstaking preparation of bills of
material can be dispensed with. The design
of supports and load chains no longer needs
to be configured manually and then drawn
up at great expense in time and money.
What otherwise takes hours to produce can
be done in minutes electronically - at the
click of a mouse!

Future orientated logistics

Via LICAD, savings in time are possible in
the logistics process from planning right
through to delivery. For example, if required
the LICAD data can be sent directly by a
customer to our main
computer system for order processing on the
same day. This fits in well with ever tighter
order schedules!

AutoCAD drawing based on

a LICAD design

8.2

LICAD is simple to use

The relevant data for individual support
points is entered using a menu driven program control. Only 6 parameters are required
in order to find the optimum solution.

Free designation of axes

Simple registration of extra data

required

LICAD drawing generated

by a standard printer

pipe diameter
temperature of the medium
operating load
travel
installation height
support configuration

From this input, the appropriate load chains

are created automatically and in fractions of
a second. The optimum selection of variable
spring and constant hangers is made by the
program simultaneously. Specific customer
requirements, such as travel and load reserves
in accordance with ASME, B 31.3, VGB or other
codes, are taken into account. This is provided for by the corresponding input in a special menu. Considering these requirements,
the programmed algorithm always ensures
that the most economical solution will be
selected from the possible options.

LISEGA modular system forms the basis

A database system forms the basis of the
program which the complete LISEGA product
range is incorporated into as a functional
modular system. From more than 8000 standard items, compatible herein with regard to
loads and connections, more than 100 standard configurations cover practically any
installation situation.

All essential functions at a glance

True to scale drawings

The support chains created are automatically
saved as complete assemblies and can be
printed or plotted as a drawing at any time.
They are true to scale and contain all
relevant details, including parts lists with
weights and material, and if required, pricing
and location plan.

Clear prompts for all significant data on the

relevant support

Selection of support configurations

8.3

8
The fully designed support with detailed bill
of material

Interference checks
For larger plant projects, the design of the
building structure, including steelwork, main
components and piping, is carried out via
3D CAD programs, such as PDS/Microstation
(Intergraph), Plant Space (Bentley) or PDMS
(CADCENTRE). Planning continuity, as well as
the need to consider possible interferences,
necessitate the inclusion of the pipe supports in the process. Using defined interfaces,
LICAD support designs can be transferred
with no additional effort three-dimensionally
and true to scale into the leading CAD
programs .
The standard LICAD drawings are automatically
transposed into 3D using special data files.

Location plan with axis markings

and dimensions

LICAD saves up to 50% of planning costs

LICAD runs smoothly on any modern PC with
Windows and is easy to use. Due to its particular effectiveness, LICAD has already become
an indispensable tool for numerous engineering departments when designing supports.
Potential cost savings of up to 50% simply
cannot be ignored!
Simple uniform surface for export function

Auxiliary steelwork
LICAD creates ready to install load chains
from standard supports, from the building
connection right through to the pipesurrounding attachment. In order to produce
the connection to the existing structure,
supplementary auxiliary structures are frequently required.
Via a special interface, the appropriate LICAD
designs are transferred to a separate CAD
program (e.g. AutoCAD), where they can be
supplemented as desired. In most cases,
where designs are not to complicated,
EASYSTEEL (see page 8.5) offers the ideal
solution.

Detailed display in 3D models

8.4

EASYSTEEL

The ideal task when designing pipe supports is to connect a pipe directly to the
existing plant structure.
However, due to the given
support positions, in most
cases the existing plant
structure does not allow a
suitable connenction. The
support designer is then
required to plan additional
secondary steel, so-called
auxiliary structures.

Selected beam with different

attachment and connecting
options

Standard supports
With LICAD, the most appropriate support
configurations in each case are determined,
then the corresponding standard supports in
all their individual elements selected. A support drawing, parts list and 3D model can all
be automatically generated using this
system. If the standard supports cannot be
connected directly to the existing plant structure, the next step is to use additional steel
elements for the necessary adaptation.
Planning secondary steel
Although this steel may consist of only 1 or
2 items, each design is invariably unique, its
manufacture being both labour-intensive and
costly using traditional techniques.
Creating the design and producing a drawing
and a bill of materials with the cut lengths
and economic load calculations requires a
significant amount of time, even for simple
designs.
With EASYSTEEL, LISEGA has now developed
a powerful tool to reduce this time to a minimum and improve the quality of the design
process. At the same time it ensures interface
compatibility for electronic integration. The
new LISEGA EASYSTEEL design program is a
logical complement to the LISEGA modular
system and the LICAD program.

Concept sketch

The program can be used either independently or in conjunction with data imported
from a LICAD file. The user is guided menucontrolled through the design process, using
easy selection screens.
EASYSTEEL provides the user with the most
frequently used forms of steel designs as
basic elements. The most common connection types are also supplied. The user selects
the appropriate design shape from the corresponding selection screens and puts in
the relevant dimensions and interface data.
The program then suggests beam sizes that
are compatible in dimension and loading
with the LISEGA attachment component. A
further feature is the possibility of adaptation
to the surrounding structure.
After the user has decided on the preferred
section size, the program generates a true
to scale drawing with bill of materials and
cut list.
For the design elements available, EASYSTEEL contains a series of load capacity
data bases. The information needed for the
design-related selection of frame elements
regarding weld sizes or bolt dimensions can
be found here.

8.5

8
SPEZIAL FEATURES OF THE PROGRAM
Connection of the pipe support to the
secondary steel
All LISEGA standard elements that can be
attached to the secondary steel are included
as an option, e. g.:
weld-on eye plates, weld-on clevises,
types 73, 75
weld-on brackets, type 35
spherical washers, beam clamps,
types 74, 78
clamp bases, type 49
constant hangers with supports,
constant supports, types 11+71, type 16
seated spring hangers,
spring supports, types 25, 26, 29
U-bolts, type 40
weld-on pipe shoes, stanchions,
types 57, 58
roller bearings, types 51, 52, 53
beam adapters, type 76

Selection screen for support attachment

Available options among the LISEGA standard pipe support connections

8.6

//////

//////

//////

//////

//////

//////

Beam systems
The program allows the selection of beam
arrangements most commonly used for
secondary steel designs as standard:
beam between two
existing structures

//////////////

/////////////

//////
//////

//////////////

///////////////

Due to the modular program, and the use of

virtual section sizes, further specific national
standards can be included.

Standardized beam arrangements

American Profiles
USA
C4x7.25

C12x30
W4x13

W12x79
W6x9

W14x38
L2x2x0.25

L4x4x0.375
TS3x3x0.25

TS8x8x3/8

8.7

Section sizes
The program uses virtual section sizes and
covers a sufficiently wide range of commonly
used beam sections for various countries.
The list of programed beam sections considers American, European, Japanese and
Chinese standards. After determination of a
range of suitable steel sizes the designer can
decide which national standards shall be
used to generate the drawings.

///////////////

post types
Loading of beams is possible from above
or below.

////////////

//////////////

cantilever types

European Profiles
British Profiles
Height x Width
D, F
GB
approx.
Sections (Channels)
C102x51
100 x 50
U100

C305x102
300 x 100
U300
Wide flange sections
2*(C102x51)
100 x 100
HEB100

UC305x305
300 x 300
HEB300
Small flange sections
UB127x76
140 x 75
IPE140

UB356x171
360 x 170
IPE360
Angle sections
L50x50x6
50 x 50
L50x6

L100x100x12
100 x 100
L100x10
Square hollow sections
TS80x80x6
80 x 80
SHP80x6.3

TS200x200x10
200 x 200
SHP200x10

Internal
design.

This system allows the flexibility to

design independently of specific national
standards.

SC10
SC30
SH10
SH30
SI14
SI36
SL05
SL10
SQ08
SQ20

Ranges of selected section sizes

8
Attachment to existing structure
The most common techniques for attachment
to the existing structure are available in the
program:
beam directly welded
beam with shim plates or beam with
end-plate to spread the load
beam with bolt-on plates
welded clip-angle connections
cut-out flange connection to fit inbetween
two beams (with or without end/shim plate)
beam end support on or under a roof
girder.

Options of
steel attachment

Weld sizes
The weld sizes selected by the program are
load compatible with the LISEGA modular
system whether the weld is measured in
throat thickness (mm) or leg length (inch,
acc. to American standard).
Weld sizes
Throat thickness 3 5
6
7
9 11 13 mm
Leg length
3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 inch

Connection compatibility
Geometric checks are performed to avoid
designs which would not fit when assembled
on site. These checks include:
1. for welded attachments:
comparison of the width of the attachment
(incl. weld seam) with beam width
determination of the weld size suitable
for the section and attachment according to
prevailing rules and recommendations
2. for bolted connections:
selection of section sizes that allow compatibility of bolt holes with each other

8.8

How the program works

The program is database driven, working with
load capacity tables to determine the correct
section, bolting and weld sizes. The concept
allows the addition of other national section
standards.
Codes and regulations
The permissible load values used to select
beam and weld sizes are based on commonly
recognized steelwork codes such as AISC, BS,
DIN. Additionally, user specifications can be
defined and considered during the selection
process.

All relevant data can be

entered in one step

USE OF THE PROGRAM

User input
The program requires the following inputs:
type designation of the attachment part
operating load acting on the beam
notation of the connection point
This input can be taken directly from the
LICAD file.
Four continuous screens guide the user in
defining:
positioning of the attachment
the beam system
the necessary length information
the type of connection to surrounding
structure
The scaled drawing includes all dimensions
and the bill of material. The weld sizes are
shown according to requirements in throat
thickness (mm) or leg length (inch). The language desired can be selected from a range
of the most common languages.

8.9

8
A logical menu follow up
guides the user through
the design process

8.10

COMPONENT LIBRARIES

Component libraries
For further design in the 2D and 3D fields,
LISEGA component libraries are available for
the following CAD programs:

AutoCAD, Autodesk
PDS, INTERGRAPH
PDMS, CADCENTRE
SUPPORT MODELER,
Pelican Forge Corp.
NAVISWORKS, LightWork Design
The LISEGA catalog items (Standard Supports
2010) are available both as text and database files.
INTERFACES
2D application
Via a DFX export file, the support design incl.
dimensions can be transferred, with bills of
materials, location plans and letter heads as
an option, to CAD programs, e.g. AutoCAD
or MicroStation.
3D application
Via defined interfaces, the LICAD support
designs can be transferred true to scale and
without additional effort into the leading
CAD programs. Using the component libraries
as a basis, the standard CAD drawings can
be converted to 3D in the respective CAD
programs. Among others, this is possible
with:
PDS, INTERGRAPH
PDMS, CADCENTRE
SUPPORT MODELER, Pelican Forge
Corp.
NAVISWORKS, LightWork Design
Updates
LICAD, EASYSTEEL and other software packages are being constantly updated and expanded. The respective valid program versions and interfaces can be downloaded from
the LISEGA homepage. The necessary license
numbers are thereby issued to the user via
e-mail as an automatic function. Additional
numbers can also be supplied by phone.

8.11

VIEWER

NAVISWORK 3D Design Viewer

In partnership with LIGHTWORK DESIGN in
the UK, LISEGA has created an economical
and easy to utilize 3D design system for
pipe supports. NAVISWORKS ROAMER is a
proven 3D design review program independent
of any CAD design package. It contains all the
functions that a support designer requires to
check a 3D plant model, the main features
being:
navigation, communication and
interaction in real-time with very
large 3D models on a desktop or
laptop computer.
interface to MicroStation
(incl. PDS) and AutoCAD formats
(incl. AutoPlant).
speed and ease in locating key
components.
snap-on measuring tool with the
ability to copy and paste dimensions
into LICAD.
Fast Open GL graphics, enabling the
quick and easy real-time navigation
and viewing of very large models.

ease of use non-CAD-trained staff can

efficiently use the system after minimal
training.
interference check (Clash Detector)
module available.
export of JPEG and AVI files for
transmitting design review information
(pictures).
QA enhanced by access to a single
model with up to date model description.
lifetime record storage of support
information with reduction in lifetime
maintenance costs using as-built model.
Users can import 3D plant models from
MicroStation and/or AutoCAD.
3D pipe support models (generated in LICAD)
can also be imported.
LISEGA customers have the opportunity to
use a full working version of the program for
a 15 day trial. The program can be installed
from the LISEGA Multimedia CD. Specimen
models are also included on the CD.
If the program is required for only one project, a program copy can be obtained through
LISEGA licensed only for this project.

8.12

EXTRA SERVICES

SERVICE

SERVICES

CONTENTS

PAGE

Supplementary services __________________________________________ 9.1

Engineering______________________________________________________ 9.5

Field service ____________________________________________________ 9.11

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PRODUCT
GROUP
9.0

SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
PRODUCT GROUP 9
The LISEGA product program introduced in the
STANDARD SUPPORTS
2010 catalog corresponds
to current technological
developments in appropriate supports for piping
systems in industrial plant
construction.
The relevant international
requirements are satisfied
at the highest level.

Special fields of application

The standard designs described cover the
usual range of application. For special areas,
e.g. nuclear plants or offshore operations,
extended measures in the question of material quality or corrosion protection are required
occasionally. The fulfilment of special customer
requirements is guaranteed by the integrated
quality assurance system. The applicable
certification is supplied with the order.
Service areas
Increasing pressure from costs through international competition has led to the dispersal
of service areas (outsourcing). Following the
growing demand, LISEGA has readjusted its
capacity in the fields of engineering and onsite
service at all locations. For support design,
the use of specially developed computer software enables particularly effective support,
e.g. in the 3D sector.
Standardized supplementary services
By way of specific supplementary services the
LISEGA standard program can be adjusted to
particular needs. The field of product application is widened in this way and the LISEGA
performance package further optimised. All
the significant supplementary services are
standardized according to the LISEGA modular
system and cataloged in Product Group 9.

9.2 Quality management

9.2.1 Inspection reports
When required, inspection reports with digitally recorded values can be supplied as
functional certification for constant and
spring hangers and shock absorbers.
9.2.2 In service testing
In service testing for the mechanically functioning components of all makes can be
carried out in the relevant LISEGA plants or
on mobile test benches in the installation
itself.
9.2.3 Material certification
The following material certificates can be
supplied on request:

9.0 Supplementary services

9.1 Adjustment work
Constant and spring hangers are set and
blocked for cold load by electronic force
and travel measurement on a hydraulic test
bench.
9.1.1 Storage of blocking devices
If required, spring hangers can be supplied
with storage points for blocking devices on
the housing (after deblocking). This is standard on the constant hangers.

Compilation of component documentation. 

9.1

9.2.4 Supplier COC

Manufacture and dispatch as per order can be
confirmed with a Certificate of Compliance.
9.2.5 Material certificates 2.2
The material in all catalog components can
be certified by material certificates according
to EN 10204 - 2.2 (not in US).

9
9.2.6 Material certificates 3.1 B for special
components
Components affected by the direct flux of
force, e.g. the springs of constant and spring
hangers, can be supplied with material certificates acc. to EN 10204 - 3.1 B (not in US).
9.2.7 Complete traceability through CMTR
The complete traceability of material for all
catalog product components by way of separate manufacture is possible acc. to Certified
Material Test Report.
9.2.8 Pre-examination documents
The standardized products have largely been
qualified through independent authorities
(TV or VGB) by specified type and suitability
tests.
For special, particularly non-standardized
designs, pre-examination documents such as
design drawings, parts lists, calculations, test
sequence schedules and welding plans can
be supplied.
9.2.9 Stricter quality requirements
For fields of application with stricter security
and quality requirements, such as nuclear
installations, the quality assurance program
is applied at the highest quality level. All the
stages of order processing and handling follow recognized procedures corresponding to
the quality requirements of standard codes
and guidelines such as KTA or TV suitability
tests, as well as ASME Sect. III, NCA and NF.
The following aspects are particularly considered:
materials acquisition from approved
suppliers

9.3.1 Spring hangers and spring supports up

to load group 9
In addition to galvanizing, all exterior surfaces
of components are treated with a barrier
coating, layer thickness 30m, and a dualcomponent acrylic-polyurethane blue topcoat,
layer thickness 60m. Total layer thickness:
 100m

 Immersion painting

9.3.2 Constant hangers and supports, variable

spring hangers from load size 9, rigid struts
and trapezes.
In addition to the standard coating, all outer
surfaces of components are treated with a
dual-component acrylic-polyurethane blue
topcoat, coating thickness 60m. Total layer
thickness:  180m
9.3.3 Connecting elements
The connecting elements in Product Group 6
can be supplied hot dip galvanized from
stock.

complete traceability of material

special supervision of manufacture
All sectors are fully documented.
9.3 Surface treatment
In addition to specified, standardized surface
treatment, extended corrosion protection
according to Technical Specification, Section
8, page 0.10, can be supplied.
Spray painting

9.2

9.4.2 Preassembly of pipe clamps and pipe

bearings
Pipe clamp and pipe bearing halves are
bolted together and supplied as complete
units.
9.5. Designation and marking
If not otherwise agreed, the components
are sorted and packaged according to type
and marked for quantity, type number and
order number. Additional designations and
markings can be supplied if required.

Load chain assembly

9.5.1 Designation of individual parts

If required, all components can be individually marked as to type, support or order
number.
9.3.4 Pipe bearings and pipe clamps
Pipe-surrounding components can be treated with a special coating on a blasted surface.
9.3.5 Special treatment
Besides the above-mentioned processes,
other kinds of corrosion protection can be
agreed upon for all products. Due to storagerelated availability of standard designs,
separate manufacture may be required in
this respect. This applies particularly to hot
dip galvanizing.
9.4 Preassembly
If not otherwise agreed, the components
making up a shipment are packaged in
bundles according to type.

9.5.2 Second name plate

Variable spring hangers and constant hangers
can be fitted with a second name plate if
required.
9.5.3 Second load and travel scale
Constant and variable spring hangers can
be fitted with a second travel scale and
constant hangers with a second load scale
if required.
9.6 Packaging
For the various packaging requirements
appropriate types of packaging are available:

For easier handling and economical assembly on site, individual components can
however be supplied pre-assembled in load
chains, bundled and marked.
9.4.1 Preassembly of load chains
The load chains are pre-assembled according to support drawings and marked with
the support position number. Constant and
variable spring hangers, as well as larger
pipe clamps (bulky components), are kept
separate for easier handling and marked
accordingly.
Load chains, preassembled, bundled and marked

9.3

9
9.6.1 Inland packaging
Sturdy wooden crates or pallets fitted with
skids for fork-lifting are supplied for road or
rail transport.
9.6.2 Seaworthy packaging
Special wooden crates are used with skids
for fork-lifting and reinforced side walls for
crane operations. The inside of the crate lid
is covered with plastic sheeting to prevent
moisture ingression.
9.6.3 Further special types of packaging
can be agreed upon in detail.
9.7. Transport
If required, we can take responsibility for
the logistics of shipment of goods to the
site or other destinations (FCA, FOB, etc.)

Part of dispatch section

Seaworthy packaging

Project-related order logistics

9.4

ENGINEERING, SUPPORT DESIGN

The proper functional integration of pipe supports
into the existing piping
and plant concept has a
decisive influence on the
long-term behavior of pipe
systems. The same care
and attention should therefore be paid to support
planning as to the pipe
systems themselves. In
this respect, the choice of
product and the availability
of up-to-date design software has a major effect on
the quality of planning.

9.8 Engineering, support design

Besides high quality requirements, it is
essential in the planning of supports to
keep to tight schedules and economic targets. At the same time, plant operators
keep a consciously tight rein on the resources required. To avoid thereby endangering
the budgeting and logistics of entire projects,
the planning arrangements are placed in the
hands of suitable engineering firms (outsourcing).
LISEGA has been a specialist for a long period in the provision of the relevant facilities
for the execution of complex planning activities. Highly qualified and experienced technicians and engineers are available at all LISEGA
locations. For the optimum fulfilment of
all customer requirements, the different
areas are equipped with the latest, most

systematically considered. For the design

and dimensioning of both supports and
secondary steel, the relevant pipe system
calculation data as well as detailed plans
of the piping layout and structural factors
are taken into account.
For the effective transfer of the support
arrangements into 2D or 3D models, and to
guarantee the economical preparation of
drawings, the most sophisticated software is
applied. In addition to our own specially
developed material the following standard
programs are currently in use:
LICAD
AutoCAD (2D-CAD)
MicroStation (2D and 3D-CAD)
PDMS (3D-CAD)
Staad III (static / dynamic calculation of
secondary steel)
PSA 5 (pipe system calculation program)
CAE-pipe (pipe system calculation
program)

Engineering in Zeven, Germany

sophisticated software. In internationally

overlapping projects, and whenever required,
the engineering sections at the various locations work in close association.
Pipe supports for complete plant systems
including secondary steel are conceived,
planned and drawn up according to project
requirements. On the basis of the LISEGA
modular system and decades of experience,
ready-to-install load chains from structural
attachment right through to pipe-surrounding
component are generated from standard supports. The relevant international
technical codes and standards as well as
particular customer requirements are thereby

9.5

Engineering in Newport, TN, USA

Analysis of complex support arrangements

9
The following engineering services are available according to requirements:
9.8.1 Design of support arrangements (load
chain designs) with LICAD:
The following data should ideally be supplied by the customer:
pipe diameter
loads
movements
temperatures
insulation thickness, if necessary
piping material
installation length and position, or
corresponding piping and structural plans

LICAD drawing

specifications
On the basis of these data, ready-to-install
load chains are generated with the LISEGA
design program LICAD from standard supports, from structural attachment right through
to pipe-surrounding component. The designs
so prepared are stored and printed out as
scale drawings, including parts lists with load
and material data. As an option, location
plans and pricing details can be included with
the LICAD drawings.
9.8.2 Generation of 2D CAD drawings without supplementary steel
For the preparation of 2D CAD drawings the
following information on the drawing layout,
in addition to the details in 9.8.1, is required:
drawing sheet in format DXF, DWG or
DGN

CAD drawing according to customer requirements

drawing numbers
location plans

As the basis for the CAD drawing, a LICAD

support configuration together with dimensioning, parts list and relevant adjustment data
is supplied via a special interface. The drawing
sheet required is inserted in the customer's

specific drawing layout. The CAD drawing is

supplemented by a location plan and drawing
number.

9.6

9.8.3 Generation of 2D CAD drawings incl.

supplementary steel
As well as customer details mentioned in
9.8.1 and 9.8.2, data as to dimension and
position of the steelwork is required for CAD
drawings including supplementary steel
(secondary steel). The CAD drawings are
generated as in 9.8.2 but additionally supplemented by the steelwork required.
9.8.4 Complete planning with preparation of
CAD drawings
For complete support planning (engineering),
the following documentation is supplied by
the customer beside the data according to
9.8.1:

CAD drawing with supplementary steel

drawing sheet in format DXF, DWG

or DGN
drawing numbers
piping isometrics
piping calculations
pipe plans
structural plans

The planning of the support designs and the

secondary steel required is based on the
documentation supplied. The results are
generated as 2D CAD drawings in the
AutoCAD program as described in 9.8.2
and 9.8.3.

CAD drawing for complex support situation

9.7

9.8.5 Preparation of 3D models with

MicroStation for PDS
For the generation of 3D models on
MicroStation the pipe supports are first prepared as 2D models. The 2D data are then
transposed into 3D data by LICAD and
transferred via an interface into the
MicroStation 3D model. The secondary steel
required is supplemented in the 3D model.
In PDS the 3D models so generated can be
used for interference checks.

9
9.8.6 Support design of 3D models in
PDMS
For the design of 3D pipe system supports
in the PDMS program, the customer makes
a PDMS model complete with pipe systems,
steel and all structural components available.
In addition, the data listed in 9.8.1 is
required for the design of pipe supports.
The support points, including the necessary
secondary steel, are planned and laid out
directly in the PDMS 3D model by experienced designers. LICAD provides the well-tried
basis for this. The load chains generated in
LICAD, transposed into 3D data, are integrated into the model with the aid of a PDMS
interface. Any secondary steel required can
be directly supplemented in PDMS.
Finally, an examination of possible obstructions
(interference check) is carried out in the 3D
model. The customer receives a complete,
fully checked 3D model with all planned
support positions and the relevant 2D draw-

3D PDMS display

3D PDS display

2D support drawing generated directly from PDMS 3D

model

ings, including parts lists. The support drawings can also be generated in the 3D mode
if required.

9.8

9.8.7 Static calculation of secondary steel

including structural attachment loads.
LISEGA provides the design report summary
for the dimensioning of the planned secondary steel according to Code AISC or
DIN18800.
SUPPORT REACTIONS
KNT.

LOADCASE

IN KNS

METER

X FORCE Y FORCE

STATIC SYS. = SPACE

Z FORCE

Design of steelwork with

STAAD III

X MOM.

Y MOM.

Z MOM.

This summary is supplied with the STAAD III

statics program.
9.8.8 Pipe system calculation
In older installations it is often necessary for
reasons of operational safety to renew pipe
systems and supports in order to meet current standards in technology. There is often
insufficient documentation available offering
information on calculations regarding the
original design. If so desired, a static calculation of pipe systems can be provided. The
following typical load conditions per support
point are calculated:
weight
temperature
static G
emergency shutdown
hydrostatic test
The codes ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3 and
BS806 are observed for the calculations. The
relevant code is to be defined on ordering
according to version and year.

9.9

9
2D support drawings and PDS 3D model
generated from them

The following advantages are available to the customer when

using LISEGA planning capacity to the fullest:
economical limitation of your own capacity
complete certainty of expert performance by experienced
specialists
fast and flexible processing of whole project from initial
order through to delivery on the principle of
everything under one roof
complete and lasting computerized documentation
availability of highly skilled personnel for any subsequent
services required

9.10

ON SITE SERVICE
The operational safety of
pipe systems and therefore
the availability and long
life of the plants is dependent to a large degree on
the condition and functional
capacity of the supports
employed.
To avoid costly damage
and operational breakdown
the regular inspection of
thermal movement in
piping systems and the
condition of supports especially in older installations - is urgently advised.

9.9 Plant service

Additional stress and strain caused by lowquality pipe supports during pipe system
operation can lead to long-term damage
that considerably increases the risk of malfunction and breakdown when the plant is
in operation.
Faults frequently occurring in pipe supports
are:
poor support designs
faulty installation
incorrect load settings
inappropriate instructions
deficient quality of support components
A particular problem often arises in older
installations when variable spring and constant hangers are installed with springs that
are not pre-relaxed (see page 1.16 in this
respect). Through the increasing relaxation
over a period of time a growing loss of ultimate load gradually occurs. Load deviations
resulting from this can lead to impermissible
additional stress in sensitive areas, e.g. at
connection points. Timely inspection in the
plant can contribute to the prompt identification and elimination of critical stresses.

Specimen of a hanger check list

from a plant

9.11

Checking piping movements

For this special service LISEGA offers the

resources of an internationally leading
manufacturer maintaining a team of qualified and experienced specialists at all group
locations.
This team inspects the thermal movement in
the piping system and checks the support
systems. They produce comprehensive
reports and provide the appropriate recommendations for a solution. Special software
is implemented for the presentation and
documentation of findings.
The service team is expressly trained for the
execution of specific services in the field of
pipe supports and works strictly according
to the guidelines laid down by quality
management and the relevant safety standards.

The range of services includes the following

performance sectors:
9.9.1 Inspection of pipe supports
inspection of general condition of pipe
supports
load and travel checks for spring supports
function testing of constant and variable
spring hangers with mobile test equipment
at the plant or on stationary test benches
at a LISEGA facilitay. The findings are
automatically recorded.
9.9.2 Inspection of piping movements
inspection of the general condition of the
piping itself and if necessary the geometrical positioning.

9.9.4 Supervision of construction, installation

and commissioning

checking of piping system for unrestricted

freedom of movement in all three planes.

material reception and control

determination of vertical movements at all

support points, and in all three planes at
piping connections and selected points.

organization and administration of

warehouse stocks
pre-assembly and arrangement of complete
support configurations

9.9.3 Design of supports at the plant

installation of supports at the designated

points

design and planning of pipe supports in

the event of renewal and modification in
older installations

supervision of installation of piping systems

into the supports prepared

measurement work at the plant

solving problems posed by restricted space
design of pipe supports with LICAD,
EASYSTEEL and AutoCAD
preparation of parts lists and material data

Graphic display of piping system

movements

inspection of the system as to correct

installation according to drawings and
installation and operation instructions
deblocking and commissioning the supports
according to an agreed procedure
load and travel checks according to requirements after commissioning
inspection for freedom of movement of the
pipe system in all three planes
later regulation of the hangers in the event
of any load differences detected

Testing constant hangers on site

with a mobile test bench.

Discussion on findings and observations in pipe

systems inspected.

9.12

9.9.5 Maintenance, inspection and checking

of shock absorbers
visual inspection to identify signs of
possible functional disorders
function testing on mobile benches at
the plant or on corresponding testing
facilities at the works
installation and dismounting, with subsequent transportation to the testing
facilities
Check on correct installation

the function testing with corresponding

electronic documentation of findings can
be carried out for all makes
9.9.6 Servicing of shock absorbers after
lengthy operational use or after overloading
dismounting of shock absorbers and
documentation of external state and
environmental conditions

Supervision of support installation

function testing after dismounting and

documentation of results
dismounting of shock absorbers and
inspection of individual components for
wear or damage
exchange of all seals and hydraulic fluid
as well as other components with
noticeable wear
final function testing in line with test
program and according to relevant
specifications
reinstallation at the plant
preparation of complete final documentation

The LISEGA on-site service spectrum

applies especially to the use of pipe supports and their effect on pipe systems. On
corresponding utilization, the LISEGA service
package provides a valuable contribution
to the functional safety and long life of
complex pipe systems.

Testing PSA shock absorbers at

the plant with a mobile LISEGA
test bench.

9.13